Democracy Spraffa

Meeting Papers

North Lanarkshire Council · 27 June 2022
Back to Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board — 27 June 2022 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Some pages contain no extractable text. They may be blank, graphics or scanned pages. OCR has not been applied.

Page 1

Tuesday, 21 June 2022 
Dear Councillor 
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board 
The Members listed below are requested to attend a meeting of the above Board to be held
as follows:- 
Date:  Monday, 27 June 2022
Time:  14:00
Venue: By Microsoft Teams and Banqueting Hall, 
The business to be considered at the meeting is listed overleaf. 
Yours sincerely 
Cleland Sneddon
Clerk to the Board 
Members 
Bob Burgess, Lesley Jarvie, Tom Johnston, Fergus MacGregor, Alex McVey, Jim Reddin,
William Shields, Anne Thomas, Walter Brogan, Janine Calikes, Ross Clark, Colin Dewar,
Lynsey Hamilton, Martin Hose, Gavin Keatt, Mark McGeever 
Substitutes
Nicky Shevlin, Mathew Buchanan, Poppy Corbett, Cal Dempsey, Geri Gray, Monique
McAdams, Carol Nugent, Norman Rae, Margaret B Walker  
1

Page 2

BUSINESS 
1 Declaration of Interests 
2 Minutes of Previous Meeting
Minutes of meeting of the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board held on 7
March 2022 submitted for approval as a correct record.  (Copy attached) 
5 - 8 
Item(s) for Decision 
3 Appointment of Convener and Depute Convener
Report dated 15 June 2022 by the Clerk to the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint
Board.  (Copy attached) 
9 - 10 
4 Adoption of Standing Orders on Procedures, Financial Regulations,
Standing Orders on Contracts, Scheme of Delegation and Terms of
Reference
Report dated 17 June 2022 by the Clerk to the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint
Board.  (Copy attached) 
11 - 28 
5 Timetable of Future Meetings
Report dated 8 June 2022 by the Clerk to the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint
Board.  (Copy attached) 
29 - 30 
Monitoring Item(s) 
6 Revenue Budget Monitoring 2022/2023 - Lanarkshire Valuation Joint
Board
Report dated 6 June 2022 by the Treasurer to the Lanarkshire Valuation
Joint Board.  (Copy attached) 
31 - 34 
Item(s) for Noting 
7 Internal Audit Annual Assurance Report 2021/2022
Report dated 15 June 2022 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources - South Lanarkshire Council).  (Copy attached) 
35 - 44 
Item(s) for Decision 
8 Annual Governance Statement
Report dated 7 June 2022 by the Treasurer to the Lanarkshire Valuation
Joint Board.  (Copy attached) 
45 - 50 
9 2021/2022 Annual Report and Accounts - Lanarkshire Valuation Joint
Board
Report dated 1 June 2022 by the Treasurer to the Lanarkshire Valuation
Joint Board.  (Copy attached) 
51 - 98
2

Page 3

10  Financial Strategy 2023/2024 to 2025/2026
Report dated 15 June 2022 by the Treasurer to the Lanarkshire Valuation
Joint Board.  (Copy attached) 
99 - 104 
Item(s) for Noting 
11  Who We Are and What We Do
Report dated 9 June 2022 by the Assessor and Electoral Registration
Officer, Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board.  (Copy attached) 
105 - 122 
12  Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Public Performance Report
2021/2022
Report dated 15 June 2022 by the Assessor and Electoral Registration
Officer,  Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board.  (Copy attached) 
123 - 132 
13  Monitoring of Complaints (1 April 2021 to 31 March 2022)
Report dated 9 June 2022 by the Assessor and Electoral Registration
Officer, Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board.  (Copy attached) 
133 - 136 
14  Progress Update
Report dated 15 June 2022 by the Assessor and Electoral Registration
Officer,  Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board.  (Copy attached) 
137 - 152 
Urgent Business 
15  Urgent Business
Any other items of business which the Convener decides are urgent. 
For further information, please contact:-
Clerk Name: Stuart McLeod
Clerk Telephone: 07385 370 117
Clerk Email: stuart.mcleod@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
3

Page 4

4

Page 5

LANARKSHIRE VALUATION JOINT BOARD 
Minutes of meeting held via Microsoft Teams on 7 March 2022 
Convener:
Councillor Alex McVey, North Lanarkshire Council 
Councillors Present:
North Lanarkshire Council
Councillor Bob Burgess, Councillor Tom Castles, Councillor Jim Reddin, Councillor William Shields
South Lanarkshire Council
Councillor Peter Craig, Councillor Isobel Dorman, Councillor Lynsey Hamilton (Vice Convener),
Councillor Jim Wardhaugh 
Councillors' Apologies:
North Lanarkshire Council
Councillor Tom Johnston, Councillor Caroline Stephen, Councillor Annette Valentine
South Lanarkshire Council
Councillor Walter Brogan, Councillor Geri Gray, Councillor Ann Le Blond 
Attending:
Assessor and Electoral Registration Service
G Bennett, Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer; R Pacitti, Assistant Assessor and Electoral
Registration Officer
Clerk’s Office
C Sneddon, Clerk; K McLeod, Administration Assistant; S McLeod, Administration Officer, South
Lanarkshire Council
Treasurer’s Office
P Manning, Treasurer 
Also Attending:
Audit Scotland
B Gillespie, Lead Auditor; A Kerr, Senior Audit Manager 
1 Declaration of Interests 
No interests were declared. 
2 Minutes of Previous Meeting 
The minutes of the meeting of the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board held on 6 December 2021
were submitted for approval as a correct record. 
The Board decided: that the minutes be approved as a correct record. 
3 Revenue Budget Monitoring and Probable Outturn Position 2021/2022 –
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
A report dated 22 February 2022 by the Treasurer was submitted comparing the Board’s actual
expenditure at 28 January 2022 against the budgeted expenditure for 2021/2022 and providing
a forecast for the year to 31 March 2022.
2
5

Page 6

As at 28 February 2022, there was an underspend of £0.439 million on the Board’s revenue
budget.  Following the probable outturn exercise, the position was an anticipated transfer to
Reserves of £0.021 million.  This would leave a balance of £1.148 million to be carried into
2022/2023. 
The Board decided: 
(1) that it be noted that, following the probable outturn exercise, there would be a transfer to
Reserves of £0.021 million for the current financial year; and 
(2) that the underspend on the Board’s revenue budget of £0.439 million at 28 February 2022,
as detailed in Appendix A to the report, be noted. 
[Reference: Minutes of 6 December 2021 (Paragraph 3)] 
4 Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board - Service Plan - 1 April 2022 to 31 March 2025
A report dated 24 February 2022 by the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer was
submitted on the proposed Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Service Plan for the period 1 April
2022 to 31 March 2025. 
The current Service Plan covered the period from 1 April 2019 to 31 March 2022 and a new
Plan, covering the period from 1 April 2022 to 31 March 2025, had been prepared.  The
proposed Service Plan, attached as an appendix to the report, set out the Board’s key business
areas over the 3 year period.  The key challenges facing the Board over the period of the Plan
were detailed in the report. 
Update reports on the progress of the Plan would be submitted to future meetings of the Board. 
The Board decided: that the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Service Plan for
the period 1 April 2022 to 31 March 2025 be approved. 
[Reference: Minutes of 1 March 2021 (Paragraph 5)] 
Councillor Castles joined the meeting during this item of business 
5 Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Annual Audit Plan 2021/2022
The Board considered the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Audit Plan for 2021/2022, dated
February 2022, submitted by the Council’s External Auditors, Audit Scotland.  The Plan set out
the audit work necessary to allow Audit Scotland to provide an independent auditor’s report and
meet the wider scope requirements of public sector audit. 
The Plan was structured around the following areas:- 
 introduction
 annual accounts audit planning
 audit dimensions
 reporting arrangements, timetable and audit fee
 other matters including independence and objectivity and quality control 
Details were given on key aspects of those areas.
6

Page 7

The Board decided: that the report be noted. 
[Reference: Minutes of 1 March 2021 (Paragraph 4)] 
6 Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board - Service Plan - 1 April 2019 to 31 March 2022 -
Update 
A report dated 22 February 2022 by the Assistant Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer
was submitted providing an update on the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Service Plan for
the period 1 April 2019 to 31 March 2022. 
The current Service Plan, approved by the Board on 4 March 2019, set out the Board’s key
business areas over the period 1 April 2019 to 31 March 2022.  The Plan, which was attached
as an appendix to the report, assisted in ensuring that services were delivered as effectively and
efficiently as possible to service users. 
Details of the Board’s key challenges over the period of the Plan were outlined in the report. 
This was the final update report on the progress of the Plan. 
Officers responded to members’ questions on the inclusion of snack bars on the Valuation Roll,
the continued use of Microsoft Teams, post pandemic, for the Lanarkshire Valuation Appeal
Panel and arrangements for members of the public attending the Electoral Registration Offices
in terms of late registration, absent vote and proxy vote applications for the forthcoming Local
Government elections. 
The Board decided: that the report be noted. 
[Reference: Minutes of 1 March 2021 (Paragraph 5)] 
7 Risk Register Update 2022 
A report dated 17 February 2022 by the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer was
submitted on the review and update of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board’s Risk Register for
2022. 
The Board’s Organisational Risk Register had been fully reviewed by the management team
and updated to reflect a reassessment of existing risks on the register and to document new
risks which had emerged. 
The review had identified 38 risks, which had been categorised as follows:- 
 2 as high risk
 20 as medium risk
 16 as low risk 
The updated register was attached as Appendix 1 to the report.  The Risk Scoring Matrix, which
explained the allocation of inherent and residual risk, was attached as Appendix 2 to the report. 
The Board decided: that the report be noted. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 1 March 2021 (Paragraph 6)]
7

Page 8

8 Progress Update 
A report dated 17 February 2022 by the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer was
submitted on:- 
 an overview of the Service 
 current issues and Service priorities
 an update on performance 
 issues affecting the future direction of the Joint Board 
Statistical information, illustrating progress made in terms of key areas of the work undertaken
by Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board, was provided in the appendices to the report. 
The Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer thanked the members of the outgoing Board for
their support over the past 5 years.  He continued by advising that Jim Neason, Assistant
Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer, was due to retire and thanked him, in his absence,
for his dedicated service. 
The Board decided: that the report be noted. 
[Reference: Minutes of 6 December 2021 (Paragraph 7)] 
9 Urgent Business 
There were no items of urgent business. 
Convener’s Closing Remarks
The Convener, on behalf of the members of the Joint Board, thanked Mr Neason for his dedicated
service to the Joint Board and wished him a long and happy retirement.  The Vice Convener echoed
the Convener’s sentiments. 
The Convener continued by thanking members and officers involved with the Board for their hard
work and support over the past 5 years and wished everyone present all the very best for the future. 
8

Page 9

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Clerk to the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board  
Subject: Appointment of Convener and Depute Convener 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 advise members of the procedure to be followed by the Board in appointing its
Convener and Depute Convener following the local government elections held on
5 May 2022
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that a member of South Lanarkshire Council be appointed to the post of
Convener; and
(2) that a member of North Lanarkshire Council be appointed to the post of
Depute Convener.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. Paragraph 3 of Schedule 2 of the Valuation Joint Boards (Scotland) Order 1995
requires the Board to appoint one of its members as its Convener and one of its
members as its Depute Convener.  The Depute Convener must not be a member of
the same authority as the Convener. 
4. Rotation of Convenership
4.1. In 2012, an elected member from South Lanarkshire Council was appointed
Convener and an elected member from North Lanarkshire Council was appointed
Depute Convener. 
4.2. It was agreed at the time of the appointments that, where possible, the convenership
be rotated after the local government elections.  This means that on this occasion
the Convener would be appointed from South Lanarkshire Council and the Depute
Convener from North Lanarkshire Council. 
5. Employee Implications
5.1. None 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. In terms of the Local Governance (Scotland) Act 2004 (Remuneration) Regulations
2022, and subsequent amendments the Convener of the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint
Board is entitled to be paid a total yearly amount of £24,467 inclusive of any amount
payable to the Convener as a Councillor or Senior Councillor), or if greater, the
amount payable to the Convener as a Senior Councillor. 
3
9

Page 10

6.2. The Depute Convener of the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board is entitled to be paid
a total yearly amount of £23,244 inclusive of any amount payable to the Depute
Convener as a Councillor or a Senior Councillor), or if greater, the amount payable to
the Depute Convener as a Senior Councillor. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in
terms of the information contained in this report. 
8. Other Implications
8.1. There are no implications for risk in terms of the information contained within this
report. 
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required. 
9.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the
information contained in the report 
Cleland Sneddon
Clerk to the Board 
15 June 2022 
Previous References
 Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board of 18 June 2012
 Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board of 26 June 2017 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Stuart McLeod, Administration Officer
Ext:  4815  (Tel:  01698 454815)
E-mail:  stuart.mcleod@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
10

Page 11

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Clerk to the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board  
Subject: Adoption of Standing Orders on Procedures, Financial
Regulations, Standing Orders on Contracts, Scheme of
Delegation and Terms of Reference 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 request approval of the Board’s revised:-
[purpose]
 Standing Orders on Procedures
 Standing Orders on Contracts
 Scheme of Delegation
 Financial Regulations
 Terms of Reference for the Appeals and Grievance and Disputes Panels
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the Standing Orders on Procedures, Financial Regulations, Standing
Orders on Contracts, Scheme of Delegation and Terms of Reference for the
Appeals and Grievance and Disputes Panels, as detailed in the supporting
documentation pack, be approved.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. The Valuation Joint Boards (Scotland) Order 1995 established 10 Valuation Joint
Boards throughout Scotland, including the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board (LVJB),
and set out the constitution and proceedings for the Boards.  Paragraph 5(5)(a) of
Schedule 2 of the Valuation Joint Boards (Scotland) Order 1995 authorised the
Board to adopt Standing Orders to assist it to carry out and regulate its functions. 
4. Procedural Documentation and Terms of Reference
4.1. A separately circulated procedures document pack contains the proposed supporting
documentation which will govern the operation of the Board going forward, namely
the Standing Orders on Procedures, Standing Orders on Contracts, Scheme of
Delegation and Financial Regulations. 
4.2. The Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board also has in place Panels which deal with
disciplinary appeals and grievances respectively and the Terms of Reference for
those Panels are also contained in the supporting documentation pack.
4
11

Page 12

4.3. In line with normal practice, those documents have been reviewed by officers and
are now presented for approval by the Board.  In terms of the review, amendments
have been made to reflect actual practice, organisational and operational
arrangements, terminology and legislative changes and requirements. 
4.4. Following the review, no changes are proposed to the Scheme of Delegation or
Terms of Reference for the Appeals and Grievance and Disputes Panels. 
Summaries of the proposed changes to the remaining documents are attached as
follows:- 
 Standing Orders on Procedures – appendix 1
 Standing Orders on Contracts – appendix 2
 Financial Regulations – appendix 3 
5. Employee Implications
5.1. None 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. None 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in
terms of the information contained in this report. 
8. Other Implications
8.1. There are no implications for risk in terms of the information contained within this
report. 
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact
assessment is required. 
9.2 Consultation has taken place with the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer on
the proposals and documentation presented in this report. 
Cleland Sneddon
Clerk to the Board 
17 June 2022 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 Standing Orders on Procedures
 Financial Regulations
 Standing Orders on Contracts
 Scheme of Delegation 
 Terms of Reference for Associated Panels 
12

Page 13

Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Stuart McLeod, Administration Officer
Ext:  4815  (Tel:  01698 454815)
E-mail:  stuart.mcleod@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
13

Page 14

Summary of Changes to the Standing Orders on Procedures        Appendix 1 
Standing Order  Summary of Proposed Change
4 (a)  Amended to:- 
 state that details on how to access virtual/hybrid meetings would be provided on the Lead Authority’s
website
 reflect that every Board member and substitute member must be sent an electronic summons 
4 (e) Amended to state that:- 
 members of the public and press can get electronic copies of the agenda for Board meetings
 subject to any Government guidelines/restrictions or safe systems of work, hard copies will be available to
view at the offices in Almada Street, Hamilton 
8 (e) Amended to state that no unauthorised sound, film, videotape, digital or photographic recording of the
proceedings of any meeting shall be made. 
10 Amended to state that:- 
 Members present at meetings shared the responsibility for the proper and expeditious discharge of business
and the role of the Convener required to be supported and respected
 the Clerk, on the instructions of the Convener, will mute any attendee who does not cease speaking
when the Convener speaks
 the Convener must ensure the proper and timely conduct of the meeting which can sometimes mean
expediting the business and reaching a decision on the fairness and sufficiency of debate
 if the Convener raises both hands simultaneously, this shall have the effect of adjourning the meeting 
14

Page 15

Standing Order  Summary of Proposed Change
14 (b) Amended to include additional courses of action open to the Convener in the event of persistent
misconduct of a member including:- 
 directing the member to refrain from speaking during the remainder of the debate
 adjourning the meeting for such period as seems expedient to the Convener
 in the event of general disturbance which in the opinion of the Convener renders the due and orderly
despatch of business impossible, the Convener may, in addition to any other power vested in him/her, without
the question being put, suspend the meeting for such period of time that he/she considers expedient 
18 (f) Amended to include that motions or amendments that are not seconded will not be discussed. 
21 (a) Amended to include the use of the electronic voting system as a method of voting. 
15

Page 16

Summary of Changes to the Standing Orders on Contracts         Appendix 2 
Standing Order  Summary of Proposed Change
Terminology Amend reference to Sourcing Methodology to Sourcing Strategy. 
Update all references to Data Protection Act 1998 to new Data Protection Laws. 
Amend definition of Higher Value Thresholds to remove details of amounts. 
Update all references to EC Treaty Principles to General Principles. 
Update all references to an EU Regulated Procurement to a Higher Value Regulated Procurement.
2. General  
2.1 Extent Amend extent to apply to all Joint Board contracts (as appropriate) including but not limited to the award
of contracts, the establishment of Framework Agreements, a DPS or an arrangement established in
terms of the light touch regime and the award of Call Off Contracts. 
2.3 Form of contract
and Scots Law
Amend to remove requirement for the provision of SO 2.3(a) where:-
• the estimated value of a contract is less than £50,0000
• Call Off contracts irrespective of value which will be subject to the law of English Courts where
they do not allow for a change in the applicable law and legal jurisdiction 
2.4a Calculation of
Contract Values 
Amend to include:-
• For the purposes of determining whether the European Procurement Rules apply to the
procurement exercise VAT (if payable) must be included when calculating the estimated value
• For the purposes of determining whether the Reform Act applies to the procurement exercise the
estimated value should be calculated exclusive of VAT 
2.4e Mixed
Procurements
New provision setting out rules for determining value of contract for services/social and other specific
services.
16

Page 17

2.4 (f) Franchises/
Concessions
Amend to include reference to concessions.
3. Exempt and
Partially Exempt
Contracts 
3.1 and 3.2 Amend to increase financial threshold from £2,500 to £5,000. This is consistent with financial limits
adopted by the Lead Authority and other Local Authorities and it is expected to increase compliance
within the Board due to increased efficiency in procurement processes. The increase will be
accompanied by process (See SO3.1 (d) and (e) below). 
3.1 (c) Amend to include reference to the i-procurement system and new provision that the official purchase
order and i-procurement system do not need to be used if exempted by the Lead Authority’s Certified
Payment Policy. 
3.1 (d) New provision requiring a minimum of 3 quotes including one from an SME having their place of
business within local government area of North and/or South Lanarkshire. Place of business does not
require it to be their registered or principal office. 
3.1(e) New provision requiring the keeping of records of the process. 
3.2(a)  Amend to:-
• increase upper financial threshold at which quotation procedure (Quick Quote) may be used for
works contracts from £50,000 to £2million
• clarify SOs requirements that apply 
3.2(b) Amend to increase minimum of quotes/bids from SMEs having their place of business within local
government area of North and/or South Lanarkshire from 1 in 3 to 4 in 5 (if such SMEs are available)
and place of business for a SME does not require it to be their registered or principal office. 
17

Page 18

3.2(c)  Delete reference to the requirement for contracts referred to at SO 3.2(a) and (b) being recorded in a
Register of Tenders kept and maintained by the Assessor as requirement only applies to contracts
where value exceeds £50,000. 
3.2 (d)  New provision to ensure that the persons invited to submit quotations are selected on a fair, transparent
and non-discriminatory basis, and in a manner at all times complaint with the General Principles using a
selection process approved by the Legal Advisor. 
3.3 Conditions of
Funding 
Delete requirement to record details of contracts awarded via SO3.3 in the Register of Tenders. 
3.7 Amend to clarify the SOs requirements that apply where contract awarded on the basis of the ‘Teckal’ or
‘Hamburg’ exemptions. 
4. Pre-Tender
Requirements 
4.2 Contract Reference
Number 
New to include requirement to obtain contract reference number for all contracts where value exceeds
£50,000.
4.5.2 Award Criteria  Amend to clarify when works contracts can be awarded on basis of lowest price.
4.7 (c) Amend to include reference to obtaining preliminary advice and to the requirement to ensure all prior
engagement is disclosed in the tender documents issued for the procurement process. 
4.13 (c)  Amend to include provision that, in complying with the Sustainable Procurement Duty, the Assessor will
so far as possible within the law encourage fair work practices and payment of the living wage and
discourage use of exploitative ‘zero hours’ contracts. 
4.14 Community Benefit
Requirement 
18

Page 19

4.14 New to clarify when and how the Community Benefit Requirement must be complied with. 
5. Competition
Requirement 
5.1 Amend to increase the financial threshold for works contracts to allow the procurement of works
contracts where value is between £50,000 and £2million to be conducted using quick quote process. 
5.3  Amend to include reference to the Find a Tender system that is used for publication of notices. 
8. Negotiated
Tendering Procedure
– General 
8.1 Amend to clarify that this SO also applies to procurement of works where the estimated value is above
£50,000 but below £2m. 
8.2 Amend to require compliance with all relevant SOs. 
8.4 Amend to bring reporting requirements for contracts awarded using negotiated procedure into line with
all other contracts awarded. 
9A Innovation
Partnership 
9A.1 Board Approval New to provide that the prior approval of the Joint Board is required to use Innovation Partnership. 
9A.2 Use of
Innovation
Partnership 
New to clarify regulations/rules/guidance that will apply if use an Innovation Partnership. 
19

Page 20

11 Framework
Agreements – Internal 
11A DPS – Internal  New to include provisions that apply if a Framework Agreements is to be established by the Joint Board. 
11A.1 DPS – General Amend to include provision that a DPS can be established by the Joint Board without separate approval being
required. 
11A2. DPS conditions Amend to include details that must be set out in any DPS established by the Joint Board. 
11A.3 DPS – Calling
Off
Amend to include provisions that must be complied with when awarding any Call Off Contract under a DPS. 
11A.4 DPS – access by
other contracting
authorities 
Amend to include provision that a Call Off Contract under a DPS established in terms of this Standing Order may
only be made by those Contracting Authorities clearly identified for that purpose in the PIN/contract notice. 
12. Framework
Agreements – external 
12.2 & 12.3 Amend to clarify the SOs requirements that apply. 
12A DPS – External 
12A.2 DPS
– Conditions
Amend to specify the requirements that must be covered in the DPS to allow the Joint Board to use it to
award Call off Contracts 
12A.3 DPS – Procedure
for Calling Off
Amend to include requirements that must be complied with when making any Call Off Contract under an external
DPS. 
20

Page 21

13. Collaborations 
13.3(b) Trading
Operations 
Amend to identify requirements to be met if lead organisation in collaboration offers to provide service in-
house as trading operation. 
14. European
Procurement
Regulations 
14.1.2 Application –
transitional
procurements and EU
funded programmes 
Amend to clarify rules which apply post – Brexit.
14.3 Light Touch
Regime
New to clarify the requirements to be met when procuring Social and Other Specific Services using the light touch
regime including requirement for approval of the Assessor in consultation with the Treasurer and Legal Advisor if
non-traditional procurement procedure is to be used. 
15. Assurances -
Tendering 
15.1(e) New requirement for bidders to not have engaged in blacklisting activities in the employment of their
staff. 
15.1(h)  New requirement for bidders to comply with such other requirements as are relevant to the contract
being procured. 
16. Compliance with
the Data Protection
Laws 
Amend to ensure compliance with new Data Protection Laws.
21

Page 22

18. E-Procurement  
18.1  Amend financial limit in relation to e-procurement from £2,000 to £5,000 to be consistent with the new
threshold for Quick Quote (£5,000 to £50,000). 
18.2(a) (ii) Delete requirement for physical signatures as no longer relevant given use of electronic tendering.  
18.5 Opening of
Procurement
Documents 
Amend to clarify that sequential opening must be adopted for all procurement exercises, irrespective of value,
where the contract will be awarded on the basis of most economically advantageous tender. 
18.7 Dynamic
Purchasing System 
Delete as separate approval no longer required for using DPS and included as standalone SOs provision
(see SOs 11A and 12A).
Submission of pre-
qualification
responses/tenders
(other than E-
procurement) 
Sections 18.1 to 18.5
and 18A. 1 to 3 in
previous SOs 
Delete on basis all procurement exercises must be completed using e-procurement.
19. Selection of
Tenderers 
19.1 Amend to clarify that SO 19 applies to all procurements where the estimated value exceeds £50,000. 
22

Page 23

20. Checking of Pre-
Qualification
Responses/Tenders
and Reporting   
20.3 (c) Amend to clarify that arithmetic check must be carried out all on price bids opened.  
21 Acceptance of
Tenders 
21.1 £200,000 and
Below – Assessor 
Amend to include provision for the Assessor to accept the lowest priced tender (in a price only tender for
a works contract where the estimated value is less than £2million).
21.2 Over £200,000 –
Assessor in
Consultation with
members 
Amend to include provision for the Assessor to accept the lowest priced tender (in a price only tender for
a works contract where the estimated value is less than £2million).
21.3 Amend to include provision for Assessor not accepting the Lowest Tender (in a price only tender for works
where the estimated value is less than £2million) or where the Cost of the tender exceeds the Financial provision. 
21.6 (a) (ii)  Amend to clarify no requirement to be satisfied with financial or economic standing if procuring a contract
using the urgency ground of the negotiated tendering procedure in accordance with Standing Order 8.3.2. 
21.7 (d)  Amend to include option for voluntary standstill period to be adopted.
21.9 Debrief  Amend to include that the Joint Board will offer all unsuccessful tenderers an opportunity for a debrief.
22. Extensions to
Contracts 
23

Page 24

22.2 Contractual
Extensions 
22.2 (a) (ii) Delete 3 year limit for contractual extension on basis period of all contractual extension approved as part
of the award of the original contract.  
22.2 (a) (iii)  Amend to provide consistency with SO 22.2 (b) which allows for the exercise of a contractual extension by
instalments. 
22.3 and 22.4 Non-
Contractual
Extensions 
22.3  Amend to clarify requirements that must be complied with to justify the exercise of a non-contractual
extension.
25. Contract
Performance Security 
25.1 General right to
require security 
New to clarify the Joint Boards’ right to seek security i.e. parent company guarantee or performance
bond.
28 Contract Terms –
Illegal Practices 
28.2 Remedies  Amend to clarify remedies available to the Joint Board if contract cancelled under SO28.1 as a result of illegal
practices. 
29. Contract Terms –
Assignation   
29.1 Amend to clarify applies to assignation and subcontracting.  
24

Page 25

29.2 Amend to set out the requirements of SO that will apply to an assignation and subcontract. 
37. Annual
Procurement Report 
37.1 Amend to confirm annual procurement report must be prepared within 4 months of the end of the
relevant financial year (if required). 
25

Page 26

Summary of Changes to the Financial Regulations          Appendix 3
Section  Summary of Proposed Change
2. GENERAL
2.2/2.2.1 New section added to note the action required if there is a new or changed policy that affects the Board’s
financial position.
2.3/2.3.1 New section added to note that the Financial Regulations should be read in conjunction with the Scheme
of Delegation.
3. FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
3.3.1 Wording added to note use of common supplies and services contracts of the lead authority.
3.4.1 Reference added to the relevant Standing Order.
3.4.2 Words added referring to the compliance with Standing Orders when entering contracts.
4. THE REVENUE BUDGET AND BUDGETARY CONTROL
4.6.1 Words added to clarify the frequency of reporting.
4.11/
4.11.1 and 4.11.2
Section added to note the action required if some of the Board’s spend is Capital in nature (rather than
Revenue).
6. LEGALITY OF EXPENDITURE
6.3 Wording expanded to include other potential types of financial arrangements.
7. CONTROL OF INCOME
7.4.1 Sentence added re the level of cash to be held in a safe, and that it should not exceed the insured
amount.
7.9.2 Sentence added re the timeous passing of information to the Treasurer, in relation to any grant
applications, if appropriate.
26

Page 27

10. BANKING ARRANGEMENTS AND CHEQUES
10.3.3 Words added to ensure security firm employees are asked to display appropriate authorisation.
11. ASSET REGISTER, TTLE DEEDS AND PROPERTY
11.3.1 ‘Or leased’ added to reflect the leases arrangements in place at David Dale House, Blantyre.
12. INVENTORIES
12.2.1 / 12.2.2 ‘on official inventory forms’ added to ensure correct documentation is used and updated regularly
(12.2.2).
12.3.1 / 12.3.2 Words added to ensure the Code of Conduct for Employees is followed, and that items are recorded in
line with guidelines, if removed from the premises.
12.4.2 Words added to ensure compliance with South Lanarkshire Council’s recycling arrangements.
13. INSURANCE
13.2.1 Words added to ensure that any significant changes in operation are notified to the Treasurer.
15. ORDERS FOR WORKS, GOODS AND SERVICES
15.1.2 Specific Standing Orders inserted.
16. PAYMENT OF INVOICES
16.1.4 (i) Words added to ensure that any spend incurred is within the Revenue Estimates of the Board.
16.4.4 Section added to refer to a Direct Debit policy, in the event that this is required.
16.7.3 Section added relating to the authorisation process in times of remote working.
17. CONTRACTS FOR WORKS AND SERVICES
17.8.5 Link provided in relation to contract management guidance.
27

Page 28

18. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS AND RECORDS
18.3.2 Words added to refer to aggregation of duties where practicable, given the resources available.
19. INTERNAL AUDIT
19.3.1 / 19.3.2 Wording updated to include reference to Code of Corporate Governance, the Fraud Response Plan, and
the Counter Fraud, Bribery and Corruption Statement.
21. PAYMENT OF WAGES AND SALARIES
21.1.2 Section added referring to the ability to supply information in a self-service method.
21.3.1 Words included to ensure passwords are included in electronic file submissions.
22. TRAVELLING, SUBSISTENCE ETC. ALLOWANCES
22.3.1 Wording updated to reflect the requirement for receipts.
22.7.1 Relevant Acts added to support the submission of Members’ Claims.
22.7.2 / 22.7.3 Wording updated to reflect the requirement for receipts and the requirement to be in line with any
amending legislation.
23. SECURITY
23.1.1 Standard requirement for property protection added.
23.2.1 Requirement for cash to be banked timeously, added to wording.
23.3.1 Words added to note Risk Management and General Security guidance.
23.5.3 Wording added to reflect working from home, and the security requirements/policies in place. 
28

Page 29

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Clerk to the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board  
Subject: Timetable of Future Meetings 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1 The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 advise members of the proposed timetable of meetings for the Lanarkshire
Valuation Joint Board to December 2023
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1 The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the arrangements for future meetings of the Joint Board be approved.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1 In terms of Standing Order No 2 of the Standing Orders on Procedures, the Board
normally holds its meetings on the first Monday of every third month commencing in
March of each calendar year.  The proposed arrangements for the meetings of the
Joint Board for the remainder of 2022 and 2023 are as follows:- 
Board Meeting Time
Monday 5 September 2022 2.00pm
Monday 5 December 2022 2.00pm
Monday 6 March 2023 2.00pm
Monday 5 June 2023 2.00pm
Monday 4 September 2023 2.00pm
Monday 4 December 2023 2.00pm 
3.2 All meetings will be held in South Lanarkshire Council Offices, Almada Street,
Hamilton and via remote access. 
4. Employee Implications
4.1 None 
5. Financial Implications
5.1 None 
6. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
6.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in
terms of the information contained in this report.
5
29

Page 30

7. Other Implications
7.1. There are no implications for risk in terms of the information contained within this
report. 
8. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
8.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact
assessment is required. 
8.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the
information contained in the report. 
Cleland Sneddon
Clerk to the Board 
8 June 2022 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 Standing Orders on Procedures 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Stuart McLeod, Administration Officer
Ext:  4815  (Tel:  01698 454815)
E-mail:  stuart.mcleod@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
30

Page 31

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Treasurer to Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board  
Subject: Revenue Budget Monitoring 2022/2023 - Lanarkshire
Valuation Joint Board 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:
[purpose]
 provide information on the actual expenditure measured against the revenue
budget for the period 1 April 2022 to 20 May 2022
 provide a forecast for the year to 31 March 2023
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):
[recs]
(1) that an underspend of £0.059 million on Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board’s
revenue budget, as detailed in Appendix A of the report, be noted; and 
(2) that the forecast to 31 March 2022 of break even, be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. This is the first revenue budget monitoring report presented to the Lanarkshire
Valuation Joint Board for the financial year 2022/2023.   
3.2. The report details the financial position for Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board on
Appendix A. 
4. Employee Implications
4.1. None 
5. Financial Implications
5.1. The Board approved a budget of £3.665 million in December 2020.  Since then, the
Local Government Finance Settlement has been received as well as further
information on Government Grants for 2022/2023 – including Barclay Funding for the
year.  This has also facilitated a review of expenditure anticipated for 2022/2023. 
This is detailed in sections 5.2 to 5.5. 
5.2. Local Government Finance Settlement: Following receipt of the Local
Government Settlement in December 2021, the 1% reduction in the constituent
authorities’ contributions was reinstated for the Boards budget into 2022/2023.  This
means a further £0.035 million of income for the Board in that year.     
6
31

Page 32

5.3. Barclay Funding:  The Scottish Government has allocated the Board Barclay
funding of £0.698 million for 2022/2023.  These funds have been allocated to
councils and will be transferred to the Board via the council contribution payments. 
The amount from each council is £0.349 million.  The annual budget has been
revised and again, this is shown in Appendix A. 
5.4. Budget Realignment:  As a result of the Barclay Grant award, the additional
contribution payments, and the preparation of the Board’s medium-term strategy, the
level of anticipated spend for 2022/2023 has been refined.  Taking these new
monies and the refinement to expenditure estimates, the budgets for Expenditure
and Income have both been increased by £0.600 million.  The budget realignments
are detailed in Table 1 and included in the monitoring report in Appendix A. 
2022/2023
£
Base Expenditure Budget (December 2021) 3.665
Plus Additional Barclay Expenditure (Staff and IT
Equipment) 0.698
Less Budgeted Turnover (at 4%)  (0.124)
Plus Minor increase in Employee Cost Budgets 0.026
Revised Expenditure Budget 4.265    
Base Income Budget (December 2021) 3.665 
Increase in Council Contribution Payments (section
5.2/5.3) 0.035
Barclay Funding 0.698
Less Reduction in Use of Reserves (0.133)
Revised Income Budget 4.265 
5.5. Summary of 2022/2023 Budget:  These adjustments take the overall budget to
£4.265 million reflecting the revised level of contributions from councils (£4.205
million) and the revised use of reserves (£0.060 million).  This revised budget is
included in Appendix A. 
5.6. Period 2 Monitoring Position:  As at 20 May 2022, the variance from phased
budget to date is an underspend of £0.059 million. 
5.7. Forecast Position:  The financial forecast to 31 March 2023 is a break-even
position. 
6. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
6.1 There are no climate change, sustainability or environmental implications in terms of
the information contained in this report. 
7. Other Implications
7.1. The main risk associated with the Board’s Revenue Budget is that there is an
overspend.  The risk has been assessed as low given the detailed budget
management applied.  The risk is managed through four weekly Budget Monitoring
Meetings at which any variance is analysed.  In addition, the probable outturn
exercise ensures early warning for corrective action to be taken where appropriate. 
32

Page 33

8. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
8.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required. 
8.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the
information contained in the report. 
Paul Manning
Treasurer 
6 June 2022 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 Revenue Budget 2020/2021 – Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board – 7 December 2020 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Lorraine O'Hagan, Finance Manager (Strategy)
Ext:  2601  (Tel:  01698 452601)
E-mail:  lorraine.o'hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
33

Page 34

Appendix A 
LANARKSHIRE VALUATION JOINT BOARD 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Period Ended 20 May 2022 (No.2) 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year 
Annual
Forecast
Variance
Budget
Proportion
20/05/22
Actual 
20/05/22
Variance 
20/05/22 
%
Variance
20/05/22
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category         
Employee Costs 3,137 3,137 0 373 315 58 under 15.5% 1,b
Property Costs 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Supplies & Services 159 159 0 73 72 1 under 1.4% b
Transport & Plant 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Administration Costs 561 561 0 42 42 0 - 0.0% b
Payments to Other Bodies 31 31 0 0 0 0 - n/a b
Payments to Contractors 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Financing Charges 13 13 0 1 1 0 - 0.0% 
Total Controllable Exp. 3,901 3,901 0 489 430 59 under 12.1% 
Total Controllable Inc. (17) (17) 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Net Controllable Exp. 3,884 3,884 0 489 430 59 under 12.1% 
Add Non Controllable Budgets         
Central Support Costs 381 381 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Total Budget 4,265 4,265 0 489 430 59 under 12.1% 
Funded By:         
North Lanarkshire Council (2,102.5) (2,102.5) 0 (351) (351) 0 - 0.0% a,b
South Lanarkshire Council (2,102.5) (2,102.5) 0 (351) (351) 0 - 0.0% a,b
Transfer (From) Reserves (60) (60) 0 0 0 0 - n/a a
Net Budget 0 0 0 (213) (272) 59 under (27.7%) 
Variance Explanations 
1 Employee Costs:  The underspend reflects vacant posts for which the recruitment is ongoing.   
Virement 
a Local Government Settlement (£nil effect) – Increase Contribution Payments by £0.035m offset by a reduced contribution from Reserves (£0.035m).
(section 5.3) 
b Additional 2022/2023 Barclay Spend/Funding (£nil effect) – Increase the Employee Costs budget by £0.606m; Supplies and Services by £0.077m;
Administration Costs by £0.006m; Payments to Other Bodies by £0.009m; and increase the Contribution Payments from North and South Lanarkshire
councils by £0.349m respectively (section 5.4). 
c Budget Realignment (£nil effect) – Decrease Employee Costs by £0.098m offset by a reduced contribution from Reserves (£0.098m) (section 5.5). 
34

Page 35

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board 
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Internal Audit Annual Assurance Report 2021/2022 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1 The purpose of the report is to:- 
 report on the progress and performance of Internal Audit in the provision of internal
audit services to Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board (LVJB) in 2021/2022
 provide an independent audit opinion on the adequacy and effectiveness of LVJB’s
framework of governance, risk management and control arrangements for the year
ended 31 March 2022 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1 The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the content of this 2021/2022 Internal Audit Annual Report be noted; and
(2) that it be noted that the opinion expressed within this report informs LVJB’s
2021/2022 governance statement. 
3. Background
3.1 South Lanarkshire Council (SLC) delivers an internal audit service to Lanarkshire
Valuation Joint Board (LVJB) in conformance with the Public Sector Internal Audit
Standards (PSIAS) (revised 1 April 2017), compliance with which is mandatory under
Section 95 of the Local Government (Scotland Act) 1973.  This sets out a series of
standards to ensure a professional, independent and objective internal audit service
is delivered that supports good governance within an organisation.     
3.2 PSIAS requires that a Quality Assurance and Improvement Programme (QAIP) is
developed to provide assurance that internal audit activity is conducted in accordance
with an Internal Audit Charter, that it operates in an efficient and effective manner and
that it is perceived to be adding value and improving operations.  Assessment has
confirmed that South Lanarkshire Council’s internal audit function continues to
generally conform to PSIAS. 
3.3 The Internal Audit service is governed by the terms and conditions agreed in an annual
Service Level Statement (SLS) between SLC and LVJB. The agreement details
Internal Audit’s service objectives and plans for delivery of the service. Obligations
attach to both parties under this agreement, including performance targets. 
3.4 On an annual basis, a plan of work, derived from a risk evaluation of each suggested
audit area, is attached to the Service Level Statement. 
3.5 Each piece of agreed audit work is discussed with the Assessor and Electoral
Registration Officer prior to the issue of a final report and progress with the
7
35

Page 36

implementation of actions is monitored by the Assessor and Electoral Registration
Officer on a regular basis.   
3.6 The objective of an internal audit service is to evaluate and improve the effectiveness
of governance, risk management and control processes.  The purpose of this report is
to provide an independent audit opinion on the overall adequacy and effectiveness of
LVJB’s framework of governance, risk management and control arrangements based
on audit work undertaken in 2021/2022. 
3.7 LVJB systems and controls have been impacted to some extent by the COVID-19
pandemic since March 2020 and the resulting requirement to amend some normal
business operations.  This has tested LVJB’s risk management framework and has
resulted in new ways of working in some areas. Embedded within some systems are
controls that have been subject to change. LVJB continue to update the Board on the
arrangements, which now focus on blended working arrangements, with a combination
of staff working from home and within the office on a pro-rata basis.  Duties continue
to be undertaken with site visits now being undertaken in respect of maintaining the
Valuation Roll, Valuation List for Council Tax, and the Electoral Register.  In-person
Valuation Appeal Committee hearings have now recommenced.  The impact of revised
working practices on controls continued to be assessed during our 2021/2022 audit
work.  The audit opinion expressed in this report once again relates to the revised
service delivery arrangements in operation, where this is applicable.   
4. Link to LVJB’s Objectives and Top Risks
4.1 LVJB’s objective is to deliver equitable, customer-focused, professional valuation and
electoral services for all of its stakeholders.  The internal audit service seeks to support
this through the delivery of a risk-based plan of internal audit work each year that tests
the processes and procedures that deliver this objective.      
5. Internal Audit Workload and Performance – 2021/2022   
Workload – 2021/2022
5.1 Two core audit assignments were included in the 2021/2022 Audit Plan for LVJB. 
These are reflected in Table 1.   
Table One – Core assignment analysis for 2021/2022 
Total No. Jobs
Core audit assignments planned 2
Audit assignments completed 2 
5.2 Other areas of work agreed for the 2021/2022 Audit Plan included agreement of an
audit plan, preparation and presentation of an annual report on audit findings to this
Board and follow-up of audit actions.   
5.3 All of the audit work concluded during 2021/2022 is listed in Appendix One along with
the date the work was issued in draft format to LVJB.  This work was conducted in
conformance with PSIAS.   
5.4 PSIAS requires an internal audit function to demonstrate engagement with clients to
ensure the Audit Plan agreed at the outset of the year continues, throughout the year,
to address known and emerging risks.  To satisfy this requirement, feedback was
gathered whilst delivering the Plan in year and no amendments were considered
necessary. There was no work, in addition to the planned assignment, requested or
carried out during 2021/2022.   
36

Page 37

Performance – 2021/2022
5.5 Delivery of an effective and efficient internal audit service requires good performance
in three key areas - delivery of audit work within agreed budget days, issue of reports
timeously following completion of audit fieldwork and prompt agreement of findings
and recommendations with clients.   
5.6  Internal Audit have met all of these requirements for the 2021/2022 Plan of work in
line with a revised completion date of June 2022.  All of the planned audit work has
now been delivered within the budget agreed for the 2021/2022 Audit Plan.  Audit
reports for the two core assignments (I929189 – Conflict of Interest and I929188 –
New Dwellings: Council Tax Valuation Roll / Electoral Register updates) have been
issued and the findings and recommendations have been agreed by LVJB prior to the
issue of this annual report.  Final reports for these assignments will be issued
imminently.   
5.7 The Board is asked to note the workload and performance (detailed at appendix Two)
in relation to the delivery of the internal audit service for the 2021/2022 year.   
6. Basis of Audit Opinion  
6.1 The opinion expressed within this report (see 8.4) has been based primarily on:- 
 the output from the audit work included within LVJB’s 2021/2022 Internal Audit
Plan 
6.2 Together with reliance on the following areas of assurance that have also been
considered in the expression of an overall audit opinion for the year:- 
 the work of LVJB’s External Auditors during 2021/2022
 outputs of audits on shared systems within SLC 
Area of Assurance – Internal Audit Plan 2021/2022
6.3 Detailed below are a summary of the key findings from areas which were the subject
of internal audit work in 2021/2022:- 
I929189 – Conflict of Interest  
6.4 LVJB have procedures in place that require employees to declare conflicts of
interest, offers of gifts and hospitality and seek approval for additional employment
out with LVJB. 
6.5 New employees are made aware of their obligations under the Employee Code of
Conduct to adopt the “principles of public life” and the requirements to declare
conflicts of interest and offers of gifts and services, as well as the requirement to
seek approval for additional employment.   
6.6 However, LVJB managers are not proactively reminding incumbent employees of
these requirements on a periodic basis.   
6.7 Given the lack of any formal documented declarations in recent years (other than
requests for approval of other paid employment), there may be a risk that employees
are failing to declare any new interests.  LVJB cannot necessarily assume that the
non-receipt of returns is evidence that no conflict of interest exists for the Board’s
employees. 
37

Page 38

6.8 To mitigate this risk, Internal Audit recommend that all employees are asked each
year, prior to LVJB completing their annual governance statement, if they have any
conflicts to declare.  This would assist in providing LVJB with more robust
assurances that all conflicts of interest have been declared.   
6.9 There have been two improvement actions agreed for this audit.   
I929188 – New Dwellings: Council Tax Valuation Roll / Electoral Register
updates  
6.10 Audit work reviewed the process in place whereby LVJB value new dwellings so that
they can add the property Council Tax banding to the Council Tax Valuation List. 
6.11  It is important that new dwellings are added to the Council Tax Valuation List
accurately and timeously to ensure that the respective Councils can collect the
correct Council Tax revenues for the property in a timely and efficient manner and
there was reasonable assurance that this was the case for the audit sample
reviewed.  All dwellings in the sample had been added to the Valuation List.   
6.12 It is noted that LVJB’s external auditors, Audit Scotland, commented in their
2020/2021 annual audit report that, in respect of adding new houses to the Council
Tax valuation list, LVJBs performance, based on reported performance, was above
the average and, despite the pandemic, the Board had been able to sustain this level
of performance over 2018/2019 to 2020/2021.   
6.13 As a reminder, the reported KPIs for LVJB for the addition of new dwellings to the
Council Tax valuation list over this period was:- 
2018/2019 2019/2020 2020/2021 2021/2022
Achievement     
Within 3 months  96% 96% 93% 93%
Within 6 months  99% 99% 98% 98% 
6.14 Although only a small percentage are processed over the target 3 month timescale,
the audit, nevertheless, reviewed the reasons for delays for a small sample of
dwellings that were not added to the list within three months.  The reasons provided
included human errors and lack of notification that there was a new property (e.g.
where there had not been adequate planning or building warrant information).  Some
of this was outwith LVJB’s control.     
6.15  The valuation process has been impacted by the pandemic, most notably physical
surveys, although these have now recommenced; these were not carried out for all
new dwellings during the pandemic.  For most of the audit sample, existing surveys
and plans were used to support the assessment of valuation for standard house
types. Although the expected procedural documentation was used for the majority of
these properties, there was not always a clear record from these documents of who
had been involved in the valuation.  Systems records were able to provide the
necessary clarification.  There has also been a change to the storage of electronic
documentation, with the current approach to store this in the Records Management
System as opposed to appending the documentation to the Northgate system
property records, as indicated is required by LVJB’s own procedures.     
6.16  The systems audit trail provides assurances that the correct people, per LVJBs
procedural requirements, were involved in the Council Tax valuation process and
there was evidence that the expected segregation of duties between roles in this
process was in place for the sample.   
38

Page 39

6.17 Confirmation was obtained that all sample dwellings had a “live” banding applied
and, for relevant South Lanarkshire properties in the sample, all were confirmed as
being recorded in the South Lanarkshire Council council-tax system to facilitate the
collection of Council Tax revenues due for the properties.   
6.18 Audit work also reviewed the process whereby LVJB add the details for new
dwellings to the Electoral Register.   
6.19 There is a defined process whereby the LVJB Audit and Information Management
Team (AIM Team) notify the in-house Electoral Services section of the new dwellings
added to the Valuation List each week.  Audit testing confirmed that all sample
dwellings have been added to the Electoral Register.   
6.20 In summary, a reasonable level of assurance was obtained that generally, expected
controls are in place for the addition of new domestic dwellings to the valuation list. 
In total, there have been five improvement actions agreed for this audit, most of
which relate to the audit trail that supports the valuations.  All of these actions will fall
due for delivery during 2022/2023. 
I924185 - Formal Follow-Up 
6.21 Internal Audit have continued to monitor LVJB’s progress to dispose of the revaluation
appeals from the 2017 non-domestic rating revaluation exercise.  The only appeals
now outstanding are those that have been referred to the Lands Tribunal for Scotland
(LTS).  At the March 2022 update to the Board, there were 207 of these appeals
referred to the LTS. There are also nine appeals outstanding, with the LTS, from
previous NDR revaluations.      
6.22 Following the Scottish Government’s Barclay review of non-domestic rating,
revaluations will now be undertaken every three years (instead of every five years). 
This may present LVJB with resourcing challenges.  The risks are recognised within
LVJB’s risks register and LVJB are monitoring the challenges via a workforce action
plan in conjunction with their updated 2020/2021 – 2023/2024 Workforce Plan.  The
Board’s external auditors have outlined their intent to monitor updates to the workforce
plan as part of their 2021/2022 external audit work plan.     
6.23 The only other audit action due in 2021/2022 was in relation to the LVJB Emerging
Fraud Risks audit carried out during 2020/2021.  The audit related to the
supplementary audit trail to be retained to support electronic purchase orders (that
were not being manually signed during the pandemic).  LVJB have provided some
examples to demonstrate that this recommended audit trail is being retained. 
Area of Assurance – External Audit and Shared Systems
6.24 LVJB’s external auditors, Audit Scotland, undertook the 2020/2021 financial audit
during 2021/2022 and provided an unqualified opinion in relation to LVJB’s financial
statements.  Interim audit work in relation to the year ended 31 March 2022 is in
progress, with no significant issues advised to Internal Audit to date.   
6.25 LVJB shares some financial and Human Resources systems with SLC. The overall
audit opinion for LVJB is also informed by the assurances obtained from systems
audits carried out by Internal Audit for SLC on these shared systems. 
6.26 During 2021/2022, ‘shared system’ review work was undertaken in relation to areas
provided to LVJB under SLA with SLC, such as payroll, accounts payable and IT
security. In all of these areas, there was reasonable assurance around the
effectiveness of controls and no significant issues were identified that should be
separately reported to the Board.  Internal Audit have also participated in the Fusion
39

Page 40

and Business Process working groups.  Again, no material issues require to be
reported to the Board.   
7. LVJB Performance – Delivery of Audit Actions 2021/2022
7.1 PSAIS places a responsibility for monitoring progress with the delivery of audit actions
with the Chief Internal Auditor to ensure that recommendations are effectively
implemented. One audit action was due to be completed by LVJB during 2021/2022.
There were no external audit actions.   
7.2 Appendix Three details how LVJB performed against agreed targets for implementing
audit recommendations based on verbal updates received from LVJB.  100% of
internal audit actions were advised to be delivered on time. 
7.3 Two improvement actions have been recommended following the completion of the
Conflict of Interest audit work.  In addition, five improvement actions have been
recommended following completion of the New Dwellings process audit.  All seven of
these actions fall due for completion during 2022/2023.   
8. Summary of Overall Assurance and Audit Opinion 
8.1 Internal control remains, primarily, a management responsibility to ensure that LVJB
conducts its business in a manner that has due regard to the principles of good
governance.  The procuring of an internal audit service to test and report on control
arrangements does not negate the importance of management continually monitoring
the effectiveness of internal controls that are in operation.  This remains of particular
importance as we continue to emerge from the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting
changes to business processes that have been required in response.  The internal
audit service cannot be expected to give total assurance that control weaknesses or
irregularities do not exist.  The audit opinion is based upon the audit work undertaken
during the year and knowledge of LVJB’s wider governance, risk management and
control arrangements. 
8.2 LVJB activities are closely governed by statute and, as a result, there is little scope for
LVJB to select what activities it undertakes in the financial year. Continued pressure
from external sources is anticipated, which will put a significant strain on LVJB’s
resources. 
8.3 All of the work undertaken by Internal Audit, including any shared system audits and
the reports produced by External Audit, whether of an investigative or routine nature,
help to inform an opinion on whether the internal controls that LVJB has in place are
adequate. 
8.4 In 2021/2022, the Internal Audit opinion is that, overall, reasonable assurance
can be placed on the adequacy and effectiveness of LVJB’s framework of
governance, risk management and control arrangements for the year ending 31
March 2022 (see 3.7). 
8.5 The Board is asked to note the audit findings and consider the opinion expressed
above during preparation of LVJB’s Annual Governance Statement.   
9. Employee Implications 
9.1 The Internal Audit Section within SLC covers the planned audit work but employees in
LVJB also contribute to the work by supplying documentation and information as
requested and by discussing and agreeing recommendations. 
40

Page 41

9.2 Feedback received in relation to audit assignments is used to highlight areas for
training and development.  These are progressed on an individual basis as part of the
performance development review process.  Best practice information is shared and
learning points discussed throughout the year. 
10. Financial Implications 
10.1 The total charge to LVJB for the Internal Audit service is based on the work plan agreed
in the SLS.  Total payment for services delivered in 2021/2022 was £9,550. 
11. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
11.1 There are no climate change, sustainability or environmental implications in terms of
the information contained in this report. 
12. Other Implications 
12.1 LVJB’s external auditors, Audit Scotland, may consider the findings of Internal Audit
in forming an opinion on the organisation as part of their annual audit. 
13. Equality Impact Assessments and Consultation Arrangements 
13.1 There is no requirement to carry out an impact assessment in terms of the information
contained within this report.   
13.2 The Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer is consulted in advance of every
planned audit assignment and following completion of fieldwork. 
Paul Manning  
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)   
15 June 2022 
Link(s) to Council Values/Ambitions/Objectives
▪ Achieve results through leadership, good governance and organisational
effectiveness 
Previous References
▪ Internal Audit Annual Assurance Report 2020/2021 (9 June 2021) 
List of Background Papers
▪ Service Level Statement for Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board 2021/2022 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Yvonne Douglas, Audit and Compliance Manager
Ext:  2618  (Tel:  01698 452618)
E-mail:  yvonne.douglas@southlanarkshire.gov.uk  
41

Page 42

Internal Audit assignments completed during 2021/2022   Appendix One 
Job No. Assignment name Draft Issue
I921184 Audit Plan 2021/2022 16 June 2021
I929189 Conflict of Interest  6 June 2022
I929188 New Dwellings  6 June 2022
I924185 Follow-up 2021/22  Concluded in this
annual report 
In addition to this work above, there is the completion of this Annual Report for reporting to
the Board. 
42

Page 43

Internal Audit performance during 2021/2022          Appendix Two 
Performance
Indicator Target  2021/2022 2020/2021
Completion of plan
100% planned
assignments complete to
draft report stage by 31
May 2 
100%2 67%1
Completed plan 
within budget
100% of plan completed
within budget  100% 100%
Draft reports issued
on time
80% of drafts prepared
within 42 days of
completion of fieldwork 
100% 100% 
Note: 
1. Impacted by redeployment of Internal Audit resources as a result of COVID-19
2. Revised target date of June 2022 agreed by Internal Audit and LVJB. 
43

Page 44

LVJB’s approach to audit during 2021/2022 – Performance in delivering audit recommendations   Appendix Three 
Results based on verbal assurance information supplied by LVJB at requested date for returns. 
Internal 
Target 2021/2022  2020/2021
Delivery of internal audit
actions on time and in full 90% 100%  100% 
External 
Target 2021/2022  2020/2021
Delivery of external audit
actions on time and in full 90% N/A  N/A 
44

Page 45

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Treasurer to Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board  
Subject: Annual Governance Statement 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide information on the Annual Governance Statement for inclusion in the
2021/2022 Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Annual Accounts 
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[]
(1) that the Annual Governance Statement, attached at Appendix 1, be
approved for inclusion in the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
2021/2022 Annual Accounts.
[1recs] The a
3. Background
3.1. Each year the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board undertakes a comprehensive
review of the governance arrangements that are required to support Lanarkshire
Valuation Joint Board’s financial and operational controls. The annual review of
governance arrangements provides the Governance Statement which is
included in Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board’s Annual Accounts. 
3.2. The annual review for 2021/2022 is informed by the Delivering Good
Governance in Local Government Framework. 
4. Annual Governance Statement for 2021/2022
4.1. The Annual Governance Statement for 2021/2022 is attached at Appendix 1. 
4.2. The system of internal financial control is based on a framework of regular
management information, financial regulations, administrative procedures
(including segregation of duties), management supervision, and a system of
delegation and accountability.  These arrangements follow the systems of
financial management in place within the lead authority, South Lanarkshire
Council.   
4.3. The Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board shares financial management systems
with South Lanarkshire Council (the lead authority) and is subject to the relevant
controls in place as directed by the Internal/External Audit guidance. The overall
audit opinion for the year can be informed by the assurances obtained from any
system audits carried out by the Council’s Internal Audit section on these
shared systems. 
8
45

Page 46

4.4.  The sharing of systems means that the assurances obtained in the Internal
Audit Manager’s report on the Council’s financial systems for 2021/2022 can be
applied to those of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board. 
4.5. In addition, Internal Audit carry out a programme of audits each year which,
together with the output from South Lanarkshire Council shared systems audits,
inform an overall audit opinion on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Board’s
governance, risk management and internal control arrangements. 
4.6. For 2021/2022, the Treasurer’s opinion is that the systems for internal control
were effective and will continue to be reviewed and improved as appropriate in
2022/2023. 
5. Employee Implications
5.1. None 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. There are no financial implications directly associated with this report. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1 There are no climate change, sustainability or environmental implications in
terms of the information contained in this report. 
8. Other Implications
8.1. The statement will be subject to review by Audit Scotland as part of their
consideration of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board’s Annual Accounts. 
9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend
a change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required. 
9.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the
information contained in the report. 
Paul Manning
Treasurer 
7 June 2022 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Boards Annual Accounts Annual Governance
Statement 2021/2022 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Lorraine O’Hagan, Finance Manager (Strategy)
Ext:  2601  (Tel:  01698 452601)
E-mail: lorraine.o’hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
46

Page 47

Appendix 1
Annual Governance Statement 
This statement sets out the framework within which the Board has proper
arrangements for the governance of the Board’s affairs, thereby facilitating the
effective exercise of its functions, ensuring that appropriate arrangements are in place
for the management of risk and appropriate systems of internal control are in place. 
While the Board’s governance arrangements have not been consolidated in a formal
Code of Corporate Governance, the Annual Governance Statement has been
prepared within the context of the Board’s governance framework and meets
legislative requirements to include the Annual Governance Statement with the Annual
Accounts.  A consolidated Code of Corporate Governance was approved at the Board
meeting of 4 March 2019. 
Scope of Responsibility 
In delivering its aims and objectives, the Board is responsible for ensuring that its
business is conducted in accordance with the law and proper standards, and that
public money is safeguarded, properly accounted for and used economically, efficiently
and effectively. The Board also has a statutory duty to make arrangements to secure
best value under the Local Government in Scotland Act 2003.  In discharging this
responsibility, the Board’s elected members and senior officers are responsible for
putting in place proper arrangements for its affairs and facilitating the effective exercise
of its functions, which includes arrangements for the management of risk. 
Governance Framework 
The Board operates a system of internal control designed to manage risk to a
reasonable level. Internal controls cannot eliminate all risk of failure to achieve policies,
aims and objectives and can therefore only provide reasonable and not absolute
assurance of effectiveness.  The system of internal control is based on an ongoing
process designed to identify and prioritise the risks to the achievement of the Board’s
policies, aims and objectives, to evaluate the likelihood of those risks being realised
and the impact should they be realised, and to manage them efficiently, effectively and
economically. 
The main features of our governance arrangements are:
• Clearly defined Standing Orders, Scheme of Delegation and Financial
Regulations and Tender Procedures;
• Comprehensive business planning arrangements, setting key targets and action
plans designed to achieve our corporate objectives; 
• Arrangements to manage risk, including a risk management strategy and
Corporate Risk Register and business continuity plans;
• Clear customer complaints procedures;
• Policies to regulate employee related matters, including the Employee Code of
Conduct and Disciplinary Procedures; and 
• Regular public performance monitoring 
As part of the overall control arrangements, the system of internal control is designed
to ensure that assets are safeguarded, transactions are authorised and properly
recorded and material errors are detected and corrected. This system is based on a
framework of regular management information, financial regulations, administrative
47

Page 48

procedures (including segregation of duties), management and supervision, and a
system of delegation and accountability. 
Development and maintenance of the system is undertaken by managers within the
Board. In particular, the system includes: 
• Financial management supported by Financial Regulations;
• Detailed budgeting systems;
• Regular reviews of periodic and annual financial reports which indicate
financial performance against forecasts;
• Setting targets to measure performance, including financial performance;
• The preparation of regular financial reports that compare actual expenditure
and income against forecasts. 
South Lanarkshire Council is the administering authority.  All financial transactions of
the Board are processed through the financial systems of the Council and are subject
to the same controls and scrutiny as those of the Council.  This includes regular
reviews by the Council’s Internal Audit Manager. 
CIPFA Financial Management Code 
The Chartered Institute of Finance and Public Accountancy (CIPFA) has introduced a
Financial Management Code (the FM Code).  The FM Code provides “guidance for
good and sustainable financial management in local authorities. By complying with the
principles and standards within the code, authorities will be able to demonstrate their
financial sustainability”.  A key goal of the FM Code is to improve the financial
resilience of organisations by embedding enhanced standards of financial
management.   
The Board reviewed the principles of the FM Code and carried out a self-assessment
as part of its internal governance regime during 2020-2021.  This identified that the
Board where appropriate had fully embedded all but 1 of the principles of the Code in
its normal business.  An action was identified for the remaining principle which was to
include a statement re the adequacy of reserves in the next budget strategy paper.  
The refreshed Budget Strategy covering the period to end 2025/2026 was presented to
the Board in June 2022.  This included reference to the level of Reserves and a plan
for their use moving forward. 
Review of Effectiveness 
The Board purchases an internal audit service from South Lanarkshire Council,
through a Service Level Agreement.  The role of Internal Audit is to provide an
independent audit opinion on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Board’s
governance, risk management and internal control systems based on audit work
undertaken in the year. 
The internal audit service provided to the Board operates in accordance with the Public
Sector Internal Audit Standards (revised 2017). A rolling programme of audits are
undertaken on an annual basis targeted at the areas of greatest risk. 
The Internal Audit Manager provides an annual report to the Board and an audit
opinion on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Board’s governance, risk
management and internal control systems based on audit work undertaken in the year.
48

Page 49

The annual report for 2021/2022 was presented to the Board on 27 June 2022. The
Internal Audit Manager’s annual assurance statement concluded that a reasonable
level of assurance can be placed on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Board’s
framework of governance, risk management and control arrangements for the year
ended 31 March 2022. 
Statement on the Role of the Chief Financial Officer 
CIPFA published the statement on the role of the Chief Financial Officer in 2010 and
under the Code, the Board is required to state whether it complies with the statement,
and if not, to explain how their governance arrangements deliver the same impact. 
The Board’s financial management arrangements comply with the principles set out in
CIPFA’s statement on the Role of the Chief Financial Officer. 
Continuous Improvement 
As part of the annual audit review, recommendations are provided which not only
assist management to improve their control environment, but also provide an
assessment of the adequacy of existing systems and procedures, including
highlighting any necessary improvements to maintain and improve the Board’s
governance arrangements going forward.  The external auditor’s report, Audit Scotland
Annual Report 2020/2021, did not identify any Governance actions for implementation
during 2021/2022. 
Coronavirus Pandemic 
Whilst there has been a return to some form of normality, the risks associated with the
pandemic remain. New working practices have evolved as a result of, in particular, the
lockdowns introduced countrywide; working practices such as undertaking tasks from
home, sourcing more information digitally, and using electronic communications where
deemed appropriate, have been introduced over the last two years. With blended
working arrangements now in place involving working some time within the office and
some time from home, the risks against service failure associated with the pandemic
escalating again are somewhat mitigated against. 
One of the main impacts on LVJB’s operations of the pandemic was the inability to
carry out site visits for council tax, non-domestic changes, and electoral matters. Such
visits have resumed, with appropriate safety guidance, and as such should contribute
to our organisation’s ability to maintain as accurately and complete as possible the
Valuation Roll, Council Tax List and Electoral Registers. LVJB’s staff are to be
commended again on their ability to adapt to changing processes to ensure that all
statutory functions are carried out. 
Assurance 
In conclusion, there were no significant weaknesses identified in the Annual Audit
Report relating to improvements requiring action in 2021/2022.  Systems are in place
to continually review and improve the control environment and governance
arrangements operated by the Board. 
The effectiveness of governance is dependent on the actions of officers of the Board
and by the work of Internal and External audit.  It is the Board’s view that the
governance arrangements were effective during financial year 2021/2022.
49

Page 50

50

Page 51

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Treasurer to Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board  
Subject: 2021/2022 Annual Report and Accounts - Lanarkshire
Valuation Joint Board 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:
[purpose]
 advise members of the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board’s final accounts position
as at 31 March 2022
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the unaudited annual accounts for Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board for
year ended 31 March 2022, be approved for submission to Audit Scotland.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. This report will provide information on the Board’s outturn position for the financial year
2021/2022.  Appendix 1 shows this in the normal monitoring format, while Appendix 2
shows the statutorily required Annual Accounts.  These include the Comprehensive
Income and Expenditure Statement for year ended 31 March 2022 and the Balance
Sheet as at 31 March 2022.  These Accounts will be passed to Audit Scotland for
external audit. 
3.2. The Annual Report and Accounts, as detailed at Appendix 2 to the report, comprises:- 
 Management Commentary 2021/2022
 Statement of Responsibilities
 Annual Governance Statement
 Remuneration Report
 Expenditure and Funding Analysis Statement
 Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement for year ended 31 March 2022
 Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2022
 Movement in Reserves Statement for year ended 31 March 2022
 Cash Flow Statement for year ended 31 March 2022
 Notes to the Financial Statements (including Accounting Policies)
 Audit Arrangements 
4. Employee Implications
4.1. None 
9
51

Page 52

5. Financial Implications
5.1. Appendix 1 attached shows the 2021/2022 outturn position for the Board in the normal
monitoring format, that is, excluding accounting transactions.  As reported at the last
Board meeting on 7 March 2022, the Board was advised of a probable outturn transfer
to reserves of £0.021m.   
5.2. Summary of Outturn Position:  As shown in Appendix 1, the actual position at the
end of the year is a transfer to reserves of £0.352m, an increase of £0.331m from the
probable outturn.  This is the result of further staff turnover and difficulties in
recruitment of new staff, an underspend on computer equipment purchases in
connection with Barclay recommendations which are now expected to be undertaken
during 2022/2023, and lower than anticipated valuation appeals.  Further details of the
expenditure and income variances are shown in Appendix 1. 
5.3. Appendix 2 shows the Annual Accounts for 2021/2022.  The presentation of the
Board’s position, in accounting terms, differs from the monitoring position presented in
Appendix 1, as it also contains statutory accounting entries for pensions and statutory
accumulated absences. 
5.4. The Annual Accounts in Appendix 2 show that the Board’s total income on an
accounting basis amounted to £4.386m in 2021/2022.  This was offset by total revenue
expenditure on an accounting basis of £4.698m, leaving a net deficit of £0.312m (net
cost of services (£0.312m)).  After implementing statutory accounting practice in
relation to the pension and statutory accumulated absences figures, the net position for
the Board for 2021/2022 is a surplus of £0.352m – as presented in the monitoring
statement in Appendix 1.   
5.5. Adding this surplus to the Board’s General Reserve carried forward from 2020/2021
(£1.127m), gives the Board a closing General Reserve position of £1.479m at the end
of 2021/2022.  This is £0.331m higher than anticipated as part of the probable outturn.
The strategy for use of reserves is covered in the Budget strategy report that will be
presented later in the meeting. 
6. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
6.1. There are no climate change, sustainability or environmental implications in terms of
the information contained in this report. 
7. Other Implications
7.1. The main risk associated with the Board’s Revenue Budget is that there is an overspend.
The risk has been assessed as low given the detailed budget management applied. The
risk is managed by the preparation of 4 weekly Budget Monitoring Reports where any
variance is analysed. In addition, the probable outturn exercise ensures early warning
for corrective action to be taken where appropriate. 
8. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
8.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact assessment
is required. 
8.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in the report.  
52

Page 53

Paul Manning
Treasurer 
1 June 2022 
Previous References
 Revenue Budget 2021/2022 – Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board – 7 December 2020
 Revenue Budget Monitoring 2021/2022 - Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board – 7 March
2022 
List of Background Papers
 Financial ledger and budget monitoring results to 31 March 2022
 Unaudited Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Annual Accounts 2021/2022
 Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Revenue Budget Monitoring and Probable Outturn
Position 2021/2022 – 6 December 2021 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Lorraine O'Hagan, Finance Manager (Strategy)
Ext:  2601  (Tel:  01698 452601)
E-mail:  lorraine.o'hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk  
53

Page 54

Appendix 1 
LANARKSHIRE VALUATION JOINT BOARD 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Period Ended 31 March 2022 (No.14) 
Annual
Budget 
Forecast
for Year 
Annual
Forecast
Variance
Budget
Proportion
31/03/22
Actual 
31/03/22
Variance 
31/03/22 
%
Variance
31/03/22
Note 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000   
Budget Category         
Employee Costs 3,396 3,066 330 3,396 2,850 546 under 16.1% 1
Property Costs 5 0 5 5 0 5 under 100% 2
Supplies & Services 208 222 (14) 208 147 61 under 29.3% 3
Transport & Plant 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Administration Costs 652 654 (2) 652 597 55 under 8.4% 4
Payments to Other Bodies 31 32 (1) 31 28 3 under 9.7% 
Payments to Contractors 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Financing Charges 14 14 0 14 34 (20) over (142.9%) 5          
Total Controllable Exp. 4,306 3,988 318 4,306 3,656 650 under 15.1% 
Total Controllable Inc. (7) (18) 11 (7) (15) 8 over
recovery 114.3% 6
Net Controllable Exp. 4,299 3,970 329 4,299 3,641 658 under 14.1% 
Add Non Controllable Budgets         
Central Support Costs 378 379 (1) 378 377 1 under 0.3% 
Total Budget 4,677 4,349 328 4,677 4,018 659 under 14.1% 
Funded By:         
North Lanarkshire Council (2,106) (2,106) 0 (2,106) (2,106) 0 - 0.0% 
South Lanarkshire Council (2,264) (2,264) 0 (2,264) (2,264) 0 - 0.0% 
Transfer (From) Reserves (307) 21 (328) (307) 352 (659) over
recovery 214.7% 
Net Budget 0 0 0 0 0 0 - n/a 
Variance Explanations
1 Employee Costs:  The underspend reflects increased turnover of staff and vacant posts for which recruitment is ongoing and lower than anticipated
Canvassers Payments being required.  Staff turnover has been higher than assumed at probable outturn, 
2 Property Costs:  The underspend reflects budget no longer required for Scottish Water charges. 
3 Supplies and Services: The underspend reflects the purchase of computer equipment in relation to Barclay recommendations which are now expected to
be undertaken in 2022/23 (£0.089m) and is offset by spend in compliance with the Equality Act 2010 Public Sector Duty to make reasonable adjustments
(£0.015m), as well as some other minor spend on office equipment, and additional costs of leasing lap tops to facilitate home working (£0.013m). 
4 Administration Costs: The underspend reflects reduced number of appeals proceeding to a Committee of the Valuation Appeals Panel in the first 6
months of 2021/2022, and lower than anticipated printing and stationery costs to date. 
5 Financing Charges:  The overspend is in relation to higher than budgeted IT leasing charges. 
6 Income: The over recovery of income is due to increased sale costs of Electoral Registers. 
54

Page 55

LANARKSHIRE VALUATION JOINT BOARD 
ANNUAL ACCOUNTS 
2021/2022 
9
55

Page 56

2 
List of Contents
Statement Page
Membership of the Board (2021/2022) 3
Management Commentary 4
Statement of Responsibilities 10
Annual Governance Statement 12
Remuneration Report 15
Expenditure and Funding Analysis 20
Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement 21
Balance Sheet 22
Movement in Reserves Statement 23
Cash Flow Statement 25  
Notes to the Financial Statements 
Note 1 Accounting Policies 27
Note 2 Prior Period Adjustments 29
Note 3 Accounting Standards issued but not Adopted 29
Note 4 Critical Judgements in Applying Accounting Policies 30
Note 5 Notes to the Expenditure and Funding Analysis - Adjustments
Between Funding and Accounting Basis
30
Note 6 Adjustments between Accounting Basis and Funding Basis Under
Regulations
31
Note 7 Assumptions Made About the Future and Other Major Sources of
Estimation Uncertainty
32
Note 8 Events after the Balance Sheet date 33
Note 9 Contingent Liabilities 33
Note 10 Leases  33
Note 11 Property, Plant and Equipment – Movement on Balances  34
Note 12 Intangible Assets 34
Note 13 Short Term Debtors 34
Note 14 Short Term Creditors 35
Note 15 Related Party Transactions 35
Note 16 Defined Benefit Pension Schemes 35
Note 17 External Audit Costs 40
Note 18 Grant Income 40
Note 19 Balance Sheet Reserves 41
Note 20 Financing and Management of Liquid Resources 42
Note 21 Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement – financing and
investment income and expenditure
42
Note 22 Going Concern 42   
Audit Arrangements 43 
56

Page 57

3 
Membership of the Board (2021/2022) 
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board (herein after referred to as ‘the Board’) is comprised of
Elected Members from its two constituent local authorities.  The serving Members of the
Board during financial year 2021/2022 were as noted below: 
South Lanarkshire Council North Lanarkshire Council
Councillor Lynsey Hamilton (Depute Convenor) Councillor Alex McVey (Convenor)
Councillor Poppy Corbett
(until 3 November 2021)
Councillor Caroline Stephen 
Councillor Peter Craig  Councillor Bob Burgess
Councillor Isobel Dorman Councillor Tom Castles
Councillor Geri Gray Councillor Jim Reddin
Councillor Ann Le Blond  Councillor Tom Johnston
Councillor Jim Wardhaugh  Councillor William Shields
Councillor Walter Brogan Councillor Annette Valentine 
Councillor Meghan Gallagher
(until 17 June 2021) 
Councillor Trevor Douglas
(from 17 June 2021) 
Chief Officers 
Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer: Gary Bennett BSc MSc AEA (Cert-Scotland)
MRICS IRRV (Hons) 
The following appointed office bearers of the Board are employed on a substantive basis by
South Lanarkshire Council: 
Clerk: Cleland Sneddon (Chief Executive of South
Lanarkshire Council)   
Treasurer: Paul Manning (Executive Director of Finance
and Corporate Resources, South Lanarkshire
Council) 
57

Page 58

4 
Management Commentary 2021/22 
The management commentary provides an overview of the key messages in relation to the
objectives and strategy of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board (the Board) and its financial
performance for the year ended 31 March 2022.  It also provides an indication of the issues
and risks that may impact upon the Board’s finances in the future. 
The Board was established by the Valuation Joint Boards (Scotland) Order 1995 and came
into existence on 1 April 1996.  It provides a range of valuation and electoral registration
services to and on behalf of South Lanarkshire Council and North Lanarkshire Council (the
constituent authorities), working in partnership with other Valuation Joint Boards and
professional bodies throughout Scotland. 
Core Purpose, Vision, Service Function and Core Objectives
The Board's Service Plan was approved at the Board meeting in March 2022 and
covers the period April 2022 through to March 2025. The Plan incorporates the Board's
Vision statement which is "to deliver quality in the work which we undertake, provide
efficient services to all service users, and ensure completeness and accuracy of the
Electoral Register, Valuation Roll and the Valuation (Council Tax) List”. 
The Plan sets out the key business areas identified for Lanarkshire Valuation Joint
Board over the three-year period, with a view to ensuring that LVJB’s services are
delivered as effectively and efficiently as possible to service users. 
Where deemed appropriate, each key business area is supported by a series of
priorities and measurable key actions, against which performance is regularly reported
to the Board. 
Review of Performance
The Board's performance against key performance indicator (KPI) targets during
2021/22, was as follows: 
• Of 2,818 new Council Tax entries added, 93% were completed within 3 months
of the effective date against a target of 87%. 98% were completed within 6
months against a target of 92%. 
• Of 976 alterations to the non-domestic valuation roll, 68% were completed within
3 months of the effective date against a target of 77% and 83% were completed
within 6 months against a target of 92%. The three monthly and six monthly targets
were not met, essentially due to the continued challenges as a result of the pandemic
and in particular the limitations on carrying out on-site surveys. 
With regards to electoral registration, within the period 2021/2022, in addition to two by-
elections held in North Lanarkshire, the principal activities centred on maintaining the
completeness and accuracy of the registers, together with preparations for and the
undertaking of the Scottish Local Government Election on 5 May 2022, the associated tasks
to which were carried out successfully. 
The annual canvass of electors 2021 was subject to major reform with the introduction of
The Representation of the People (Annual Canvass) (Miscellaneous Amendments)
(Scotland) Regulations 2020. Under the reformed canvass, data matching was used at the
outset of the canvass to help identify those properties where the residents are more likely to
have changed. All Electoral Registration Officers in Great Britain were required to match
specified data they hold on registered electors against the Department for Work and
58

Page 59

5 
Pensions’ Customer Information System (DWP CIS) dataset. This dataset is already used in
the electoral registration process to verify an applicant's identity. The household visit
element of the 2021 canvass was able to proceed, with suitable precautions undertaken as a
result of the pandemic, with circa 31,000 properties being canvassed. The canvass reforms
also allowed for e-communications that included telephone and email contact. The canvass
was concluded successfully, and the registers were published on 1 December 2021. 
More information on the Board's performance during 2021/2022 can be found on the
Board’s website at www.lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk 
Financial Performance 
Revenue
The Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement on page 21 summarises the total
costs of providing services and the income available to fund those services.  The Board set a
net operating expenditure budget for 2021/2022 of £3.835m to be funded by contributions
from the two constituent local authorities.  The budget was based on experience of
expenditure and income levels during previous years and included a planned contribution
from the Board’s reserves of £0.345m.  During the year, this budget was increased to
include Scottish Government funding  held in Reserves by South Lanarkshire Council for
Postal Votes and Household Notifications.  It was also increased to reflect funding received
from the Scottish Government for the implementation of the Barclay Review. This gave a
final budget of £4.677m for the year. 
In comparison to this revised 2021/2022 budget, the Board returned a surplus of income
over expenditure of £0.352m which, compared with the budgeted deficit of £0.307m, resulted
in £0.659m of an improvement in the Board’s position.  This surplus excludes the accounting
adjustments relating to pensions and short-term accumulating absences. 
The Table overleaf compares the revised budget of the Board at the 31 March 2022.  The
difference between the net expenditure figure overleaf and that reported in the
Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement is due to the accounting adjustments,
which are analysed in the Expenditure and Funding Analysis on page 20. 
59

Page 60

6 
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Revenue Budget 2021/2022 
Budget Actual  Variance 
£000 £000 £000
Employee Costs 3,396 2,850 546
Property Costs 206 201 5
Supplies and Services 208 147 61
Transport and Plant 0 0 0
Administration Costs 829 773 56
Payments to Other Bodies 31 28 3
Financing Charges 14 35 (21)
Total Expenditure 4,684 4,034 650
Income (7) (15) 8
Net Expenditure 4,677 4,019 658
Funded by:   
Contributions from Councils (4,370) (4,371) 1
Total  (4,370) (4,371) 0    
(Surplus) / Deficit for the Financial Year 307 (352) 659              
The main underspend was in respect of employee costs.  This reflects a combination of the
turnover of staff and the current level of spend in relation to the implementation of the
Barclay recommendations.  Recruitment has continued (and is ongoing) for posts made
vacant through staff turnover, and posts required to undertake the workload associated with
the Barclay Review. 
Balance Sheet
The Board’s Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2022 reported net assets of £2.818m compared
with net liabilities of £1.017m as at 31 March 2021, a movement of £3.835m during the year. 
This is mainly due to a £3.473m increase in the Board’s pension fund liability which is
calculated by independent actuaries as part of the Strathclyde Pension Fund. 
Adding the surplus on the Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2022 (£0.352m) to the Board’s
General Reserve carried forward from 2020/2021 (£1.127m), gives the Board a closing
General Reserve position of £1.479m at the end of 2021/2022.  This is shown in the
Expenditure and Funding Analysis on page 20 and the Movement in Reserves Statement on
page 23. 
Pension Fund
The disclosure requirements for pension benefits under International Accounting Standard
19 are detailed at Note 16.  The appointed actuary assessed the Board’s share of
Strathclyde Pension Fund as a net asset of £1.273m as at 31 March 2022, compared with a
net liability of £2.200m as at 31 March 2021.  Changes in the assumptions used by the
actuary when calculating the liability, including financial and demographic assumptions,
resulted in a reduction in the liability, however these were partially offset by service costs
and a negative return on assets. The Pension Asset shown is the result of the accounting
legislation and standards and reflects the cost to the Board if all staff retired as at 31 March
2022.
Whilst indicative of a broad position in terms of a pension liability, the reader should be
aware of a range of factors, inherent in the figure, before drawing conclusions on such a
60

Page 61

7 
significant number in the Board’s Financial Statements.  The Board is meeting pension
contributions on an annual basis.  Note 16: Defined Benefit Pension Schemes on page 35
provides more details on pensions including the factors affecting the pension liability such as
assumptions about mortality, salary inflation, pension inflation and discount rates. 
The Board’s actuary has confirmed that the IAS19 Balance Sheet is based on financial
market values and future market expectation indicators as at 31 March 2022 to comply with
the standard. The financial markets at the accounting date will have taken into account
COVID19 risks as one of many national and worldwide economic considerations. 
Provisions, contingencies and write-offs
The Board is not aware of any eventualities which may have a material effect on its financial
position and has therefore made no provision for such eventualities.  Contingent assets and
liabilities are disclosed as a note to the financial statements.  No debts were written off
during the financial year. 
Service Changes and Future Developments 
The Board approved LVJB’s Service Plan at its meeting of March 2022. An update on
the service plan is provided annually to the Board. Future developments are anticipated
in the following service areas: 
Electoral Registration
Following the Local Government Election, preparatory work will commence for the
annual canvass of electors 2022 with principal work again focusing on maintaining the
electoral registers. It is expected that a number of by-elections will take place within the
period 2022/23, and any legislative changes which impact on the workload of our
electoral service delivery area – in particular connected with the Elections Act 2022 - will
be actively monitored. 
Valuation
Preparatory work associated with implementing the Non-Domestic Rates (Scotland) Act
2020, which came into force on 11 March 2020, will continue into the period 2022/23. A
draft valuation roll will be published late in 2022, with the new valuation roll coming into
effect on 1 April 2023; a non-domestic revaluation is a significant, resource intensive
undertaking which will form a major part of the workload for our organisation over the
coming period. With 2017 non-domestic revaluation appeals, those at the Lands
Tribunal for Scotland apart, now disposed of in accordance with statutory disposal
timescales (31 December 2021 for 2017), work will also continue with maintaining the
valuation roll and disposing of running roll appeals where possible (further consideration
of the voluminous levels of appeals received as a result of the pandemic will be
undertaken once proposed legislation in connection with such appeals is made by the
Scottish Government). 
In respect of Council Tax, work will continue with maintaining the Valuation List, entering
new houses on the List as efficiently as possible. 
61

Page 62

8 
With revised ways of working now somewhat established having undertaken a period of
business process re-engineering, essentially as a result of the pandemic - together with
the resumption of site visits where deemed appropriate - it is envisaged that alterations
to the valuation roll should be once again undertaken in line with targets, and that
entering new houses in the valuation list should continue to be in line with targets also. 
Financial Outlook
Most economic commentators forecast that pressures on public finances will continue for the
foreseeable future.  The Board recognises the impact of this difficult financial climate on its
constituent authorities and as a consequence it continues to seek to generate efficiencies
where possible.  A previous Financial Budget Strategy to 2023/24 was approved in June
2019.  This has been updated in June 2022 to refresh the Strategy and to extend the
timeframe to 2025/2026.  The Financial Strategy assists in managing a number of key risks
which directly impact on the funding available to deliver the Board’s objectives.  It also
identifies a future strategy in respect of financial reserves.  The Board’s Strategy is revised
annually with consideration given to any changes in the financial horizon, which will be
presented to the Board. 
Consequently, the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer will look to continue to
implement efficiency savings in future, although with a significant number of statutory duties
to be met the continued pressure on resources could have an adverse impact on
performance and service delivery. 
Risks and Uncertainties
The Board noted the Risk Register Update 2022 at its meeting in March 2022. The main
risks highlighted are the inability to deal with the increase in non-domestic appeals activity
and the failure to recruit and/or retain qualified valuation staff. In respect of the first
highlighted risk, as noted earlier, the outcome of proposed legislation - the Non-Domestic
Rates (Coronavirus) (Scotland) Bill - is awaited before scoping further the workload
associated with the voluminous levels of appeals received as a result of the pandemic. With
regards to the second risk, dialogue continues with all officers to the Board, as well as with
South Lanarkshire Council’s Personnel Services in relation to retaining and recruiting
suitably qualified personnel to deal with the anticipated workload for coming years, in
particular the workload associated with the recommendations from the Barclay Review into
non-domestic rates. All risks are monitored by LVJB’s management team with a view to
mitigating each risk, whether an existing or emerging risk. 
Coronavirus Pandemic
Whilst there has been a return to some form of normality, the risks associated with the
pandemic remain. New working practices have evolved as a result of, in particular, the
lockdowns introduced countrywide; working practices such as undertaking tasks from home,
sourcing more information digitally, and using electronic communications where deemed
appropriate, have been introduced over the last two years. With blended working
arrangements now in place involving working some time within the office and some time
from home, the risks against service failure associated with the pandemic escalating again
are somewhat mitigated against. 
One of the main impacts on LVJB’s operations of the pandemic was the inability to carry out
site visits for council tax, non-domestic changes, and electoral matters. Such visits have
resumed, with appropriate safety guidance, and as such should contribute to our
organisation’s ability to maintain as accurately and complete as possible the Valuation Roll,
Council Tax List and Electoral Registers. LVJB’s staff are to be commended again on their
ability to adapt to changing processes to ensure that all statutory functions are carried out.  
62

Page 63

9 
Conclusion
Given the continued challenges which all organisations have faced as a result of the
coronavirus pandemic, operational performance continued to remain positive for the
period 2021/22, in particular in respect of delivering a major electoral event, and
meeting targets in respect of entering new dwellings in the Valuation List. It is
anticipated that the resumption of site visits will assist in performance in respect of
undertaking alterations to the valuation roll for non-domestic subjects. Sound financial
management and medium term planning has enabled the Board to successfully manage
the financial challenges faced during financial year 2021/22. However, there remain a
number of challenges going forward, not least the challenges posed by the introduction
of three yearly non-domestic revaluations with effect from 1 April 2023; an associated
change to the non-domestic appeals system scheduled to be implemented with effect
from 1 January 2023; and further potential challenges posed by the introduction of the
Elections Act 2022. 
We wish to acknowledge the significant efforts of all staff in contributing to the Board's
operational performance, of budget managers and support staff whose financial
stewardship contributed to the Board's financial position at 31 March 2022, and to
everyone involved in the preparation of the Annual Accounts. 
Paul Manning   Gary Bennett    
Treasurer   Assessor and ER Officer  Convenor 
63

Page 64

10 
Statement of Responsibilities 
This statement sets out the respective responsibilities of the Board and the Treasurer for the
Annual Accounts. 
The Board’s Responsibilities 
The Board is required to:
• make arrangements for the proper administration of its financial affairs, and to ensure
that one of its officers has responsibility for the administration of those affairs.  For
the Board, that officer is the Executive Director of Finance and Corporate Resources
for South Lanarkshire Council, designated as the Treasurer of the Board;
• manage its affairs to secure economic, efficient and effective use of resources and
safeguard its assets; 
• ensure the Annual Accounts are prepared in accordance with legislation (The Local
Authority Accounts (Scotland) Regulations 2014) and is compatible with that
legislation, in accordance with proper accounting practices (section 12 of the Local
Government in Scotland Act 2003); and
• approve the Annual Accounts for signature 
Convenor of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
27 June 2022 
64

Page 65

11 
The Treasurer’s Responsibilities 
The Treasurer is responsible for the preparation of the Board’s Annual Accounts which, in
terms of the CIPFA / LASAAC Code of Practice on Local Authority Accounting in the United
Kingdom is required to present a true and fair view of the financial position of the Board at
the accounting date, and its comprehensive income and expenditure for the financial year
then ended. 
In preparing the Annual Accounts, the Treasurer has:
• Selected suitable accounting policies, and applied them consistently;
• Made judgements and estimates that were reasonable and prudent;
• Complied with legislation; and
• Complied with the Code of Practice on Local Authority Accounting in the United
Kingdom. 
The Treasurer has also:
• Kept proper accounting records which were up to date; and
• Taken reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other
irregularities. 
I certify that the financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of the
Board at 31 March 2022, and its income and expenditure for the year ended 31 March 2022. 
Paul Manning
Treasurer of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
27 June 2022 
65

Page 66

12 
Annual Governance Statement 
This statement sets out the framework within which the Board has proper arrangements for
the governance of the Board’s affairs, thereby facilitating the effective exercise of its
functions, ensuring that appropriate arrangements are in place for the management of risk
and appropriate systems of internal control are in place.  While the Board’s governance
arrangements have not been consolidated in a formal Code of Corporate Governance, the
Annual Governance Statement has been prepared within the context of the Board’s
governance framework and meets legislative requirements to include the Annual
Governance Statement with the Annual Accounts.  A consolidated Code of Corporate
Governance was approved at the Board meeting of 4 March 2019. 
Scope of Responsibility 
In delivering its aims and objectives, the Board is responsible for ensuring that its business is
conducted in accordance with the law and proper standards, and that public money is
safeguarded, properly accounted for and used economically, efficiently and effectively. The
Board also has a statutory duty to make arrangements to secure best value under the Local
Government in Scotland Act 2003.  In discharging this responsibility, the Board’s elected
members and senior officers are responsible for putting in place proper arrangements for its
affairs and facilitating the effective exercise of its functions, which includes arrangements for
the management of risk. 
Governance Framework 
The Board operates a system of internal control designed to manage risk to a reasonable
level. Internal controls cannot eliminate all risk of failure to achieve policies, aims and
objectives and can therefore only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance of
effectiveness.  The system of internal control is based on an ongoing process designed to
identify and prioritise the risks to the achievement of the Board’s policies, aims and
objectives, to evaluate the likelihood of those risks being realised and the impact should they
be realised, and to manage them efficiently, effectively and economically. 
The main features of our governance arrangements are:
• Clearly defined Standing Orders, Scheme of Delegation and Financial Regulations
and Tender Procedures;
• Comprehensive business planning arrangements, setting key targets and action
plans designed to achieve our corporate objectives; 
• Arrangements to manage risk, including a risk management strategy and Corporate
Risk Register and business continuity plans;
• Clear customer complaints procedures;
• Policies to regulate employee related matters, including the Employee Code of
Conduct and Disciplinary Procedures; and 
• Regular public performance monitoring 
As part of the overall control arrangements, the system of internal control is designed to
ensure that assets are safeguarded, transactions are authorised and properly recorded and
material errors are detected and corrected. This system is based on a framework of regular
management information, financial regulations, administrative procedures (including
segregation of duties), management and supervision, and a system of delegation and
accountability.  
66

Page 67

13 
Development and maintenance of the system is undertaken by managers within the Board.
In particular, the system includes:
• Financial management supported by Financial Regulations;
• Detailed budgeting systems;
• Regular reviews of periodic and annual financial reports which indicate financial
performance against forecasts;
• Setting targets to measure performance, including financial performance;
• The preparation of regular financial reports that compare actual expenditure and
income against forecasts. 
South Lanarkshire Council is the administering authority.  All financial transactions of the
Board are processed through the financial systems of the Council and are subject to the
same controls and scrutiny as those of the Council.  This includes regular reviews by the
Council’s Internal Audit Manager. 
CIPFA Financial Management Code 
The Chartered Institute of Finance and Public Accountancy (CIPFA) has introduced a
Financial Management Code (the FM Code).  The FM Code provides “guidance for good
and sustainable financial management in local authorities. By complying with the principles
and standards within the code, authorities will be able to demonstrate their financial
sustainability”.  A key goal of the FM Code is to improve the financial resilience of
organisations by embedding enhanced standards of financial management.   
The Board reviewed the principles of the FM Code and carried out a self-assessment as part
of its internal governance regime during 2020-2021.  This identified that the Board where
appropriate had fully embedded all but 1 of the principles of the Code in its normal business. 
An action was identified for the remaining principle which was to include a statement re the
adequacy of reserves in the next budget strategy paper.   The refreshed Budget Strategy
covering the period to end 2025/2026 was presented to the Board in June 2022.  This
included reference to the level of Reserves and a plan for their use moving forward. 
Review of Effectiveness 
The Board purchases an internal audit service from South Lanarkshire Council, through a
Service Level Agreement.  The role of Internal Audit is to provide an independent audit
opinion on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Board’s governance, risk management
and internal control systems based on audit work undertaken in the year. 
The internal audit service provided to the Board operates in accordance with the Public
Sector Internal Audit Standards (revised 2017). A rolling programme of audits are
undertaken on an annual basis targeted at the areas of greatest risk. 
The Internal Audit Manager provides an annual report to the Board and an audit opinion on
the adequacy and effectiveness of the Board’s governance, risk management and internal
control systems based on audit work undertaken in the year. The annual report for
2021/2022 was presented to the Board on 27 June 2022. The Internal Audit Manager’s
annual assurance statement concluded that a reasonable level of assurance can be placed
on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Board’s framework of governance, risk
management and control arrangements for the year ended 31 March 2022. 
67

Page 68

14 
Statement on the Role of the Chief Financial Officer 
CIPFA published the statement on the role of the Chief Financial Officer in 2010 and under
the Code, the Board is required to state whether it complies with the statement, and if not, to
explain how their governance arrangements deliver the same impact. 
The Board’s financial management arrangements comply with the principles set out in
CIPFA’s statement on the Role of the Chief Financial Officer. 
Continuous Improvement 
As part of the annual audit review, recommendations are provided which not only assist
management to improve their control environment, but also provide an assessment of the
adequacy of existing systems and procedures, including highlighting any necessary
improvements to maintain and improve the Board’s governance arrangements going
forward.  The external auditor’s report, Audit Scotland Annual Report 2020/2021, did not
identify any Governance actions for implementation during 2021/2022. 
Coronavirus Pandemic 
Whilst there has been a return to some form of normality, the risks associated with the
pandemic remain. New working practices have evolved as a result of, in particular, the
lockdowns introduced countrywide; working practices such as undertaking tasks from home,
sourcing more information digitally, and using electronic communications where deemed
appropriate, have been introduced over the last two years. With blended working
arrangements now in place involving working some time within the office and some time
from home, the risks against service failure associated with the pandemic escalating again
are somewhat mitigated against. 
One of the main impacts on LVJB’s operations of the pandemic was the inability to carry out
site visits for council tax, non-domestic changes, and electoral matters. Such visits have
resumed, with appropriate safety guidance, and as such should contribute to our
organisation’s ability to maintain as accurately and complete as possible the Valuation Roll,
Council Tax List and Electoral Registers. LVJB’s staff are to be commended again on their
ability to adapt to changing processes to ensure that all statutory functions are carried out. 
Assurance 
In conclusion, there were no significant weaknesses identified in the Annual Audit Report
relating to improvements requiring action in 2021/2022.  Systems are in place to continually
review and improve the control environment and governance arrangements operated by the
Board. 
The effectiveness of governance is dependent on the actions of officers of the Board and by
the work of Internal and External audit.  It is the Board’s view that the governance
arrangements were effective during financial year 2021/2022. 
Gary Bennett
Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
27 June 2022 
Convenor of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
27 June 2022 
68

Page 69

15 
Remuneration Report 
The remuneration report provides details of the Board’s remuneration policy for senior Board
members and senior employees.   
Introduction 
The Remuneration Report has been prepared in accordance with the Local Authority
Accounts (Scotland) Regulations 1985 (as amended by the Local Authority Accounts
(Scotland) Regulations 2014.  These Regulations require various disclosures about the
remuneration and pension benefits of senior Board members and senior employees. 
All information disclosed in tables 1 – 3 and 5 and 6 in this Remuneration Report and details
of exit packages have been audited by Audit Scotland. The other sections of the
Remuneration Report have been reviewed by Audit Scotland to ensure that they are
consistent with the financial statements. 
Senior Employees
The remuneration of senior employees is set by reference to national arrangements.  The
Scottish Joint Negotiating Committee (SJNC) for Local Authority Services sets the salaries
for the Chief Officers of Scottish local authorities.  Circular CO/151 sets the amount of salary
for Chief Officers for 2021/2022. 
Senior Councillors
The Convenor and Depute Convenor of the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board are
remunerated by the Council of which they are a council member, as shown in Table 3. 
The remuneration of councillors is regulated by the Local Governance (Scotland) Act 2004
(Remuneration) Regulations 2007 (SSI No. 2007/183) as amended most recently by the
Local Governance (Scotland) Act 2004 (Remuneration) Amendment Regulations 2020 (SSI
2020/26).  The Regulations provide for the grading of Councillors for the purposes of
remuneration arrangements, as either the Leader of the Council, the Provost, Senior
Councillors or Councillors.  These regulations also set out the amounts a councillor may be
paid for being a Convenor or Depute Convenor of a Joint Board.  This is inclusive of any
amount payable to them as either a Councillor or Senior Councillor. 
The Board has an arrangement with each Council who remunerates the Convenor and
Depute Convenor/s to reimburse the Council for the additional costs of that councillor arising
from them being a Convenor or Depute Convenor of the Board. The disclosures made in this
report are limited to the amounts paid to the Council by the Board for remuneration and does
not reflect the full value of the remuneration that may be paid to the councillor. 
Trade Unions (Facility Time Publication Requirements) Regulations 2017
In addition to the regulations governing senior employees and councillors, the Trade Union
(Facility Time Publication Requirements) Regulations 2017, which applied from 1 April 2017,
require public sector employers to collect and publish a range of information on trade union
facility time in respect of their employees who are Trade Union Representatives.  This
information is available on the Board’s website. 
There are no employees within the Board who are Trade Union Representatives, as noted
on the Board’s website. 
69

Page 70

16 
General Pay Bands for Senior Employees
The number of officers who received remuneration (excluding pension contributions) in
excess of £50,000 for the financial year is shown in Table 1: 
Table 1 - General Pay Band Disclosure for Senior Employees 
Annual Remuneration Number of
Employees
Number of
Employees
£ 2021/22 2020/21
50,000 – 54,999 6 2
55,000 – 59,999 0 0
60,000 – 64,999 2 2
65,000 – 69,999 0 0
70,000 – 74,999 2 2
75,000 – 114,999  (Note 1) 0 0
115,000 – 119,999 1 1
Note 1:  These are merged pay bands covering more than £5,000 due to the fact that no employees
fell into these bands in either financial year. 
Disclosure of Remuneration
Tables 2 and 3 provide details of the remuneration paid to the Board’s senior employees,
Convenor and Depute Convenor.  Comparative figures for 2020/2021 have been shown. 
Table 2 – Senior Employees 
Name / Post Salary /
Fees
Taxable
Expenses
Compensation
for Loss of
Office
Any other
Remuneration
2021/22
Total
2020/21
Total
G Bennett
Assessor and Electoral
Registration Officer
£119,906 - - - £119,906 £119,036
J Neason
Assistant Assessor and
Electoral Registration
Officer
£73,263 - - - £73,263 £72,449
R Pacitti
Assistant Assessor and
Electoral Registration
Officer 
£73,263 - - - £73,263 £72,449 
Total £266,432 - - - £266,432 £263,934 
The senior employees included in Table 2 include any Board employee:
• Who has responsibility for management of the Board to the extent that the person has
power to direct or control the major activities of the Board (including activities involving
the expenditure of money), during the year to which the report relates, whether solely or
collectively with other persons;
• Who holds a post that is politically restricted by reason of section 2(1) (a), (b) or (c) of the
Local Government and Housing Act 1989; or
• Whose annual remuneration, including remuneration from a local authority subsidiary
body, is £150,000 or more. 
70

Page 71

17 
Table 3 – Convenors and Depute-Convenors 
Name / Post Salary /
Fees
Taxable
Expenses
Compensation
for Loss of
Office
Any other
Remuneration
2021/22
Total
2020/21
Total
A McVey
Convenor
£5,934 - - - £5,934 £4,468
L Hamilton
Depute Convenor
£3,476 - - - £3,476 £3,336
Total £9,410    £9,410 £7,804 
Pension Rights
Pension benefits for councillors and Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board (LVJB) employees
are provided through the Local Government Pension Scheme (LGPS). 
LVJB employees had a final salary pension scheme prior to 1 April 2015. This means that
pension benefits are based on the final year’s pay and the number of years that person has
been a member of the scheme.  As of 1 April 2015, LVJB employees are now part of a
defined benefit pension scheme worked out on a career average basis.  Benefits built up are
calculated using pensionable pay each scheme year, rather than final salary.  All benefits
built up prior to this date are protected. 
From 1 April 2009, a five-tier contribution system was introduced with contributions from
scheme members based on how much pay falls into each tier. This is designed to give more
equality between the costs and benefits of scheme membership. Under The Local
Government Pension Scheme (Scotland) Regulations 2014, the earnings ranges used to
determine annual contribution rates are to be increased each year by any increase applied
to pensions under the Pensions (Increase) Act 1971. In accordance with this the salary
bands for 2019/2020 were uprated by the Consumer Price Index (CPI) increase for
2020/2021. 
The member contribution rates and tiers for 2021/2022 are shown in Table 4 along with
those that applied in 2020/2021: 
Table 4 – Pension Contribution Rates 
Pensionable Pay Contribution
rate
2021/22 
Pensionable Pay Contribution
Rate
2020/21
On earnings up to an including
£22,300
5.50% On earnings up to an including
£22,200
5.50%
On earnings above £22,300 and up
to £27,300
7.25% On earnings above £22,200 and up
to £27,100
7.25%
On earnings above £27,300 and up
to £37,400
8.50% On earnings above £27,100 and up
to £37,200
8.50%
On earnings above £37,400 and up
to £49,900
9.50% On earnings above £37,200 and up
to £49,600
9.50%
On earnings above £49,900 12.0% On earnings above £49,600 12.0% 
71

Page 72

18 
From April 2015, if a person works part-time their contribution is based on their part-time
pay.  Prior to this, if a person worked part-time, their contribution rate was worked out on the
whole-time pay rate for the job, with actual contributions paid on actual pay earned.   
There is no automatic entitlement to a lump sum.  Members may opt to give up (commute)
pension for lump sum up to the limit set by the Finance Act 2004. 
From 1 April 2015, benefits are calculated on the basis of a revalued annual pension built up
of 1/49th of pensionable pay each year, plus inflation to keep up with the cost of living.  Prior
to this date, the accrual rate guaranteed a pension based on 1/60th of final pensionable
salary and years of pensionable service and prior to 2009 the accrual rate guaranteed a
pension based on 1/80th and a lump sum based on 3/80th of final pensionable salary and
years of pensionable service. 
The value of the benefits has been calculated without exercising any option to commute
pension entitlement into a lump sum and without any adjustment for the effects of future
inflation. 
In those cases where members have transferred pension entitlements from previous
employments, the pension figures shown relate to the benefits that the person has accrued
as a consequence of their total local government service, and not just their current
appointment. It also reflects both employer and employee contributions. 
The Pension entitlement of Senior Employees for the year to 31 March 2021 are shown in
the Table 5, together with the contribution made by the Board to each senior employees’
pension during the year.  The accrued pension benefit reflects both the employer and
employee contributions. 
Table 5 – Pension Benefits: Senior Employees 
Name / Post   
Accrued
Pension
Benefits
March 2022
Movement
in accrued
pension
benefits
since 31
March 2021 
Pension
Contribution
made by
Board
2021/22 
Pension
Contribution
made by
Board
2020/21
G Bennett
Assessor and Electoral
Registration Officer
Pension
Lump Sum
£65,369
£109,366
£2,828
£717
£23,142 £22,962
J Neason
Assistant Assessor and
Electoral Registration
Officer
Pension
Lump Sum
£42,383
£73,544
£2,184
£733
£14,140 £13,983
R Pacitti
Assistant Assessor and
Electoral Registration
Officer 
Pension
Lump Sum
£37,970
£66,492
£1,821
£663
£14,140 £13,983
Total  £51,422 £50,928 
72

Page 73

19 
Table 6 – Pension Benefits: Convenors and Depute Convenors 
Name / Post 
Pension
Contribution
made by
Board
2021/22 
Pension
Contribution
made by
Board
2020/21
L Hamilton
Depute Convenor
£671 £644 
Exit Packages
There were no exit packages agreed or paid for financial years 2021/2022 or 2020/2021. 
Gary Bennett     
Assessor and ER Officer   Convenor
27 June 2022     27 June 2022   
73

Page 74

20 
Expenditure and Funding Analysis 
The Expenditure and Funding Analysis shows the expenditure and income figures reported to
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board and, through a single adjustments column, reconciles it to
the accounting figures presented in the Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement. 
Expenditure and Funding Analysis 2021/2022 
2020/2021    2021/2022 
Net Exp.
Chargeable
to GF 
Adjustment
between
Funding
and
Accounting
Basis
(note 5)
Net Exp.
in CIES 
Net Exp.
Chargeable
to GF
Adjustment
between
Funding
and
Accounting
Basis
(note 5)
Net Exp.
in CIES 
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3  Column 5 Column 6 Column 7
£000 £000 £000  £000 £000 £000
2,711 400 3,111 Employee Costs 2,850 670 3,520
381  381 Property Costs 201  201
122  122 Supplies and Services 147  147
0  0 Transport and Plant 0  0
848 16 864 Administration Costs 773 (27) 746
28  28 Payments to Other
Bodies
28  28
202 (175) 27 Financing Charges 35 21 56
4,292 241 4,533 Total Expenditure 4,034 664 4,698
(4,472) - (4,472) Income (4,386) - (4,386)
(180) 241 61 Net Cost of Services (352) 664 312
0 30 30 Financing and
Investment Income
and Expenditure
0 51 51
(180) 271 91 (Surplus) or Deficit (352) 715 363 
2020/21  2021/22
General
Fund 
General
Fund
£000  £000
(947) Opening General Fund Balance (1,127)
(180) (Less)/plus (Surplus) or Deficit on General Fund
(per column 1 and 5 of EFA)
(352)
- Transfers To/From Reserves -
(1,127) Closing General Fund Balance (1,479) 
74

Page 75

21 
Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement for the year ended 31 March 2022
This statement shows income generated by the Board during the year and how it was spent
on services and financing costs.   
2020/21  2021/22 Note
Actual  Actual 
£000  £000 
3,111 Employee Costs 3,520 
381 Property Costs 201 
122 Supplies and Services 147 
0 Transport and Plant 0 
864 Administration Costs 746 
28 Payments to Other Bodies 28 
27 Financing Charges 56 
4,533 Total Expenditure 4,698 
(4,472) Income (4,386) 
61 Net Cost of Services 312 
30 Financing and Investment Income and Expenditure 51 
91 Deficit on the Provision of Services  363 
721 Re-measurement of the Net Defined Benefit Asset/Liability (4,198) 16
721 Other Comprehensive Income and Expenditure (4,198) 
812 Total Comprehensive Income and Expenditure (3,835) 
75

Page 76

22 
Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2022 
This statement shows the resources of the Board and means by which they were financed.  It
shows the values as at the Balance Sheet date of the assets and liabilities recognised by the
Board. 
31 March
2021 
31 March
2022
Note
£000  £000 
Non-Current Assets:  
177 Property, Plant and Equipment 156 11
0 Intangible Assets 0 12
177 Total Non-Current Assets 156 
Current Assets:  
58 Short Term Debtors 72 13
1,427 Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,542 
1,485  1,614 
Current Liabilities:  
(479) Short Term Creditors (225) 14
(479) Total Current Liabilities (225) 
1,183 Total Assets less Current Liabilities 1,545 
Long Term Liabilities  
(2,200) Pension Liability 1,273 16
(1,017) Total Assets less Liabilities 2,818 
Financed By:   
Unusable Reserves  
(2,200) Pension Reserve 1,273 19
(121) Accumulating Compensated Absences
Reserve
(90) 19
177 Capital Adjustment Account 156 19 
Usable Reserves  
1,127 General Fund Reserve 1,479 19
(1,017)  2,818 
The notes on pages 27 to 41 form part of the financial statements. 
The unaudited accounts were approved for issue by the Board on 27 June 2022.  The
unaudited accounts are signed on behalf of the Board by: 
Paul Manning
Treasurer of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
27 June 2022 
76

Page 77

23 
Movement in Reserves Statement for the year ended 31 March 2022 
This statement shows the movement in the year on the different reserves held by the Board,
analysed into usable reserves and unusable reserves.  The deficit on the provision of
services shows the true economic cost of providing the Board’s services, which is fully
analysed in the Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement on page 21.  This cost
excludes other statutory charges to the General Fund balance.  The net increase /
(decrease) before transfers to / from other statutory reserves shows the statutory General
Fund balance before any discretionary transfers to or from the other statutory reserves of the
Board. 
General
Fund
Balance
Total
Usable
Reserves
Unusable
Reserves
Total
Reserves 
£000 £000 £000 £000
Balance at 31 March 2021 1,127 1,127 (2,144) (1,017)
Movement in Reserves
during 2021/2022    
Surplus on the provision of
services
(363) (363) - (363)
Other comprehensive income
and expenditure
- - 4,198 4,198
Total comprehensive income
and expenditure
(363) (363) 4,198 3,835
Adjustments between
accounting basis and funding
basis (note 5)
715 715 (715) 0
Net increase before transfers
to / from other statutory
reserves
352 352 3,483 3,835
Transfers to / from other
statutory reserves
- - - -
Increase / (Decrease) in
2021/2022
352 352 3,483 3,835
Balance as at 31 March 2022 1,479 1,479 1,339 2,818 
77

Page 78

24 
Movement in Reserves Statement for the year ended 31 March 2021 
General
Fund
Balance
Total
Usable
Reserves
Unusable
Reserves
Total
Reserves 
£000 £000 £000 £000
Balance at 31 March 2020 947 947 (1,152) (205)
Movement in Reserves
during 201202021    
Surplus on the provision of
services
(91) (91) - (91)
Other comprehensive income
and expenditure
- - (721) (721)
Total comprehensive income
and expenditure
(91) (91) (721) (812)
Adjustments between
accounting basis and funding
basis (note 5)
271 271 (271) 
Net increase before transfers
to / from other statutory
reserves
180 180 (992) (812)
Transfers to / from other
statutory reserves
- - - -
Increase / (Decrease) in
201202021
180 180 (992) (812)
Balance as at 31 March 2021 1,127 1,127 (2,144) (1,017) 
78

Page 79

25 
Cash Flow Statement 
This statement shows the changes in cash and cash equivalents of the Board during the year. 
The statement shows how the Board generates and uses cash and cash equivalents by
classifying them as either operating, investing or financing activities. 
• The level of net cash arising from operating activities is a key indicator of the extent to
which the operations of the Board are funded by way of taxation and grant income or from
service users and constituent authorities.
• Investing activities represent the extent to which cash outflows have been made for
resources which are intended to contribute to the Board’s future service delivery.
• There were no financing activities as the board had no requirement to borrow. 
Further analysis of movements is provided in the cash flow notes following the statement. 
2020/21  2021/22
£000  £000
(91) Net deficit / (surplus) on the provision of services (363)
692 Adjust net deficit / (surplus) on the provision of service for non-cash
movements
477
2 Adjust for items included in the net deficit / (surplus) on the provision of
services that are investing and financing activities
1
603 Net cash flows from operating activities 115   
(181) Investing Activities 0
422 Net increase or decrease in cash and cash equivalents 115   
1,005 Cash and cash equivalents at 1 April 1,427
1,427 Cash and cash equivalents at 31 March 1,542 
Cash Flow Statement Note – Non Cash Movements 
The balance of non-cash movements is made up of the following elements: 
2020/21  2021/22
£000  £000
6 Depreciation, impairment and amortisation of assets 21
(21) Movement in Debtors (14)
263 Movement in Creditors (223)
361 Movement in Pension Liability 725
85 Movement in the Employee Statutory Adjustment Account  (31)
(2) Interest received  (1)
692 Net Cash flows from the provision of services for non-cash
movements
477 
79

Page 80

26 
Cash Flow Statement Note – Operating Activities 
The cash flows for operating activities include the following items: 
2020/21  2021/22
£000  £000
2 Interest received 1
0 Interest paid 0
2 Net cash flows from operating activities 1 
Cash Flow Statement Note – Cash and Cash Equivalents 
The balance of Cash and Cash Equivalents is made up of the following elements: 
2020/21  2021/22
£000  £000
1,427 Short term deposits 1,542
1,427 Total Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,542 
80

Page 81

27 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
Note 1: Accounting Policies 
General Principles
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board is required to prepare annual accounts by the Local
Authority Accounts (Scotland) Regulations 2014, section 12 of the Local Government in
Scotland Act 2003 requires they be prepared in accordance with proper accounting
practices.  The general policies adopted in compiling and presenting the Accounts are those
recommended by the Code of Practice on Local Authority Accounting in the United Kingdom
2020/2021 issued jointly by the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy
(CIPFA) and the Local Authority (Scotland) Accounts Advisory Committee (LASAAC),
supported by International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).  There are no significant
departures from those recommendations. 
The Annual Accounts has been prepared under the historic cost convention.  All accounting
policies have been applied consistently.    
Debtors and Creditors
Accruals basis
The Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement is compiled on an accruals basis. 
Income and expenditure activities are accounted for in the year in which they take place, not
simply when payments are made or received. Where goods and services have been sold but
the income not received by 31 March 2022 or goods have been received but not paid for by
31 March 2022 then the Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement has been
amended to reflect the outstanding amounts and a debtor or creditor for the relevant amount
is recorded in the Balance Sheet. 
(i)   Debtors 
All specific and material sums payable to the Board have been brought into account.    
(ii)  Creditors
Sundry Creditors are accrued on the basis of payments made during the first three weeks
following 31 March 2022; together with specific accruals in respect of further material items. 
(iii) Accumulating Compensated Absences
International Accounting Standard 19 (IAS19) states that ‘an organisation should account for
employment benefits when employees earn them and the authority is committed to providing
them, even if the actual provision might be in future years.’ All salaries and wages earned up
to 31 March 2022 are included irrespective of when actual payments were made. The
requirements of IAS 19 have been fully applied in the current year, in respect of annual leave
provision, including recognition of the net liability and an accumulating compensated
absences reserve in the Balance Sheet and entries in the Comprehensive Income and
Expenditure Statement for movements in the liability relating to the scheme.         
(iv) Pension Costs
The Board participates, through South Lanarkshire Council, in the Local Government
Superannuation Scheme, which is managed by Glasgow City Council. 
The cost of providing pensions for employees is charged to the Comprehensive Income and
Expenditure Statement in accordance with the statutory requirements governing the
particular pension schemes to which the Board contributes. 
The requirements of IAS19 have been fully applied in the current year, including recognition
of the net liability and a pensions reserve in the Balance Sheet and entries in the
81

Page 82

28 
Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement for movements in the liability relating to
the scheme. Previous year budget and expenditure information has been provided to allow
comparability.   
In assessing liabilities for retirement benefits for the 2021/2022 Annual Accounts, a discount
rate based on the current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent
currency and term to the scheme was used.  The Actuary has advised that a rate of 2.7%
per annum is appropriate (2020/2021 - 2%). 
Actuarial Gains and Losses – changes in the net pension liability that arise because of
events have not coincided with assumptions made at the last actuarial valuation or because
the actuaries have updated their assumptions – debited to the Pension Reserve. 
(v)  Allocation of Central Support Expenses
The allocation of Central Support Expenses is the cost of those South Lanarkshire central
support departments which provide a service to the Board.  The individual support
departments are Administration Services, Personnel, Information Technology and Finance
Services.  The method of allocation is determined by each individual department and in most
instances is a time based allocation of employee costs or the recharge of actual costs
incurred.  The recharge is made on a consistent basis. 
(vi) Borrowing Facilities
The Board is a separate legal entity and has South Lanarkshire Council as its lead authority. 
The loans’ fund of South Lanarkshire Council acts as banker to the Board and consequently
lends or borrows according to the required cash flow and activities of the Board.   
(vii) Financial Instruments
Where an instrument has a maturity of less than 12 months the fair value is taken to be the
principal outstanding. 
Creditors due within 12 months are not classed as a financial instrument. 
Intangible Assets
Expenditure on non-monetary assets that do not have physical substance but are controlled
by the Board as a result of past events (for example, software licences) is capitalised when it
is expected that it will bring benefits to the Board for more than 12 months. 
Intangible Assets are measured at cost.  The depreciable amount of an intangible asset is
amortised over its useful life in the Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement.  The
useful life of these assets is deemed to be 1-5 years. 
Leases
Leases are classified as finance leases where the terms of the lease transfer substantially all
the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the property, plant or equipment from the
lessor to the lessee.  All other leases are classified as operating leases. 
The Board as Lessee – Operating Leases
Rentals paid under operating leases are charged to the Comprehensive Income and
Expenditure Statement as an expense for the use of the leased property, plant or equipment. 
Property, Plant and Equipment
Assets that have physical substance and are held for use in the supply of services or
administrative purposes and that are expected to be used during more than one financial
year are classified as Property, Plant and Equipment.  
82

Page 83

29 
Recognition
Expenditure on the acquisition, creation or enhancement of Property, Plant and Equipment is
capitalised on an accruals basis. Expenditure that merely maintains the condition of an asset
e.g. repairs and maintenance is charged as an expense when it is incurred. 
Measurement
Assets are initially measured at cost, comprising:
• the purchase price
• any costs attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition
necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management 
Assets are then carried in the Balance Sheet using the following measurement bases:
• other land and buildings – fair value, determined by the amount that would be paid
for the asset in its existing use (existing use value – EUV)
• vehicles, plant and equipment – where non- property assets that have short useful
lives or low values (or both), depreciated historical cost basis is used as a proxy for
fair value 
Depreciation
Depreciation is provided for on all Property, Plant and Equipment assets and is calculated
on the following bases:
• other buildings – straight-line allocation over the useful life of the property as
estimated by the valuer (other buildings 10 – 40 years)
• vehicles, plant and equipment – straight line allocation over the
useful life of the asset (5 – 20 years) 
• over the term of the remaining lease of David Dale House. 
Note 2: Prior Period Adjustments
There are no prior period adjustments included within the 2021/2022 Annual Accounts. 
Note 3: Accounting Standards Issued but Not Adopted 
The Accounting Code of Practice requires the Board to disclose information relating to the
impact of an accounting change that is required by a new standard that has been issued but
not yet adopted. 
For this disclosure, the standards introduced by the 2022/23 Code, which are required to be
applied by 1 April 2022, and will be adopted by the Board on 1 April 2022: 
• Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020
IFRS 1(First Time Adoption) – the amendment relates to foreign operations of
acquired subsidiaries transitioning to IFRS.
IAS37 (Onerous Contracts) – the amendment clarifies the intention of the standard.
IFRS16 (Leases) – the amendment removes a misleading example that is not
referenced in the Code material.
IAS41 (Agriculture) – one of a small number of IFRSs that are expected only to apply
to a small number of local authorities.
• Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds Before Intended Use
This amendment introduces changes to IAS16
Adoption of the standards by the Board on 1 April 2022 is not expected to have any impact
on the financial statements. 
83

Page 84

30 
Note 4: Critical Judgements in Applying Accounting Policies 
In applying the accounting policies, the Board is obliged to highlight whether it has had to
make certain judgements about complex transactions or those involving uncertainty about
future events. The critical judgements made in the Annual Accounts are: 
• There is a high degree of uncertainty about future levels of funding for local
government in Scotland. However, the Board has determined that this uncertainty is
not yet sufficient to provide an indication that the assets of the Board might be
impaired as a result of a need to reduce levels of service provision. 
Note 5: Notes to the Expenditure and Funding Analysis - Adjustments Between
Funding and Accounting Basis 
2021/22 2021/22 2021/22 2021/22   
Adjustments
for Capital
Purposes
(note a)
£000 
Net Change
for the
Pensions
Adjustments
(note b)
£000 
Other
Differences
(note c)
£000 
Total
Adjustments
between
Funding and
Accounting
Basis
£000
Employee Costs - 701 (31) 670
Property Costs - - - -
Supplies and Services - - - -
Transport and Plant - - - -
Administration Costs - (27) - (27)
Payments to Other Bodies - - - -
Financing Charges 21 - - 21
Total Expenditure 21 674 (31) 664
Income - - - -
Net Cost of Services 21 674 (31) 664
Financing and Investment
Income and Expenditure
- 51 - 51
Surplus or Deficit 21 725 (31) 715 
84

Page 85

31 
2020/21 2020/21 2020/21 2020/21   
Adjustments
for Capital
Purposes
(note a)
£000 
Net Change
for the
Pensions
Adjustments
(note b)
£000 
Other
Differences
(note c)
£000 
Total
Adjustments
between
Funding and
Accounting
Basis
£000
Employee Costs - 315 85 400
Property Costs - - - -
Supplies and Services - - - -
Transport and Plant - - - -
Administration Costs - 16 - 16
Payments to Other Bodies - - - -
Financing Charges (175) - - (175)
Total Expenditure (175) 331 85 241
Income - - - -
Net Cost of Services (175) 331 85 241
Financing and Investment
Income and Expenditure
- 30 - 30
Surplus or Deficit (175) 361 85 271 
Note a – Adjustment for Capital Purposes
This column adds in depreciation and impairment and revaluation of gains and losses in the
financing charges line. 
Note b – Net Change for the Pensions Adjustment
Net change for the removal of pension contributions and the addition of IAS19 Employee
benefits pension related expenditure and income:
• For Employee Costs and Administration Costs this represents the removal of the
employer contributions made by the Board as allowed by statute and the
replacement with current service costs and past service costs.
• For Financing and Investment Income and Expenditure – the net interest on the
defined benefit liability is charged to the Comprehensive Income and Expenditure
Statement. 
Note c – Other Differences
Other differences between amounts debited/credited to the Comprehensive Income and
Expenditure Statement and amounts payable /receivable to be recognised under statute: 
• For Employee Costs this represents the accrual made for the cost of holiday/leave
entitlements earned by employees but not taken before the year-end which
employees can carry forward into the next financial year. These require to be
included within the Net Cost of Services under generally accepted accounting
practices, however, are not chargeable to the General Fund.   
Note 6: Adjustments between Accounting Basis and Funding Basis Under     
Regulations 
This note details the adjustments that are made to the total Comprehensive Income and
Expenditure Statement recognised by the Board in the year in accordance with proper
accounting practice to arrive at the resources that are specified by statutory provisions as
being available to the Board to meet future revenue expenditure.  
85

Page 86

32 
Useable Reserves   
£000 £000 
2021/22 2020/21
Adjustments to Revenue Resources  
Pension Costs (transferred to (or from) the Pensions Reserve (3,473) 1,082
Holiday Pay (transferred to the Employee Statutory
Adjustment Account) 
(31) 85
Reversal of entries in the surplus or deficit on the Provision of
Services in relation to capital expenditure (these items are
charged to the Capital Adjustment Account)
21 6
Total Adjustments to Revenue Resources (3,483) 1,173
Adjustments between Revenue and Capital Resources  
Capital expenditure finance from revenue balances (transfer
to Capital Adjustment Account)
0 (181)
Total Adjustments between Revenue and Capital
Resources
0 (181)
Total Adjustments (3,483) 992
Total Comprehensive Income and Expenditure 3,835 (812)
Net Increase / (Decrease) before transfers to / from Reserves 352 180
Increase / (Decrease) in year 352 180 
Note 7:  Assumptions Made About the Future and Other Major Sources of Estimation      
Uncertainty 
The Annual Accounts contain estimated figures that are based on assumptions made by the
Board about the future or that are otherwise uncertain.  Estimates are made taking into
account historical experience, current trends and other relevant factors. However, because
balances cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could be materially different
from the assumptions and estimates. 
The items in the Board’s Balance Sheet at 31 March 2022 for which there is a significant risk
of material adjustment in the forthcoming financial year are as follows: 
Items Uncertainties Effect if Actual Results Differ from
Assumptions
Pensions
Liability 
Estimation of the net liability to pay
pensions depends on a number of
complex judgements relating to the
discount rate used, the rate at which
salaries are projected to increase,
changes in retirement ages, mortality
rates and expected returns on pension
fund assets. A firm of consulting
actuaries, commissioned by Strathclyde
Pension Fund, is engaged to provide the
Board with expert advice about the
assumptions to be applied. 
The effect on the net pension asset of changes
in individual assumptions can be measured. For
instance, a 0.1% decrease in the discount rate
assumption would result in an decrease in the
pension asset of £0.631m. 
However, the assumptions interact in complex
ways. During 2021/2022, the actuaries advised
that the net pension liability had increased by:
£2.311m attributable to the updating of financial
assumptions; increased by £0.197m attributable
to changes in demographic assumptions; and
decreased by £0.042m due to other experience.
The net liability had increased by £1.732m due
to the expected return on pension fund assets.
86

Page 87

33 
Note 8: Events after the Balance Sheet 
The unaudited Annual Accounts were authorised for issue by the Treasurer of Lanarkshire
Valuation Joint Board on 27 June 2022.  There were no events that occurred between 1 April
2022 and the date that the Annual Accounts were authorised for issue that would have an
impact on the financial statements. 
Note 9: Contingent Liabilities 
Pensions
A circular from the Scottish Public Pensions Agency (Local Government Pension Scheme
2020/04) refers to a ruling that same-sex survivors were originally entitled to survivor
benefits, taking into account the member’s service from 6 April 1978.  Following the Goodwin
Tribunal, regulatory amendments will now need to be made with effect from the same date to
extend that entitlement to male survivors of female members. While this could have a
financial impact on future years’ costs, and the impact cannot yet be quantified, current
information from the Board’s actuaries suggests that any impact is likely to be
minimal.  Given the uncertainty, and the expected immaterial nature of any potential impact,
no provision has been made in the Accounts.   
The Board’s actuaries also highlighted an awareness of 2 other court cases which may
impact on pension benefits in the future.  The first was the Walker case where it was ruled
that surviving spouses in same sex marriages should be entitled to the same benefits as
those in different sex marriages and also the O’Brien case where it was ruled that
recognition of part time benefits should apply to service for the period prior to 7 April 2000.
The actuaries understanding is that these are unlikely to be significant judgements in terms
of impact on future pension obligations of Employers.  Again, given the uncertainty, and the
immaterial nature of any potential impact, no provision has been made in the Accounts. 
Valuation Appeals
Number of Appeals:  Voluminous numbers of appeals have been received in connection with
the pandemic with the possibility of additional expenditure in legal costs as a consequence
of these appeals. However, neither the value nor the timing of these costs can be reliably
estimated at this time as legislation drafted by the Scottish Government to assist in dealing
with such appeals has yet to be implemented.  Accordingly, the Board recognises that a
contingent liability may exist in respect of potential costs arising from these appeals. 
Transfer of the Valuation Appeals Process:  The transfer of Valuation Appeal Panel (VAP)
activities to the Scottish Courts and Tribunal Service is due to take place on 1 January
2023.  This will have no financial impact on the Board as it is expected that VAP costs will be
removed from the councils’ settlements and therefore from the income that the Board
receives from the councils.     
Note 10:  Leases 
Operating Leases – LVJB as Lessee:  The Board has entered into an operating lease and
details are provided across the asset category of Property, Plant and Equipment, and Land
and Buildings. 
Land and Buildings – the Board leases their offices which have been accounted for as an
operating lease.  The rental payable in 2021/2022 was £0.093m (2020/2021 £0 due to the
lease commencing on 1 April 2021).  
87

Page 88

34 
The future minimum lease payments due under non-cancellable leases in future years are: 
2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Not later than one year 93 93
Later than one year and not later than five years 387 377
Later than five years 343 444
Total 915 914 
Note 11:  Property, Plant and Equipment 
2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Cost or Valuation  
At 1 April 181 0
Additions 0 181
At 31 March 181 181   
Accumulated Depreciation  
At 1 April 4 0
Depreciation 21 4
At 31 March 25  4
Net Book Value at 31 March 156 177 
Note 12: Intangible Assets 
2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Cost or Valuation  
At 1 April 2 8
Additions 0 0
Derecognition - Disposals (2) (6)
At 31 March 0 2   
Accumulated Amortisation  
At 1 April 2 6
Amortisation of Intangible Assets 0 2
Derecognition - Disposals (2) (6)
At 31 March 0 2
Net Book Value at 31 March 0 0 
Note 13: Short Term Debtors 
The debtors figure comprises prepayments and is analysed as follows: 
2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Information Technology Annual Support and Maintenance 71 51
Membership Fees 1 0
Insurance Services 0 7
Total 72 58
88

Page 89

35 
Note 14: Short Term Creditors 
The creditors figure is analysed as follows: 
2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Valuation Appeal Panel – Fees 21 25
Royal Mail – Postal Charges  0 8
North Lanarkshire Council – Convenor Salary 6 0
Accumulated Compensated Absences – Annual Leave  95 126
Other – Employee Cost Accrual 102 111
Registers of Scotland 1 0
Scottish Government – Barclay Underspend 0 209
Total 225 479 
Note 15: Related Party Transactions 
The Board is required to disclose material transactions with related parties.  During the year
transactions arose with the following related parties: 
2021/22 2021/22 2020/21 2020/21 
Receipts Payments Receipts Payments 
£000 £000 £000 £000
South Lanarkshire Council 2,265 371 2,208 684
North Lanarkshire Council 2,106 6 2,195 5
Fife Council - 1 0 0
Total 4,371 378 4,403 689 
The Board occupied the premises at David Dale House, 45 John Street, Blantyre, G72 0JG
during 2021/22, and are recharged for the cost of accommodation by South Lanarkshire
Council.  Included within payments to South Lanarkshire Council is a charge of £0.201m for
the lease of office accommodation at David Dale House (2020/21: £0.318m for the annual
rental of office accommodation at Hamilton Academical’s Football Stadium). 
Note 16: Defined Benefit Pension Schemes 
As part of the terms and conditions of employment, the Board offers retirement benefits. 
The Board participates in the Local Government Pension Scheme (Strathclyde Pension
Fund), a funded defined benefit scheme, administered by Glasgow City Council.  The
scheme is supported by contributions from both employer and employees. 
Transactions relating to Retirement Benefits 
The cost of retirement benefit is recognised in the reported cost of services when it is earned
by the Board’s employees, rather than when the benefits are eventually paid as pensions. 
However, the charge that is statutorily required to be made against the Board’s funding from
councils is based on the pension contributions payable by the Board in the year, and an
adjustment is made in the Movement in Reserves Statement to this effect. 
The following transactions have been made in the Comprehensive Income and Expenditure
Statement.  
89

Page 90

36 
Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement 2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Cost of Services:  
Service cost comprising:  
• Current service cost 1,109 749
• Past Service Cost (including curtailments) 0 0
Financing and Investment Income and Expenditure  
• Net interest expense 51 30
Total post-employment benefit charged to the Deficit on the
Provision of Services
1,160 779   
Other Post Employment Benefit Charged to the Comprehensive Income
and Expenditure Statement:  
Re-measurement of the net defined benefit liability/(asset) comprising:  
• return on pension fund assets 1,732 5,759
• actuarial gains or losses arising on changes in demographic
assumptions
197 743
• actuarial gains or losses arising on changes in financial
assumptions
2,311 (6,634)
• actuarial gains or losses arising on changes in other experience (42) (589)
Total post-employment benefit charged to the Comprehensive
Income and Expenditure Statement 
4,198 (721)   
Net Charge to the Surplus/Deficit on the Provision of Services brought
forward
1,160 779   
Movement In Reserves Statement  
• reversal of net charges made to the surplus or deficit for the
provision of services for post-employment benefits in
accordance with the Code
(725) (361)   
Actual amount charged against the General Fund balance for
pensions in the year:  
• employers’ contributions payable to the scheme 435 418 
Pensions Assets and Liabilities Recognised in the Balance Sheet 
The amount included in the Balance Sheet arising from the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint
Board’s obligation in respect of its defined benefit plan is as follows: 
2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Present value of the defined obligation (31,554) (32,593)
Fair value of pension fund assets 32,827 30,393
Net liability arising from defined benefit obligations 1,273 (2,200) 
A reconciliation of the Board’s share of the present value of the Fund’s defined obligation is
as follows: 
90

Page 91

37 
2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Opening Balance at 1 April (32,593) (26,356)
Current Service Cost (1,109) (749)
Interest Cost (659) (611)
Contributions by scheme participants (142) (135)
Re-measurement gains / (losses)  
• actuarial gains / (losses) arising on changes in
demographic assumptions
197 743
• actuarial gains / (losses) arising from changes in
financial assumptions
2,311 (6,634)
• actuarial gains / (losses) arising from changes in other
experience
(42) 700
Past service gains / (losses) - -
Settlements and curtailments - -
Estimated Unfunded benefits paid 25 25
Estimated Benefits paid 458 424
Closing Balance at 31 March (31,554) (32,593) 
A reconciliation of the movement in the Board’s share of the fair value of the Fund’s assets is
as follows: 
2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Opening Fair Value of Pension Fund Assets 30,393 25,238
Interest Income 608 581
Re-measurement gains and (losses)  
• expected return on pension fund assets 1,732 5,759
• actuarial gains and losses - -
• other experiences - (1,289)
The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates - -
Contributions by members 142 135
Contributions by the employer 410 393
Contributions in respect of Unfunded Benefits 25 25
Benefits Paid (483) (449)
Closing Fair Value of the Scheme Assets 32,827 30,393 
91

Page 92

38 
Analysis of Pension Fund Assets 
31/03/22   31/03/21 
Quoted
prices
in
active
markets
Quoted
prices
not in
active
markets
Total Quoted
prices
in
active
markets
Quoted
prices
not in
active
markets
Total 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
824 11 835 490 21 511
Equity Instruments 7,218 16 7,234 7,099 33 7,132
Debt Instruments 0 0 0 0 0 0
Real Estate 0 2,768 2,768 0 2,462 2,462
Derivatives 0 0 0 5 0 5
Private Equity 0 6,426 6,426 0 5,436 5,436
Investment Funds 182 15,382 15,564 286 14,561 14,847
Asset Backed Securities 0 0 0 0 0 0
Structured Debt 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total 8,224 24,603 32,827 7,880 22,513 30,393                             
Basis for Estimating Assets and Liabilities 
Liabilities have been assessed on an actuarial basis using the projected unit credit method,
to provide an estimate of the pensions that will be payable in future years dependant on
assumptions about mortality rates, salary levels etc.  The Local Government Pension
Scheme has been assessed by Hymans Robertson LLP, an independent firm of actuaries,
with estimates for the Strathclyde Pension Fund being based on the latest valuation of the
scheme as at 31 March 2020. 
The principal assumptions used by the actuary were: 
2021/22 2020/21 
Years Years
Mortality Assumptions:  
Longevity at 65 for current pensioners  
• Male  19.6 19.8
• Female 22.4 22.6
Longevity at 65 for future pensioners  
• Male  21.0 21.2
• Female 24.5 24.7   
Financial Assumptions: % %
Rate of inflation / pension increase rate 3.2 2.85
Rate of increase in salaries 3.9 3.55
Expected return on assets 7.7 2.0
Rate for discounting scheme liabilities 2.7 2.0
Take up option to convert annual pension into retirement lump
sum Pre April 2009 / (Post April 2009)
50(75) 50 (75) 
The estimation of the defined benefit obligation is sensitive to the actuarial assumptions set
out in the table above.  The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on
reasonably possible changes of the assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period
92

Page 93

39 
and assumes for each change that the assumptions analysed changes while all the other
assumptions remain constant: 
Approximate
% increase
in
employer’s
liability 
Approximate
monetary
amount
Change in assumption at 31 March 2020  £000
0.1% decrease in real discount rate 2% 631
1 year increase in member life expectancy 4% 1,262
0.1% increase in the salary increase rate 0% 94
0.1% increase in the pension increase rate 2% 531 
Asset and Liability Matching Strategy 
The Fund has an asset and liability matching (ALM) strategy that matches, to the extent
possible, the types of assets invested to the liabilities in the defined benefit obligation.  The
Fund has matched assets to the pension obligations by investing in long-term fixed interest
securities and index linked gilt edged investments with maturities that match the benefits
payments as they fall due.  A large proportion of the assets relate to equities (79%) and
bonds (10%).  The scheme also invests in properties (8%) and cash (3%).  The comparative
year’s figures for equities and bonds are 76% and 14% respectively.  The ALM strategy is
monitored annually or more frequently if necessary. 
Impact of Covid-19 
The Fund’s actuary confirmed that the IAS19 Balance Sheet is based on financial
market values and future market expectation indicators as at 31 March to comply with
the standard. The financial markets at the accounting date will have taken into
account COVID-19 risks as one of the many national and worldwide economic
considerations. There has been no explicit additional allowance or adjustment made
for COVID-19 by the actuary. 
Impact of Ukraine War 
The Fund’s actuary confirmed that the IAS19 Balance Sheet is based on financial market
values and future market expectation indicators as at 31 March to comply with the standard.
The financial markets at the accounting date will have taken into account the  risks of the
war as one of the many national and worldwide economic considerations. There has been
no explicit additional allowance or adjustment made for the Ukraine War by the actuary.
Impact on the Board’s Cash Flow 
The objectives of the fund are to keep employers’ contributions at a constant a rate as
possible.  The Fund has an agreed strategy to achieve a funding rate of 100% in the longer
term.  The Scheme is a multi-employer defined benefit plan and employers’ contributions
have been determined so that employee and employer rates are standard across all
participating local authorities.  Employers’ contributions were set at 19.3% for 2021/2022
based on the last triennial valuation completed on 31 March 2020.  This same employers’
contribution rate (19.3%) has been set for the next year (2022/2023).  
93

Page 94

40 
The total contributions expected to be made by the Board to the Fund for the year ending 31
March 2023 is approximately £0.410m. 
The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation for Fund members is 20 years. 
Note 17: External Audit Costs 
The Board has incurred the following external audit costs: 
2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Fees payable to Audit Scotland with regard to external audit
services carried out by the appointed auditor for the year
8 8
Total 8 8 
Note 18: Grant Income 
The following Government Grants were received during the year: 
2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Cabinet Office Funding 0 20
Scottish Government Grant 0 31
Scottish Government Grant – Barclay Funding 
(2020/21 allocation of £0.594m less £0.209m underspend returned)
704 385
Total 704 436 
94

Page 95

41 
Note 19: Balance Sheet – Reserves 
Unusable
Reserves   
2021/22    2020/21 
Capital
Adjustment
Account
Pension
Reserve
Employee
Statutory
Adj.
Account
Total Capital
Adjustment
Account
Pension
Reserve
Employee
Statutory
Adj.
Account
Total 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Opening
Balance 1
April 
177 (2,200) (121) (2,144) 2 (1,118) (36) (1,152)
Movement
in Pension
Reserve
- 3,473 - 3,473 - (1,082) - (1,082)
Movement
in Annual
Leave
Accrual
- - 31 31 - - (85) (85)
Capital
Expenditure
charged
against the
General
Fund
- - - - 181 - - 181
Charges for
Depreciation
of Non
Current
Assets
(21) - - (21) (4) - - (4)
Amortisation
of Intangible
Assets
- - - - (2) - - (2)
Closing
Balance as
at 31 March
156 1,273 (90) 1,339 177 (2,200) (121) (2,144) 
Usable Reserves  2021/22  2020/21 
General
Fund
Reserve  Total
General
Fund
Reserve  Total 
£000 £000 £000 £000
Opening Balance 1 April 1,127 1,127 947 947
Increase / (Decrease) in Reserve 352 352 180 180
Closing Balance as at 31 March 1,479 1,479 1,127 1,127 
95

Page 96

42 
Note 20: Financing and Management of Liquid Resources 
Liquid resources are held by South Lanarkshire Council as lead authority and are available to
the Board as required. 
Note 21: Comprehensive Income and Expenditure Statement – financing and
investment income and expenditure 
2021/22 2020/21 
£000 £000
Pension Interest Cost and Expected Return on Pensions
Assets
51 30
Total 51 30 
Note 22: Going Concern 
As at 31 March 2022, the Balance Sheet of the Board shows a Net Asset position of
£2.818m.  This is made up of a net Long Term Pension Reserve of £1.273m and net assets
of £1.545m. 
There are statutory arrangements for funding the long-term deficit in respect of the net
pension liability and the statutory accumulated absences, as detailed in the Movement in
Reserves Statement on page 23, leaving a General Fund Reserve of £1.479m to be carried
forward for use in future years. This will be taken into account in future years’ budget
strategies. 
96

Page 97

43 
Audit Arrangements 
Under arrangements approved by the Commission for Local Authority Accounts in Scotland
(“The Accounts Commission”), the auditor with overall responsibility for the audit of the
accounts of the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board for the year ended 31 March 2022 is: 
Audit Scotland
4th Floor
102 West Port
Edinburgh
EH3 9DN 
97

Page 98

98

Page 99

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Treasurer to Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board  
Subject: Financial Strategy 2023/2024 to 2025/2026 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide a Financial Strategy for Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board over the
medium term for years 2023/2024 to 2025/2026
 provide a Reserves Strategy for Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the Financial Strategy outlined in the report, be approved.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. A revised medium-term financial strategy for 2021/2022 to 2023/2024 was presented
to the Board in December 2020.  This detailed the planned approach to managing
the Board’s budget over the coming years and explained the planned use of
Reserves until end 2023/2024.   
3.2. This strategy was based on using £0.175 million of Reserves in its final year and
acknowledged that as the reliance on the use of Reserves is not sustainable in the
longer term, the Board were required to make efficiency savings of £0.175 million
over the next three years, to cover the use of Reserves after 2023/2024. 
3.3. Following the 2021/2022 financial year-end, there will be a balance on Reserves of
£1.479 million for use in 2022/2023 and beyond.  This is the position on which the
Medium-Term Strategy will be based.  The significant Reserves position mainly
reflects the difficulties in recruitment and retention of staff, particularly across the
years of the pandemic, and necessitates a review of the Strategy.     
3.4. Scottish Government Barclay funding has been allocated to the Board in recent
years and there is an agreed allocation for 2022/2023.  Due to the timing of the
confirmation, the Barclay funding was not reflected in the approved budget for
2022/2023, however, it will be added to the budget in a separate report to this
meeting.  The value for 2022/2023 is £0.698 million.  The level of funding beyond
2022/2023 is unknown and there is still a level of uncertainty regarding the future
funding of the Barclay recommendations and the timescales for these.  As such, an
estimation will be made regarding the spend and income associated with the Barclay
implementation.  This will be reflected in the Board’s Medium-Term Strategy. 
10
99

Page 100

3.5. The purpose of this paper is to present a new Medium-Term Strategy for the Board’s
Budget, following completion of the 2021/2022 year-end and the setting of the
2022/2023 Budget.  In relation to the Board’s budget strategy, the continued
increase in workload across all three key business areas of the Board (Non-
Domestic Valuation, Council Tax Valuation and Electoral Registration) mean that
ways of maintaining service delivery and compliance with statutory duties of the
Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer, against a backdrop of budgetary
pressures, continue to be reviewed and are reflected in the strategy proposed in this
paper. 
3.6. Section 4 provides a reminder of the 2022/2023 Budget as the starting point for the
Medium-Term Strategy, including the level of Reserves available for 2022/2023 and
beyond.  Section 5 will detail the Strategy for the Medium Term from 2023/2024 to
2025/2026. 
4. 2022/2023 Budget and Reserves Position 
4.1. The Board’s budget for 2022/2023 was approved by the Board on 6 December 2021. 
This budget excluded the additional funding provided for the implementation of the
Barclay Review and any related spend, however, this has now been notified to
councils and is included in Table 1.  The details of this and budget movements are
included in a separate report to this meeting (Revenue Budget Monitoring
2022/2023). This will be the starting point for the Medium-Term Strategy for financial
years 2023/2024 to 2025/2026.   
4.2. Table 1 summarises 2022/2023 budget including the funding from Contributions and
Reserves.   
Table 1 – 2022/2023 Budget 
Base 
£m
Barclay & Budget
Movement
£m
Total 
£m
2022/2023 Expenditure Budget 3.665 0.600 4.265 
Funded By:
2022/23 Conbtributions
2022/23 Use of Reserves 
3.472 
0.193 
0.733
(0.133) 
4.205
0.060
2022/2023 Income Budget 3.665 0.600 4.265 
4.3. As noted in Table 1, Reserves of £0.060 million are being used as part of the Board’s
funding in 2022/2023.   At the end of financial year 2021/2022, the balance on
Reserves is £1.479 million.  Taking into account the use of £0.060 million in
2022/2023 will leave £1.419 million for future years.  This equates to 33% of the
Board’s annual budget for 2022/2023.   
5. Medium Term Financial Strategy – 2023/2024 to 2025/2026
5.1. As noted in section 4.3, following the final year end position for 2021/2022 and the
use of Reserves for the 2022/2023 Budget Strategy, there is a balance of £1.419
million available in Reserves. This is a significant level of reserves, however, the
strategy detailed in the paragraphs below will demonstrate how these reserves will
be used, and why this level is considered appropriate.   
100

Page 101

5.2. Appendix 1 shows the budget for 2022/2023 (and beyond), taking 2022/2023 as the
starting point.  Appendix 1 also shows the proposed Strategy for the Board over the
next 3 years to the end of 2025/2026.  The main principles on which the Strategy are
based are:- 
• That the Employee Cost Budget reflects the progression of staff through pay
grades, in line with agreed pay structures. 
• That price increases, pay awards and an estimated 1% reduction in contributions
are managed by efficiencies generated by the Board in each year.  
• That the budget includes a staff turnover target of 4% per annum (based on prior
years’ experience this is considered realistic).
• That the pay award is higher than originally budgeted at 2% for 2022/2023, and
then is assumed at 1% for the following 3 years.   This is an area of risk.
• That the transfer of Valuation Appeal Panel activities to the Scottish Courts and
Tribunal Service will have no financial impact (the money will be removed from
the councils’ settlements and therefore from the income the Board receives from
councils).  
• That the Barclay funding is assumed at the same level as 2022/2023, as no
information is known beyond that year.
• That this position may be affected by further in-year underspends that have not
yet been foreseen. 
5.3. As part of the Strategy, reflecting the level of reserves held, the level of Council
contributions that will be paid to LVJB have been reduced by £0.050m in 2023/2024
and a further £0.050m in 2024/2025. This means that each council’s contribution will
reduce by £0.025m in 2023/2024 and a further £0.025m in 2024/25. 
5.4. Table 2 summarises the impact on Reserves across the 3 years of the Strategy (full
detail is shown in Appendix 1).  Table 2 shows that by applying the principles noted
in 5.2, the Board would have a balance of £0.502 million at the end of 2025/2026. 
Table 2 – Reserves Forecast and strategy 
2022/23
(year 0)
£m
2023/24
(year 1)
£m
2024/25
(year 2)
£m
2025/26
(year 3)
£m
Opening Balance 1.479 1.419 1.237 0.905
Proposed Utilisation of Reserves (0.060) (0.182) (0.332) (0.403)
Closing Balance 1.419 1.237 0.905 0.502 
5.5. Table 2 shows that at the end of the Strategy period, the Board will have a balance
on Reserves of £0.502 million.  This is after a reduction in councils’ contributions of
£0.050m in 2023/24 and 2024/25.  This still represents a significant balance.  The
reason it is considered appropriate to work towards holding this level of reserve
relates to a risk that funding for Barclay may not be recurring. 
5.6. This strategy is required because there are uncertainties for the Board in relation to
the implementation of the Barclay recommendations.  The Scottish Government
cannot guarantee at this stage a continuation of funding beyond the current
parliamentary term.   There is currently £0.698m per annum of funding provided for
Barclay, and this is spent mainly on staffing.  This strategy assumes all in year
monies for Barclay will be spent.  
101

Page 102

5.7. Beyond 2025/2026, the Board will require to cover the risk of the Barclay funding
being reduced or removed.   Therefore a £0.502m balance of reserves is considered
reasonable to mitigate this risk.   
5.8. In 2025/2026, there is still a reliance on reserves (£0.403 million).  We will undertake
a review of this reliance in the last year of the Strategy (2025/2026). This will be
presented to the Board as required 
5.9. There is no prescribed minimum or maximum level of Reserves which should be held
by a Joint Board. However, it is appropriate that the Board hold some monies in
reserve which can be utilised as and when the need arises in any financial year. To
facilitate this, notwithstanding the position as detailed in Table 2 / Appendix 1, any
underspends which may arise in year, will be transferred to Reserves at the end of
the financial year. This gives the Board flexibility in managing its budget across
years. 
5.10. As a body that is funded by contributions from councils under the direction of the
Board, the Board will manage its budget in year with any risk items identified to the
Treasurer as required. Any budget pressures and funding solution would be
considered by the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer and the Treasurer. 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. There are no direct employee implications contained within this report. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. The Reserves balance is £1.479 million at the end of 2021/2022, as detailed in the
Revenue Budget Monitoring 2021/2022 report.  Of this, £0.060 million is committed
to the 2022/2023 Budget, leaving a balance of £1.419 million. 
7.2. The Strategy proposed in Section 5 presents the Board with a proposed approach to
managing the budget over the years beyond 2022/2023.  This is alongside the
uncertainties facing the Board in relation to the increased workloads as a result of
Barclay recommendations and future funding. 
7.3. Appendix 1 demonstrates that if the Board’s expenditure is incurred in line with the
budget, and includes efficiencies to cover employee costs, pay award and price
increases, then the Reserves balance will be at £0.502 million at the end of
2025/2026.   
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no climate change, sustainability or environmental implications in terms of
the information contained in this report. 
9. Other Implications
9.1. The main risk in setting this budget is that there is no additional Barclay funding and
that the level of expenditure cannot be managed within the budget set.  Information
will be provided via COSLA and the Scottish Government regarding future funding. 
9.2. An additional risk associated with the Valuation Board’s Budget Strategy is that an
overspend occurs as a result of the increased workload across the three main
service delivery areas.  There is also a risk that efficiency savings become
unachievable for the Board, and this could impact on the level of contributions from
the constituent authorities.  These risks are managed through four weekly Budget
Monitoring Meetings at which any variance is analysed.  In addition, the probable
102

Page 103

outturn exercise each year ensures early warning for corrective action to be taken
where appropriate, including the reliance on a greater use of Reserves monies in any
one year. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact
assessment is required. 
10.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the
information contained in the report. 
Paul Manning
Treasurer 
15 June 2022 
Previous References
 Financial Strategy 2019/20 to 2021/22 and Longer-Term Outlook – 5 March 2018
 Revenue Budget 2022/2023 – Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board – 6 December 2021 
List of Background Papers
 None  
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Lorraine O’Hagan, Finance Manager (Strategy)
Ext:  2601  (Tel:  01698 452601)
E-mail:  lorraine.o’hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk.
103

Page 104

Appendix 1 
Revenue Budget Strategy
2022/2023
(year 0)
2023/2024
(year 1)
2024/2025
(year 2)
2025/2026
(year 3)
£ £ £ £
Base Expenditure Budget - 4.265 4.302 4.367
Pay Strategy and Recruitment - 0.072 0.100 0.071
Pay Award - 0.060 0.030 0.030
Price Increases  - 0.006 0.006 0.012
Efficiency Savings - to meet Pay Award (£0.060m), Price
Increases (£0.006m) and Grant Reduction (£0.035m) - (0.101) (0.071) (0.077)
Total Expenditure  4.265 4.302 4.367 4.403          
Estimated Income        
Council Contribution Payments (incl £0.050m in 2023/24 and
2024/25)  3.507 3.457 3.372 3.337
Less Reduction in Grant pa (at 1%) - (0.035) (0.035) (0.035)
Barclay Funding 0.698 0.698 0.698 0.698
Revised Council Contributions including Barclay
funding  4.205 4.120 4.035 4.000
Reserves 0.060 0.182 0.332 0.403
Total Estimated Income 4.265 4.302 4.367 4.403           
Reserves  2022/2023 2023/2024 2024/2025 2025/2026
£m £m £m £m
Opening Balance 1.479 1.419 1.237 0.905
Transfer to / (from) Reserves (0.060) (0.182) (0.332) (0.403)
Closing Balance 1.419 1.237 0.905 0.502 
104

Page 105

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer  
Subject: Who we are and What we do 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 Present to members of the Joint Board for information, a document titled Who we
are and What we do, outlining the main undertakings of the Office of the
Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the content of the report be noted.
[1purpose]
3. Who we are
3.1. The document provides a brief description of the Valuation Joint Board, the members
of the Board, the Assessor, and the Electoral Registration Officer. These are
contained in section 1 of the document. 
4. What we do
4.1 Section 2 through to 5 of the document highlights the main undertakings in relation to
the three core statutory duties of the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer,
namely:- 
➢ The compilation and maintenance of the Valuation Roll for Lanarkshire
➢ The compilation and maintenance of the Valuation List for Lanarkshire
➢ The compilation and maintenance of the Electoral Registers for Lanarkshire 
5. Employee Implications
5.1 None. 
6. Financial Implications
6.1 None. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1 There are no climate change, sustainability, or environmental implications in terms of 
the information contained in this report. 
8. Other Implications 
8.1. There are no implications for risk in terms of the information contained in this report. 
11
105

Page 106

9. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1 This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required. 
9.2 There is no requirement for consultation in respect of this report. 
10. Privacy Impact Assessment
10.1 This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required. 
Gary Bennett BSc MSc AEA (Cert-Scotland) MRICS IRRV (Hons)
Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer 
9 June 2022 
Previous References
None 
List of Background Papers
None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like further information, please contact:-
Gary Bennett, Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer
Phone: 01698 476078
E-mail: assessor@lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk
106

Page 107

Serving North & South Lanarkshire 
The office of the 
Assessor 
& 
Electoral Registration Officer 
Who we are 
&
What we do 
107

Page 108

LANARKSHIRE VALUATION JOINT BOARD 
Our Core Purpose 
To prepare, maintain and update an accurate Valuation Roll, Valuation List (Council Tax) & Electoral Register having regard to statutory requirements. 
Our Vision 
Our vision is to deliver quality in the work which we undertake, provide efficient services to all service users, and ensure completeness and accuracy of the
Electoral Register, Valuation Roll and the Valuation (Council Tax) List. 
In Order That We Achieve Our Vision We Will: 
• Ensure that our services are delivered in accordance with all statutory requirements 
• Plan service development and delivery in accordance with the principles of efficient government and continuous improvement 
• Undertake customer care surveys to assist us in improving our service delivery 
• Recognise our employees as both stakeholders and our most important asset 
• Take individual and collective responsibility for the services provided by LVJB 
• Encourage innovation and recognise achievement within the organisation 
• Monitor and report performance levels to stakeholders 
• Integrate Equalities issues into all aspects of our service provision 
• Undertake our duties having regard to sustainability 
• Build on our achievements to date
108

Page 109

Index Section Page 
Who we are 1.0 1
The Valuation Joint Board 1.1 1
Members of the Joint Board 1.2 1
The Assessor 1.3 1
The Electoral Registration Officer 1.4 1
What we do 2.0 2
Duties of the Assessor under the Lands Valuation Acts 2.1 2
The Scottish Assessors Association 2.2 2
The Valuation Roll 3.0 3
Valuation Appeal Committee 3.1 3
Lands Tribunal for Scotland 3.2 4
Lands Valuation Appeal Court 3.3 4
Council Tax 4.0 5
The Valuation (Council Tax) List 4.1 5
Dwellings 4.2 5
Council Tax Valuation Bands 4.3 6
Statutory Assumptions Applied to Banding 4.4 6
New Houses 4.5 6
Council Tax Proposals 4.6 6
Material Reduction in Value 4.7 7
Material Increase in Value and Subsequent Sale 4.8 7
Correction of Errors 4.9 7
The Register of Electors 5.0 8
Register Updates (Rolling Registration) 5.1 8
Annual Canvass 5.2 8
The Open Register 5.3 8
Qualifying to Vote 5.4 9
Commonwealth Countries 5.5 9
British Overseas Territories 5.6 9
British Crown Dependencies 5.7 10
Overseas Electors 5.8 10
Homeless People 5.9 10
Service Electors 5.10 10
The Absent Voters’ List 5.11 11
Elections Act 2022 5.12 11
Further Information 5.13 11
Equal Opportunities 6.0 11
Summary 7.0 12
Contact Information 8.0 12 
109

Page 110

-1- 
1.0 Who we are
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board is a statutory public authority which oversees and
scrutinises the office of the Assessor for Lanarkshire and the Electoral Registration Officer for
North Lanarkshire and South Lanarkshire. 
1.1 The Valuation Joint Board
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board was established by the Valuation Joint Boards (Scotland)
Order 1995 to allow for the valuation functions of North Lanarkshire Council and South
Lanarkshire Council to be discharged jointly following local government reorganisation in
1996. 
1.2 Members of the Board
The Order specified that the Lanarkshire VJB should have 16 members; 8 being from North
Lanarkshire Council and 8 from South Lanarkshire Council. The Board also acts as a Joint
Committee for the purpose of discharging the electoral registration duties of both authorities. 
The Board must appoint a convener and depute convener who cannot be from the same
authority and must also appoint a clerk and a treasurer. Acting as a valuation authority the
Board must also appoint an Assessor and as a joint electoral committee have appointed the
Assessor as the Electoral Registration Officer. 
1.3 The Assessor
Since the enactment of the Lands Valuation (Scotland) Act 1854, Assessors have been
responsible for the valuation of all heritable properties for local taxation purposes within their
respective valuation areas. Assessors are statutory independent officials and are currently
appointed under section 27 of the Local Government etc. (Scotland) Act 1994 for the
purposes of the Valuation Acts. In the case of Lanarkshire the Non-Domestic Rating
(Valuation of Utilities) (Scotland) Order 2005 designates the Assessor for Lanarkshire VJB to
be responsible for the valuation of all electricity generation, transmission and distribution
properties throughout Scotland where such properties are in two or more valuation areas.
Although independent, the actions of the Assessor are subject to scrutiny through the Board.
Additionally, there exists an independent appeals process where values for non-domestic
subjects and council tax bands may be challenged. The Scottish Public Services
Ombudsman also looks at complaints of most Scottish public bodies, including those for the
Joint Board, as the final stage in handling complaints. 
1.4 The Electoral Registration Officer 
The Electoral Registration Officer (ERO) is also a statutory independent official appointed by
the local authority to prepare and maintain the Register of Electors. North and South
Lanarkshire have appointed the Assessor as ERO for their area. The actions of the ERO are
also subject to appeal to the Sheriff Court.
110

Page 111

-2- 
2.0 What we do
The Valuation Joint Board is essentially the vehicle for carrying out the statutory duties of the
Assessor under the body of law known as the Lands Valuation Acts and the statutory duties
of the Electoral Registration Officer under the Representation of the People Act and
associated legislation. 
2.1 Duties of the Assessor under the Lands Valuation Acts
It is the duty of the Assessor to make up a Valuation Roll for his/her valuation area in respect
of each year of revaluation. As noted above, for the purposes of certain electricity subjects,
the Assessor for Lanarkshire’s valuation area can extend to the whole of Scotland. The
Assessor is also required by the Local Government Finance Act 1992 to compile and
maintain a Valuation List for each of his councils. These lists must show each dwelling which
is in the council area and the valuation band applicable to it. 
2.2 The Scottish Assessors’ Association  
The Scottish Assessors’ Association (SAA) was instituted in 1975 at the time of local
government reorganisation and is the successor body to the Association of Lands Valuation
Assessors of Scotland (1957) and earlier bodies extending back to The Association of Lands
Valuation Assessors (1886). The SAA continued in being after the 1996 reorganisation of
Scottish local government and operates in terms of a formal constitution.
Although a voluntary organisation, all Assessors and their senior staff are members of the
Association. One of the principal functions of the Association is to facilitate a consistency of
approach in the administration of the valuation, council tax and electoral registration services.
The decisions of the Association have a bearing on how individual Assessors carry out their
statutory duties, but each Assessor is an independent official.
The Association has an executive committee containing four Assessors (with each executive
member generally holding a particular position on the executive for a period of two years
before another Assessor is nominated onto the executive) and works through a series of 
standing committees, chaired by an Assessor, and associated Working Groups, which meet
in advance of plenary sessions which are attended by representatives from all Assessors’
offices across Scotland. The SAA liaises with the Valuation Office Agency (VOA) in England
and Wales, the Northern Ireland Valuation and Lands Agency (NIVLA) and the Republic of
Ireland Valuation Office (RIVO) in matters of common interest. Lanarkshire Valuation Joint
Board is represented on all of these committees and on the harmonisation groups with
colleagues in other parts of the U.K. and Ireland.
Further information, including details of interactive services provided by the SAA, can be
found on its Portal at www.saa.gov.uk . 
111

Page 112

-3- 
3.0 The Valuation Roll  
The Valuation Roll is a public document which contains an entry for all non-domestic
properties in the Assessor’s area except those specifically excluded by law. Each entry in the
Roll includes the names of the proprietor, tenant and occupier as appropriate, the Net Annual
Value which has been set by the Assessor and the Rateable Value. The Rateable Value is
derived from the Net Annual value and as legislation currently stands, for the majority of
properties, Rateable Value and Net Annual Value are the same. The Valuation Roll for South
Lanarkshire also contains entries for the electricity subjects located throughout Scotland
where the Assessor for Lanarkshire is responsible for their valuation. The Valuation Roll entry
for any property in Scotland can be checked by using the search facility on the SAA’s portal
website www.saa.gov.uk . Summary valuations are also available on this site for a range of
properties. 
Values are established at a Revaluation which, in Scotland, are legislated to occur every
three years commencing on 1 April 2023.  A Revaluation results in the production of a new
Valuation Roll which contains revised values for all non-domestic properties in the Assessor’s
area. 
New properties are added to the Roll as they become capable of beneficial occupation and
entries for demolished buildings are deleted. Typically, LVJB staff would expect to make over
1,000 such changes to the local valuation roll each year, depending on fluctuating activity in
the local property market. The Assessor is required to notify relevant proprietors, tenants and
occupiers of changes which he/she makes to the Valuation Roll by issuing a Valuation
Notice. All of these interested parties have a right to appeal the valuation set by the Assessor
to an independent local valuation appeal committee. 
Following the publication of the Barclay Review of Non-Domestic Rates in Scotland, the Non-
Domestic Rates (Scotland) Act 2020 was implemented and introduces significant changes to
Assessors’ workload, not least in moving from a five yearly revaluation with a tone date two
years prior to a new valuation roll coming into force, to three yearly revaluations with a one
year tone date. 
3.1 Valuation Appeal Committee 
Most appeals are settled between Assessors’ staff and the ratepayer or appointed agent.
However, if a settlement cannot be achieved the appeal is heard by an independent
Valuation Appeal Committee. Members are drawn from an Appeal Panel appointed by the
Sheriff Principal and are independent of the Assessor, local council, or Valuation Joint Board. 
Committees are assisted by a Secretary, usually a qualified solicitor (also appointed by the
Sheriff) who provides advice on the law and procedure, but who takes no part in the decision
making process. Members of the Panel are usually unqualified in valuation or legal matters
but are appointed because they are local ratepayers or council tax payers. The proceedings
are relatively formal, and witnesses can be called and placed on oath by the Committee
Chairman. A Committee usually comprises between 3 and 8 members. Sometimes the
Assessor will conduct his/her own case or be represented by a member of staff and at other
times he/she will be represented by an Advocate or Counsel. Ratepayers (and Council Tax
112

Page 113

-4- 
payers) are entitled to appear in person to present their own case or can be legally
represented. A surveyor, family member or friend can also appear on behalf of the appellant. 
The Chairman is responsible for the conduct of the hearing and will give advice and guidance
as to the procedure to be followed at any time during the hearing.
This committee system is due to be replaced on 1 January 2023 by a new appeal system
under the Scottish Courts and Tribunals Service (SCTS). 
3.2 Lands Tribunal for Scotland
In general terms, where a valuation appeal is particularly complex or may set a precedent the
Assessor or ratepayer can ask to have the appeal heard by the Lands Tribunal for Scotland.
In such cases the Assessor will usually be represented by an Advocate or Counsel. The
Lands Tribunal for Scotland is an independent civil court. It has statutory power to deal with
various types of dispute involving land or property including matters of dispute in valuations
for rating on non-domestic properties. The circumstances and manner in which reference of
an appeal against an entry in the valuation roll may be made to the Lands Tribunal is a matter
for regulations made by the Secretary of State. An application for referral to the Lands
Tribunal must be made to the Valuation Appeal Committee and include representations in
relation to the following matters which provide the grounds on which a referral request may
be made, namely that: 
(a) The facts of the case are complex or highly technical;
(b) The evidence to be given by expert opinion is complex or highly technical;
(c) The law applicable to the case is uncertain or difficult to apply;
(d) The law applicable to the case raises a fundamental or general issue likely to be used
as a precedent in other cases;
(e) The subjects relate to more than one valuation area and the valuation is appealed in
more than one such area. 
Appeals heard by the Lands Tribunal for Scotland are due to be dealt with under the new set
up within the Scottish Courts and Tribunals Service (SCTS) with effect from 1 January 2023. 
3.3 Lands Valuation Appeal Court
A decision of the Valuation Appeal Committee or the Lands Tribunal for Scotland can be
appealed to the Lands Valuation Appeal Court. Such an appeal takes the form of a stated
case. The case is to be stated to the judges of the Lands Valuation Appeal Court, which is a
civil court in Scotland composed of 3 Court of Session judges. The procedure involves LVJB
staff preparing transcripts, making representations and observations on draft stated cases,
and liaising with Counsel on grounds/answers to grounds of appeal in preparation for the
case being heard at the Court of Session in Edinburgh. 
113

Page 114

-5- 
4.0 Council Tax  
The Assessor is responsible for the preparation and maintenance of the Valuation (Council
Tax) List, which places each domestic property ("dwelling") in one of eight valuation bands
(Bands A – H). 
4.1 The Valuation (Council Tax) List  
The Valuation (Council Tax) List is a public document and contains the addresses and
Council Tax bands of all domestic properties (“dwellings”) in the valuation area. It can be
inspected at the Joint Board’s office in Blantyre. A Valuation (Council Tax) List entry for any
domestic property in Scotland can also be checked by using the search facility on the
Scottish Assessors’ portal website www.saa.gov.uk . 
4.2 Dwellings 
In general terms any kind of house or flat will be determined as a dwelling if it used as such,
including second homes. Caravans count as dwellings if they are someone’s main home.
Certain properties in multiple occupation, where facilities are shared, may count as one or
more dwellings depending on the detailed occupation arrangements. 
The band reflects the Assessor’s opinion of the property’s open market value as at 1 April
1991, but taking account of its physical state and its locality as at 1 April 1993 (for new
dwellings the date of valuation is still 1 April 1991 but taking account of the current physical
state and location of the property) and subject to a number of important statutory
assumptions. Assessors base their opinion of value on the actual selling prices of similar
properties which sold around the valuation date of 1 April 1991. 
Prior to the introduction of Council Tax (and before the Community Charge (Poll Tax))
Assessors were responsible for domestic property rating and maintained data bases of
information about houses in their areas. This information included details of accommodation,
floor areas, outbuildings, improvements etc as well as actual selling prices recorded in the
Register of Sasines (Land Register). 
The Assessor is not required to place an actual value on each dwelling but has to
demonstrate that its likely sale price would have been within the range of values in the
relevant band. Due to the range of values in each band, properties which are not identical in
terms of accommodation or size can still be in the same band. Therefore, a two or three
bedroomed flat can easily be in the same Band as a semi-detached or terraced house. 
Many houses will also have been extended and/or modernised since 1993 when Council Tax
was introduced. These changes will not necessarily be reflected in their current banding since
there are restrictions on when a band can be changed. It is possible therefore that bands may
appear inconsistent with the current physical circumstances of a group of houses in an area.
This is because the bands reflect what the houses were worth in the physical state they were
in on 1 April 1993 not how they are today.
114

Page 115

-6- 
4.3 Council Tax Valuation Bands  
Range of values Valuation
band
Values not exceeding £27,000 A
Values exceeding £27,000 but not exceeding £35,000 B
Values exceeding £35,000 but not exceeding £45,000 C
Values exceeding £45,000 but not exceeding £58,000 D
Values exceeding £58,000 but not exceeding £80,000 E
Values exceeding £80,000 but not exceeding £106,000 F
Values exceeding £106,000 but not exceeding £212,000 G
Values exceeding £212,000 H 
4.4 Statutory Assumptions Applied to Banding  
The Assessor must make a number of statutory assumptions in determining the Council Tax
band. These are: 
• the sale was with vacant possession
• the dwelling was in a state of reasonable repair (regardless of its actual condition)
• the size and layout of the dwelling and the physical state of the locality were the same
as at the time when the valuation of the dwelling was made
• the dwelling was sold free from any heritable security (i.e. any mortgage is assumed to
be paid off)
• common parts were in a state of reasonable repair (regardless of their actual condition)
and the purchaser would be liable to contribute towards the cost of keeping them in
such as state
• use of the dwelling would be permanently restricted to use as a private dwelling; and
• the dwelling had no development value other than that attributable to "permitted
development". 
There are also special provisions applicable to the Council Tax banding of properties used in
connection with agriculture, crofting or fish farming, and properties adapted for people with
physical disabilities. 
4.5 New Houses
As part of the maintenance of the Valuation (Council Tax) List the Assessor adds new built
houses to the list as soon as possible after they are completed. It is one of the Joint Board’s
key performance measures to do this as efficiently as possible. 
4.6 Council Tax Proposals  
If you are the owner of the property or the person liable to pay Council Tax for it, you can
lodge an appeal (known as a "proposal") to alter the Council Tax band:
• within six months of becoming the owner or the liable person
• within six months of the Assessor altering the band
115

Page 116

-7- 
• within six months of an appeal decision, which is a relevant decision, in respect of a
dwelling comparable to yours which gives you reasonable grounds to contend that the
band applicable to your dwelling should be changed
• at any time if there has been a “material reduction” (see below) in the value of the
dwelling
• at any time if there has been a “material increase” (see below) in the value of the
dwelling and it, or any part of it, has subsequently been sold
• at any time if the balance between domestic and business use changes (for example, in
hotels or boarding houses)
• at any time to add from a particular date a dwelling not shown on the list
• at any time to delete from a particular date a dwelling shown on the list.
The Assessors’ portal has been developed to allow Council Tax payers to lodge a proposal
on-line www.saa.gov.uk. A member of the Assessor’s staff will discuss the proposal/appeal
with the tax payer and if it cannot be resolved, it will be referred to the Valuation Appeal
Panel to be heard by a Committee. The Committee will hear the appeal within its normal
cycle of hearings and will issue formal notification of the date and time of the hearing and
details of the appeal procedure. 
This committee system is due to be replaced on 1 January 2023 by a new appeal system
under the Scottish Courts and Tribunals Service (SCTS). 
4.7 Material Reduction in Value  
The band of a house may be reduced if there has been a material reduction in its value. A
material reduction in value may result from the demolition of any part of the dwelling, any
change in the physical state of its locality or any adaptation of the dwelling to suit a person
who is disabled. A reduction in value caused, for example, by a downturn in the housing
market, does not count for this purpose. 
4.8 Material Increase in Value and Subsequent Sale
The band of a house may be increased if there has been a material increase in its value and
it is subsequently sold. A material increase in value may result from, for example, the building
of an extension to the property. Any change in the Council Tax band following on from a
material increase in value will only take effect from the date the property is sold. This means
that although many properties have had material increases in their value since they were
originally banded in 1993, these increases will not be reflected in the band if they have not
been subsequently sold.
4.9 Correction of Errors
Where the Assessor is satisfied that the band of a house is not the band which should have
been set he/she may amend the Valuation (Council Tax) List to correct that error. This can
lead to a band being increased or decreased depending on the circumstances. A reduction in
band would be corrected effective from 1 April 1993 or from the date the dwelling entered the
list, whichever is later. Any increase in banding as a result of the correction of an error may
however be charged by the billing authority from the 1st of the month following the correction. 
116

Page 117

-8- 
5.0 The Register of Electors
The Register of Electors contains details of everyone who has registered to vote. It is used to
determine who can vote at elections while the Register is in force. A new Register is
published at least once a year, no later than 1st December. A revised version may be
published at other times if, for example, major changes are made to the Register in the
course of the year. 
5.1 Register Updates (Rolling Registration)
The current version of the Register comes into force on or before 1st December each year
and is updated on a monthly basis to reflect changes in people’s circumstances as they
occur. For example, if you move house and notify the Electoral Registration Officer of the
change early in March, your name could be added to the Register on 1 April. It is now
possible to register online at www.gov.uk/register-to-vote. 
5.2 Annual Canvass 
The Register is updated monthly to add new electors and to deal with address changes etc.
In connection with the annual canvass of households, Canvass Reform 2020 introduced new
procedures for canvassing including a data matching step which meant that there was no
longer any requirement to issue reminders to households where data matched.  The
information obtained during the annual canvass of electors forms part of the new Register
published on or before 1st December. During the annual canvass the ERO must take all
steps that are necessary to ensure the he/she meets his/her duty to maintain the register in
accordance with Section 9A of the Representation of the People Act 1983 (as amended by
the Electoral Administration Act 2006). 
In practice, at each year’s canvass of electors, the ERO issues a Canvass Form (CF) to each
household in Lanarkshire which was unmatched at the data matching stage, followed by at
least one reminder (where no return is received) followed by a visit by a canvasser (again
where no return is received). Additionally, datasets such as Housing and Council Tax records
are inspected for identification of empty houses and/or new taxpayers’ names. All other
properties which do match are issued with a canvass communication Letter (CCA) where
there is no need to respond unless there is a change to the information. 
Since the introduction of Individual Electoral Registration (IER) in Scotland on 19th September
2014, Electoral Registration Officers are also required to issue Invitation to Register forms
(ITRs) where he/she believes someone to be resident at an address but is not on the
electoral register. 
5.3 The Open Register
Electors can choose to have their names excluded from the version of the Register made
available for sale (the "Open Register") whilst remaining on the version used at elections (the
"Full Register"). The intention behind this provision is to safeguard the privacy of electors and
restrict unwanted "junk mail". In relation to the interests of the democratic process however
the Full Register, which is a public document, is available for inspection throughout
registration areas at some public libraries, some council offices and at the offices of the ERO.
117

Page 118

-9- 
5.4 Qualifying to Vote 
To qualify to be registered to vote at UK elections you must be resident or deemed resident in
the registration area, a British, other Commonwealth, or Irish citizen aged 18 or over (16 and
17 year-olds can register but cannot vote until they are 18) and not subject to any legal
incapacity. Young persons aged 16 and over may vote at Scottish Parliamentary and Local
Government elections. (14 and 15 year olds can register but cannot vote until they are 16) 
Scottish Elections (Franchise and Representation) Act 2021
Legislation to extend the franchise to all foreign nationals resident in Scotland came into force
on 3 August 2020. This allows all foreign nationals the ability to register and vote in Scottish
Parliament and local elections from that date. 
5.5 Commonwealth Countries
Antigua and Barbuda Jamaica St Kitts & Nevis
Australia
The Bahamas
Kenya
Kingdom of Eswatini
St Lucia
St Vincent & The Grenadines
Bangladesh Kiribati Samoa
Barbados Lesotho Seychelles
Belize Malawi Sierra Leone
Botswana Malaysia Singapore
Brunei Darussalam Maldives* Solomon Islands
Cameroon Malta2 South Africa
Canada Mauritius Sri Lanka
Cyprus2 Mozambique United Republic of Tanzania
Dominica Namibia Tonga
Fiji Islands1 Nauru Trinidad & Tobago
Ghana New Zealand Tuvalu
Grenada
The Gambia
Nigeria
Pakistan
Uganda
United Kingdom
Guyana
India
Papua New Guinea
Rwanda
Vanuatu
Zambia  
Zimbabwe1   
1 Citizens of Fiji and Zimbabwe residing in the UK retain their voting rights despite the
countries having been suspended from the Commonwealth
*The British Nationality (Maldives) Order 2021 came into force on 2nd June amending the
British Nationality Act 1981, adding Maldives as a Commonwealth country.
5.6 British Overseas Territories
Anguilla Pitcairn, Henderson, Dulcie and OenoIslands
Bermuda St Helena
British Antarctic Territory St Helena dependencies (Ascension Island,
British Indian Ocean Territory Tristan da Cunha)
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
South Georgia & the South Sandwich Islands
Sovereign base areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia on
Falkland Islands Cyprus
Montserrat Turks and Caicos Islands 
118

Page 119

-10- 
5.7 British Crown Dependencies
Isle of Man
The Channel Islands (including Jersey, Guernsey, Sark, Alderney, Herm and the other
inhabited Channel Islands).
5.8 Overseas Electors  
British citizens resident abroad can register to vote by means of an Overseas Elector’s
Declaration, provided that on the date the Declaration is made:
• they are not subject to any legal incapacity to vote
• they were once registered to vote in the UK and less than 15 years have elapsed since
the Register they were on was in force (currently being reviewed) or
• a parent or guardian was so registered, if the applicant was too young to register to
vote at the time. 
The Declaration lasts for 12 months and then lapses if not renewed by the elector. The ERO
is obliged to send a reminder and a new application form to the elector between 9 and 10
months from the date on which the entry on the Register took effect. The most convenient
way to vote for an overseas elector is by post or proxy. 
5.9 Homeless People 
A person who has no fixed address can register to vote by means of a Declaration of Local
Connection. The Declaration lasts for 12 months and then lapses if not renewed by the
elector. The ERO is obliged to send a reminder and a new application form to the elector
between 9 and 10 months from the date on which the entry on the Register took effect. This
form of registration is also available to prisoners on remand awaiting trial but not yet
convicted.
5.10 Service Electors
The following people are entitled to register to vote as service electors: 
a. serving members of the armed forces and their spouses or civil partners (for whom the
entitlement exists as an alternative to registering as civilian electors if resident in the
UK).
b. British Council staff and Crown Servants in posts abroad and their spouses or civil
partners by completing and submitting the appropriate Service Declaration form, which
includes the facility to apply to vote by post or proxy. 
The Declaration, in relation to electors in paragraph a. above, lasts for 5 years and then
lapses if not renewed by the elector. The ERO is obliged to send a reminder and a new
application form to the elector between 57 and 58 months from the date on which the entry
on the Register took effect. For electors in paragraph b. above the declaration lasts for 12
months and then lapses if not renewed. The ERO however is obliged to send a reminder and
new application form between 9 and 10 months from the effective date. 
119

Page 120

-11- 
5.11 The Absent Voters’ List (Postal Voters’ List)
The Electoral Registration Officer also maintains a list of people who are entitled to vote by
post or by proxy. This is known as the Absent Voters’ List. 
Postal voting is available to anyone, whatever their circumstances. 
Long-term proxy voting is available to people who cannot reasonably be expected to attend
their polling station at elections because:  
• they suffer from a physical incapacity, or
• their employment duties take them away from home, or
• their attendance on a course of study takes them away from home.   
Temporary proxy voting is available to people who cannot reasonably be expected to attend
their polling station at elections because they will be away from home temporarily (e.g. on
holiday) on the date of the election. 
5.12 Elections Act 2022
The Elections Bill was introduced in the House of Commons on 5 July 2021 (Bill 138),
receiving Royal Assent on 28 April 2022. It introduces photographic identifications (voter ID)
to vote at polling stations in UK Parliamentary elections, as well as removing the 15-year limit
for British citizens living abroad to vote in UK Parliamentary elections.  It is intended that
postal vote applications for such elections will require to be re-applied for every three years,
instead of the current five yearly requirement. It is intended that secondary legislation will be
developed over the course of the next year with implementation of the voter ID in time for
polls taking place in spring 2023. All other measures are expected to be implemented within
the current lifetime of the UK Parliament. 
5.13 Further Information
More information on electoral registration can be found on the Electoral Commission’s
website www.electoralcommission.org.uk . 
6.0 Equal Opportunities
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board is committed to achieving equal opportunities in all aspects
of our business and in relationships with our service users and other stakeholders. This
means ensuring that services, facilities, and employment opportunities are accessible and
receptive to the values and the diversity needs within the community. In meeting this
commitment, we shall aim to prevent – as well as eliminate – any form of discrimination that
occurs in the workplace or in service delivery. We also aim to provide good quality services
which users can access freely without prejudice, discrimination and/or harassment. Details of
our Equal Opportunities policy, Mainstreaming Equalities and Equality Outcomes reports and
progress reports can be viewed on our website. The equal pay statement and gender pay
cap are included within the Mainstreaming report.  
120

Page 121

-12- 
7.0 Summary
The work of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board is extensive and varied. It impacts on every
household in the Lanarkshire area through Council Tax and Electoral Registration and on
businesses, public bodies and voluntary organisations through non-domestic rating. Our
primary aim is to provide excellence in the delivery of our services to the citizens and
businesses of Lanarkshire. The Joint Board provides a good working example of joint service
delivery in practice both in how North and South Lanarkshire Councils have combined to
provide valuation and electoral registration services and in how the Assessor and staff work
with other councils and Joint Boards to develop consistency and good practice in the delivery
of services. 
Website    
The Board's website (www.lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk) includes a host of useful information.
There is the facility to download application forms relating to Electoral Registration. 
Additionally, the site contains useful information on the Assessor’s functions and the
processes involved in making appeals against entries in the Valuation Roll and Council Tax
List. The website is compatible with mobile devices. 
The website has useful links to North and South Lanarkshire Councils’ websites, and to the
Scottish Assessors’ Association Portal (www.saa.gov.uk), which provides a single point
access to Non-Domestic Rating, Council Tax and Electoral Registration information on a
Scotland-wide basis. 
8.0 Contact Information 
Address:  Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board 
David Dale House 
45 John Street 
Blantyre 
Glasgow 
G72 0AA 
Telephone:   01698 476000 
Fax:    01698 476010
E-mail:   assessor@lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk
Website:  www.lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk
121

Page 122

122

Page 123

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer  
Subject: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Public Performance
Report 2021/2022 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 Present to members of the Joint Board for information, the Board’s Public
Performance Report for the financial year 2021/2022
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the content of the report be noted.
[1purpose]
3. Background
3.1. The report is titled ‘Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board, Office of Assessor and
Electoral Registration Officer, Public Performance Report 2021/2022’, and is
attached as an appendix. 
3.2 The report outlines Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board’s performance in its core       
service delivery areas for the period 2021/2022. 
3.3 The report will be posted on LVJB’s website. 
4. Employee Implications
4.1. None 
5. Financial Implications
5.1. None 
6. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
6.1. There are no climate change, sustainability or environmental implications in terms of
the information contained in this report. 
7. Other Implications
7.1. There are no implications for risk in terms of the information contained in this report. 
8. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
8.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required.  
12
123

Page 124

9. Privacy Impact Assessment
9.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required. 
Gary Bennett BSc MSc AEA (Cert-Scotland) MRICS IRRV (Hons)
Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer 
15 June 2022 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like further information, please contact:-
Gary Bennett, Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer
Phone: 01698 476078
E-mail: assessor@lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk
124

Page 125

LANARKSHIRE VALUATION JOINT BOARD 
Office of Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer 
PUBLIC PERFORMANCE REPORT
2021/2022 
General 
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board (LVJB) was formed at the local government re-
organisation in 1996. The Board consists of eight Members from each of North and
South Lanarkshire Councils, and oversees the functions of maintaining the Electoral
Registers, the Council Tax List and the Non-Domestic Valuation Rolls for the
Lanarkshire area. The following report relates to the 2021/22 financial year. 
Coronavirus Pandemic 
Like all organisations, LVJB’s operations were materially affected by the pandemic.
The requirement to work from home throughout 2021/2022 continued to pose
challenges in ensuring that statutory undertakings could be carried out. The use of
information technology solutions, supported by South Lanarkshire Council’s I.T.
infrastructure, ensured that a level of service continued to be provided across all
three main business areas. The main impact on LVJB’s operations of the pandemic
throughout 2021/22 continued to be the disruption to carrying out site visits for
council tax, non-domestic changes, and electoral matters. A variety of new working
practices developed since the national lockdown in March 2020 continued to be
developed in 2021/2022 to deal with business whilst such site visits were suspended.
LVJB’s staff continue to embrace the new working practices and are again to be
commended on their flexibility and commitment during a very challenging period. 
Non-Domestic Valuation Roll 
The Valuation Roll is a document which sets out the rateable values of all non-
domestic properties in the valuation area.  The rateable values shown in the
Valuation Roll are used by the local authorities as the basis for the calculation of non-
domestic rates bills.  The Valuation Roll for Lanarkshire at the end of the period
2021/22 contained 21,310 properties with a total rateable value as at 31/3/2022 of
circa £981 million.   
125

Page 126

In the year 2021/22, our staff processed 976 alterations to the roll to reflect new,
amended or demolished properties. This was up from 561 for the period 2020/21. 
The following table illustrates the performance for the period 2021/22 set against in-
house targets:- 
The graph below illustrates LVJB performance levels from 1998/99 to 2021/22. 
The three monthly and six monthly targets were not met, although a significant
improvement on the period 2020/21 was achieved. The pandemic continued to affect
the work undertaken in relation to altering the valuation roll in line with performance
targets. This appears to be, in particular, as a result of the inability to carry out site
visits. 
Following consultation with LVJB’s valuation managers, internal targets for the period
2022/23 have been maintained at the following: 
Alter Valuation Roll within 3 months 77%
Alter Valuation Roll within 6 months 92%  
Performance Targets
2021/22
Target
2021/22
Actual
2021/22
Alter Valuation Roll within 3 months 77% 68%
Alter Valuation Roll within 6 months 92% 83%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Percentage of Changes Notified
W
ithin
Tim
e
Year
Valuation Roll
Notified  < 3 months Notified  < 6 months
126

Page 127

Council Tax List 
This list shows the addresses of all domestic properties and the allocated Council
Tax band, which is based on the market value of the property as at April 1991. Local
Authorities use these bands to calculate annual Council Tax bills. 
During 2021/22, our staff added 2,818 new dwellings (2,116 for the period 2020/21)
to the Council Tax List, and deleted 110 dwellings (249 for the period 2020/21). As at
31 March 2022 the list contained 335,602 entries (including domestic garages).
Additionally, in accordance with The Council Tax (Alteration of Lists and Appeals)
(Scotland) Regulations 1993, some 221 Council Tax entries (156 for period 2020/21)
had their band increased as a result of a material increase in the value of the
dwelling, essentially due to significant alterations being carried out, and the
subsequent sale of the property. There were 15,894 sales of domestic properties
notified to LVJB during the period 2021/22. 
The following table illustrates the performance for the period 2021/22 set against in-
house targets:- 
Performance Targets
2021/22
Target
2021/22
Actual
2021/22
New houses added to Council Tax List within 3 months 87% 93%
New houses added to Council Tax List within 6 months 92% 98% 
The graph below illustrates LVJB performance levels from 1998/99 to 2021/22:-
Targets set for the period 2021/22 were again met with performance being
maintained at a very good level despite the challenges posed by the pandemic. 
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Notified
of New
Band
W
ithin
Tim
e
Year
Council Tax Valuation List
Notified  < 3 months Notified  < 6 months
127

Page 128

Again, following consultation with LVJB’s valuation managers, internal targets for the
period 2022/2023 have been maintained at the following: 
New houses added to Council Tax List within 3 months 87%
New houses added to Council Tax List within 6 months 92% 
Electoral Register 
The Electoral Register is a list of people eligible to vote at elections and at 31 March
2022 contained over 520,000 electors. 
The principal activities of the period 2021/22 within our electoral registration service
delivery area centred on maintaining the completeness and accuracy of the registers.
All scheduled tasks associated with the Scottish Parliamentary Election on 
6 May 2021 were undertaken timeously. During the period 2021/22 there were two
by-elections, both in North Lanarkshire; one in Airdrie & Shotts UK Parliamentary
constituency held on 13 May 2021, and a Council by-election held in ward 20,
Murdostoun on 24 June 2021. 
The annual canvass of electors 2021 was subject to major reform with the
introduction of The Representation of the People (Annual Canvass) (Miscellaneous
Amendments) (Scotland) Regulations 2020. Under the reformed canvass, data
matching was used at the outset of the canvass to help identify those properties
where the residents are more likely to have changed. All Electoral Registration
Officers in Great Britain were required to match specified data they hold on
registered electors against the Department for Work and Pensions’ Customer
Information System (DWP CIS) dataset. This dataset is already used in the electoral
registration process to verify an applicant's identity.
For the period 2021/22, circa 255,000 households were issued with the new Canvass
Communication A form (CCA), which advised who was on the register and that
unless there was a change in the household no return was required. A further stage
to the reformed annual canvass process involved the issuing of circa 58,000
Canvass Forms (CF) to households which didn’t match during the aforementioned
exercise. Furthermore, a new Canvass Communication B form (CCB) in respect of
postal reminders was issued to circa 47,000 households.  The household visit
element of the 2021 canvass was able to proceed, with suitable precautions
undertaken as a result of the pandemic, with circa 31,000 properties being
canvassed. The canvass reforms also allowed for e-communications that included
telephone and email contact. The canvass was concluded successfully, and the
registers were published on 1 December 2021. 
Rolling Registration activity, introduced in 2000 to assist in maintaining the Electoral
Register, continued throughout 2021/22 with the bulk of registration applications
received via the central government online registration system
(www.gov.uk/register-to-vote). 
To ensure the completeness and accuracy of the Electoral Register, the 2021
Integrity Plan was again used to identify and manage patterns of activity that might
indicate potential registration integrity issues. LVJB have checks and controls in
place to detect and prevent any electoral malpractice. Checks are also built into both
the Annual Canvass Plan and individual Election Plans. 
128

Page 129

Customer Satisfaction 
Users of the Joint Board’s services were sampled at random throughout 2021/22 for
their comments on the service LVJB provides. The questionnaires include a section
on gender, ethnicity and disability to enable service monitoring on equalities issues. 
If you receive such a questionnaire, please take the time to complete it and respond. 
The results of these questionnaire returns are important to us and your comments
are used to assist development of LVJB services to meet the needs of our
customers. 
❖ Results from the 2021/22 Customer Satisfaction Survey are contained in the
graphs below. 
Customer Care Analysis 1 April 2021 to
31 March 2022
Exceeded
expections
/ Very
satisfied
(57.5%)
Slightly
better than
expected /
Fairly
satisfied
(22.5%)
As
expected
(11.5%)
Below
expectation
/ fairly
dissatisfied
(8%)
Very poorly
/ Very
dissatisfied
(0.5%)
129

Page 130

Website     
The Board's website (www.lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk) includes a host of useful
information. There is the facility to download application forms relating to Electoral
Registration.  Additionally, the site contains useful information on the Assessor’s
functions and the processes involved in making appeals against entries in the
Valuation Roll and Council Tax List. The website is compatible with mobile devices. 
The website has useful links to North and South Lanarkshire Councils’ websites, and
to the Scottish Assessors’ Association Portal (www.saa.gov.uk) which provides a
single point access to Non-Domestic Rating, Council Tax and Electoral Registration
information on a Scotland-wide basis, as well as a number of user interactive
services, such as lodging a proposal against a council tax entry, or an appeal against
a valuation roll entry. 
Customer Care Analysis 1 April 2021 to
31 March 2022
( Telephone Calls)
Always got
through to a
person who
could deal
with my
enquiry
(73%)
Usually got
through to a
person who
could deal
with my
enquiry
(19%)
Sometimes
got through
to a person
who could
deal with
my enquiry
(8%)
130

Page 131

Equal Opportunities 
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board is committed to achieving equal opportunities in all
aspects of our business and in relationships with our service users and other
stakeholders. This means ensuring that services, facilities, and employment
opportunities are accessible and receptive to the values and the diversity needs
within the community. In meeting this commitment, we shall aim to prevent – as well
as eliminate – any form of discrimination that occurs in the workplace or in service
delivery. We also aim to provide good quality services which users can access freely
without prejudice, discrimination and/or harassment. Details of our Equal
Opportunities policy and our Mainstreaming Equalities report can be viewed on our
website, together with our annual employee information report and our
Mainstreaming Equalities progress report. 
To comply with our equalities duties: 
In April 2017 LVJB published the Mainstreaming Equalities Report and Equality
Outcomes in accordance with regulation 3 of The Equality Act 2010 (Specific Duties)
(Scotland) Regulations 2012 and 2016 for the period 2017 to 2021 and this is
available on our website. 
In accordance with The Equality Act 2010 (Specific Duties) (Scotland) Regulations
2016 LVJB, having more than 20 employees, is now required to publish gender pay
gap information, a statement on equal pay, and include information on occupational
segregation. This information is included in the report Mainstreaming Equalities
Report and Equality Outcomes for 2017 to 2021. 
In November 2017 The Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC) published a
“Measuring Up? Report 7” “Public authorities’ performance in meeting the Scottish
Specific Equality Duties, 2017”. The EHRC have a statutory remit to protect, enforce
and promote equality across nine protected characteristics that are set out in the
Equality Act 2010. This includes regulating the Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED).
The report lists the number of authorities in each sector and the number and
percentage who have met each criteria such as “published equality outcomes”,
“published gender pay gap information” and “publication of policies on equal pay”.
LVJB are included in the “Valuation Joint Boards” sector and we met all of the
criteria. 
In April 2019 LVJB published the Mainstreaming Equalities Report and Equality
Outcomes 2017 to 2021 Progress Report in accordance with regulation 3 of The
Equality Act 2010 (Specific Duties) (Scotland) Regulations 2012 and 2016. 
Under the specific employment duty LVJB as a listed authority are required to publish
pay gap information every two years and this is included within the April 2019
Progress Report along with information on occupational segregation. 
In April 2021 LVJB published the Mainstreaming Equalities Report and Equality
Outcomes 2021 to 2025 in accordance with the Equality Act 2010 (Specific Duties)
(Scotland) Regulations 2012 and the Equality Act 2010 (Specific Duties) (Scotland)
Amendment Regulations 2016. This includes an equal pay statement and gender pay
gap information along with information on occupational segregation. A report on
131

Page 132

progress and pay gap information is required every two years and this will be
published in April 2023. 
Contacting LVJB 
Address:  Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board 
Ground Floor 
David Dale House   
45 John Street 
Blantyre 
G72 OAA 
Telephone:   01698 476000
E-mail:   assessor@lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk  
ero@lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk
Website:  www.lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk 
132

Page 133

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer  
Subject: Monitoring of Complaints (1 April 2021 to 31 March
2022) 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 Provide statistics and information on all complaints received by the Lanarkshire
Valuation Joint Board (LVJB) for the period 1 April 2021 to 31 March 2022 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the content of the report be noted. 
3. Background
3.1. Following the introduction of LVJB’s revised Complaints Handling Procedure, in
March 2013, a record of complaints is now reported to the quarterly Board meetings.
Additionally, members also receive a report covering information on complaints
received by the Board on an annual basis. 
3.2. The Scottish Public Sector Ombudsman (SPSO) further revised the Complaints
Handling Procedure (CHP) effective from 1 April 2021. This was the subject of a
report that was noted by the Board in March 2021 titled: LVJB’s Revised Complaints
Handling Procedure. 
3.3 In March 2022 the SPSO refreshed the Key Performance Indicators (KPI’s)
Guidance and LVJB will, on data collected from 1 April 2022, comply with the
guidance therein. 
4. Current Position
4.1. The definition of a complaint adopted is ‘any expression of dissatisfaction about
LVJB’s action or lack of action, or about the standard of service provided by LVJB or
on LVJB’s behalf.’  This does not however extend to complaints about the rateable
value or banding of a property or to the refusal to register an elector or grant a postal
vote since in all of these areas there are rights of appeal to independent judicial
bodies. The data being collected on complaints received by the Joint Board is being
categorised by:- 
 ‘Upheld’ (the complaint was upheld and action may be required as a result),
‘partially upheld’ (the complaint was only partly upheld and some action may be
required as a result) and ‘not upheld’ (no further action required).  
13
133

Page 134

 The reason for the complaint whether upheld or not.
 Action taken as a result of upheld complaints.
 Changes made or proposed to service delivery as a result of complaints received.
 Equal opportunities monitoring of complaints. 
4.2. Other information gathered includes response times in line with adopted standards
for dealing with complaints, together with information on the area of the Board’s
services where the complaint was received. 
5. Summary
5.1. During 2021/2022 a total of thirteen complaints were received in the period covered
by this report. Three related to Council Tax and ten related to Electoral Registration.
In total nine were classified as not having been upheld, one as partially upheld and
three were classified as having been upheld. 
5.2. This is in comparison to 2020/2021 where a total of six complaints were received.
Two related to Council Tax, three related to Non-Domestic Rating and one related to
Electoral Registration. In total five were classified as not having been upheld, one as
partially upheld and none were classified as having been upheld. 
5.3. The breakdown of upheld and not upheld complaints by service area is as follows:   
Service   Total No Upheld Not Upheld Partially Upheld 
Council Tax   3  1  2  0 
Non-Domestic  0  0  0  0 
Electoral Registration 10  2  7  1 
Total    13  3  9  1 
6. Complaints to the Ombudsman
6.1. No decisions on complaints were received by the Scottish Public Service
Ombudsman for the period 1 April 2021 to 31 March 2022.  
7. Employee Implications
7.1. For complaints where a member of staff has not followed office procedures further
training and emphasis on good customer care and good working practice is
provided. 
8. Financial Implications
8.1. None. 
9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
9.1. There are no climate change, sustainability or environmental implications in terms of
the information contained in this report. 
10. Other Implications
10.1. There are no implications for risk in terms of the information contained in this report. 
11. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
11.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
11.2. There is no requirement for a consultation in respect of this report.  
134

Page 135

12. Privacy Impact Assessment
12.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required. 
Gary Bennett BSc MSc AEA (Cert-Scotland) MRICS IRRV (Hons)
Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer 
9 June 2022 
Previous References
 Report on Revised Complaints Handling Procedure approved 3 December 2012.
 LVJB’s Revised Complaints Handling Procedure noted 1 March 2021. 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you require further information, please contact:-
Gary Bennett, Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer
Phone: 01698 476078
E-mail: assessor@lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk
135

Page 136

136

Page 137

??1 June
Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Date of Meeting: 27 June 2022
Report by: Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer  
Subject: Progress Update 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 Provide an overview of the service to members
 Outline current issues and service priorities
 Provide an update on performance
 Highlight issues affecting the future direction of the Joint Board
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Board is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the content of the report be noted.
[1recs]
3. Service Overview and Priorities 
3.1. Electoral Registration 
3.1.1. Annual Canvass
Preparations for the annual canvass 2022 are underway, continuing with the
progress made under canvass reform from last year’s canvass.  National data
matching will be conducted around 8 July, with canvass communications due to be
issued on 1 August. 
3.1.2. Elections Held Since Last Board Meeting
The Scottish Local Government Elections were held on 5 May 2022 and all
procedures were undertaken successfully.  Postal vote rejection letters have been
issued to all electors whose postal vote was rejected by the Returning Officer for the
election. 
3.2. Non Domestic Valuation 
A summary of information in this area can be found in Appendices 1.1 to 1.5. 
3.2.1. Changes to the 2017 Valuation Roll (Running Roll) 
These are highlighted in Appendices 1.1 and 1.2 for the period 1 April 2022 to 
1 May 2022. 
3.2.2. 2005 Valuation Roll Appeals (Revaluation and Running Roll) 
A summary of the position with 2005 Revaluation and Running Roll appeals is 
contained in Appendix 1.3. 
14
137

Page 138

3.2.3. 2010 Valuation Roll Appeals (Revaluation and Running Roll) 
A summary of the position with 2010 Revaluation and Running Roll appeals is 
contained in Appendix 1.4. 
3.2.4. 2017 Valuation Roll Appeals (Revaluation and Running Roll)
A summary of the position with regards to 2017 Revaluation and Running Roll
appeals is contained in Appendix 1.5.  Table 2 includes appeals received in
connection with the coronavirus pandemic.  The Scottish Government continue to
consider legislative plans in respect of appeals lodged as a result of the pandemic,
with the Non-Domestic Rates (Coronavirus) (Scotland) Bill currently making its way
through the parliamentary process. 
3.3. Council Tax 
A summary of information in this area can be found in Appendices 2.1 to 2.4. 
3.3.1. New Houses
A summary of the position for the period 1 April 2022 to 1 May 2022 is contained at
Appendix 2.2. 
3.3.2. Proposals and Appeals
Appendices 2.3 and 2.4 contain information on Council Tax proposals and appeals.
Following consultations with the Chair and Secretary to the Lanarkshire Valuation
Appeal Panel, additional hearings have been scheduled to help deal with the
voluminous numbers of outstanding Council Tax appeals. 
4. Staffing
4.1. Since the last Board meeting and following a recruitment and selection process for
Valuers/Part Qualified Valuers, one Part Qualified Valuer has commenced
employment with LVJB.  A further recruitment and selection process has now been
completed resulting in two Clerical Assistants commencing employment with the
organisation. 
In the same period, a Valuer has tendered their resignation to take up a position in
the private sector.  Furthermore, a Divisional Valuer and Trainee Valuer have
tendered their resignations to take up positions with other local government
organisations. 
LVJB’s management team continue to attempt to actively recruit and retain staff
within our valuation service delivery area, particularly given the anticipated workload
associated with the Barclay recommendations. 
4.2. Staff absence levels for the last year are summarised in Appendix 3.0. 
5. Other Matters 
5.1. Complaints Received and Dealt with Since Last Progress Update Report 
Since the last update provided to the Board, one complaint has been received, a 
summary of which is as follows:-
138

Page 139

Service Area Nature of Complaint Outcome
Council Tax
(ref: 2021/22 – 13)
Complaint received in
respect of an appeal
against the banding of a
Council Tax entry and the
manner in which the
appeal was handled.
Letter issued advising
that matter investigated
and no issues found in
relation to how appeal
was handled. Letter also
reiterated previously
provided reasons for the
reliance on certain
comparisons used in the
banding of the property. 
5.2. Complaints to the Ombudsman 
No decisions have been received from the Scottish Public Services Ombudsman 
(SPSO) since the last meeting of the Board. 
5.3. Barclay Review Implementation 
The Non-Domestic Rates (Scotland) Act 2020 is now in force, and preparatory work 
continues to ensure that LVJB is able to undertake all new statutory undertakings 
contained within the Act. 
The following is a summary of the progress in connection with the principal sections 
of the Act which affect matters relating to the Valuation Roll:- 
Section 2 – (amends the definition of “year of revaluation” such that, after 2022,
revaluations will be carried out every three years, rather than every five years).
Progress update:  The Scottish Government decided, due to the pandemic, to
postpone the next revaluation to 1 April 2023, with the tone date moving to 1 April
2022.  Work is underway in respect of information gathering, analysis, and valuing all
non-domestic subjects contained within the valuation roll, with the expectation that a
draft valuation roll will be published on 30 November 2022. It is anticipated that draft
valuation notices will require to be issued to all proprietors / tenants / occupiers. 
Section 3 – (inserts a new section into the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1975
requiring an Assessor to include a mark in appropriate entries in the Valuation Roll to
show that it relates to newly built lands and heritages, or to improved lands and
heritages.  The local authority will be able to use this mark to identify properties
which may be eligible for business growth accelerator relief). 
Progress update: procedures are in place and operational in order that a marker
can be placed in the valuation roll where deemed appropriate. 
Section 5 – (amends section 19 of the Local Government (Financial Provisions)
(Scotland) Act 1963 to require that certain subjects contained within parks should be
entered in the Valuation Roll).  The subjects to be entered are those which are
occupied by a person or body other than a local authority or the Crown, or where
persons may be required to pay for access to facilities or for goods or services.
Progress update:  LVJB appointed staff continue to identify such subjects which will
enter the valuation roll, with reference to a staff guidance note which has been
developed by the Scottish Assessors Association (SAA) to ensure consistent
practice throughout.  
139

Page 140

Scotland. Section 9 - Amends section 3 of the 1975 Act to allow Ministers to
prescribe that Assessors must give ratepayers additional information at Revaluation.
Progress update:  Discussions continue within the SAA with regards to how best to
facilitate the provision of information at the SAA Portal in respect of the forthcoming
non-domestic revaluation.  It is anticipated that information such as the identification
of subjects used to assist in the valuation of certain subjects contained in the
valuation roll will accompany draft valuations to be published on 30 November 2022.  
Section 10 - Makes significant changes to the appeal arrangements enabling a
“proposal” to be made to the Assessor in the first instance.  Where no agreement is
reached as to what should be done about a proposal an appeal may be submitted to
the Valuation Appeal Committee.  Whilst this section sets out the basic framework,
much of the detail of the procedure (including whether any fee may be charged for
making a proposal or an appeal) will be contained within secondary legislation.  It is
anticipated that the Scottish Government will undertake a consultation exercise on
the format of those Regulations.
Progress update:  The outcome of the recent consultation by the Scottish
Government on the revised non-domestic appeal system is still awaited. Similarly,
the consultation by the Scottish Government on the transfer of the work of Valuation
Appeal Panels (VAPs) to a new Tribunal set up within the Scottish Courts and
Tribunals Service is also awaited. The Scottish Courts and Tribunal stakeholders
group, which the SAA is represented on, continue to meet and consider matters such
as the transfer of appeals to the new appeals set up. The changes are scheduled to
come into effect on 1 January 2023. 
Section 26 - Gives powers for Assessors to issue Assessors Information Notices
(AINs) requiring the return of information which the Assessor may reasonably require
for the purposes of exercising his/her functions in relation to non-domestic rates in
respect of the lands and heritages set out in the notice.  Information may be
requested from the Proprietor, Tenant or Occupier or any person who the Assessor
thinks has the information.
Progress update:  Appropriate procedures continue to be implemented in
connection with AINs and, in particular, the new civil penalties regime. 
Section 30 - provides for civil penalties to be issued for failure to return requested
information within certain time periods. 
Progress update:  As update above regarding Section 26. 
5.4. Coronavirus Pandemic
LVJB’s management team’s focus continues to monitor the welfare of staff. Duties
continue to be undertaken with most site visits now being resumed where deemed
appropriate to do so. 
With regards to Valuation Appeal Committee hearings, physical hearings have now
resumed also. 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. See 4 above. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. None.
140

Page 141

8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no climate change, sustainability, or environmental implications in terms of 
the information contained in this report. 
9. Other Implications 
9.1. There are no implications for risk in terms of the information contained in this report. 
10. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
10.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a 
change to an existing policy, function, or strategy and, therefore, no impact 
assessment is required. 
10.2. There is no requirement for consultation in respect of this report. 
11. Privacy Impact Assessment
11.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a 
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact 
assessment is required. 
Gary Bennett BSc MSc AEA (Cert-Scotland) MRICS IRRV (Hons)
Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer 
15 June 2022 
Previous References
 Progress Update Report for Board meeting of 7 March 2022. 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you require further information, please contact:-
Gary Bennett, Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer
Phone: 01698 476078
E-mail: assessor@lanarkshire-vjb.gov.uk
141

Page 142

Alterations made to the Valuation Roll (including appeal adjustments) between 01/04/2022 and 01/05/2022             
Area
AS AT 01/04/2022                ADDED            DELETED             ALTERED         AS AT 01/05/2022
SUBJECTS RV SUBJECTS RV SUBJECTS RV SUBJECTS RV SUBJECTS RV
North
Lanarkshire 10,358 288,082,270 1 490 2 20,200 3 -10,450 10,357 288,052,110
South
Lanarkshire 10,952 693,403,145 0 0 3 4,400 0 0 10,949 693,398,745
LVJB total 21,310 £981,485,415 1  £490 5 £24,600 3 -£10,450 21,306 £981,450,855           
Appendix 1.1
142

Page 143

Summary of time taken to make alterations (excluding appeal adjustments) to the Valuation Roll             
Period: 1 April 2022 to 1 May 2022                   
Area Total altered altered < 3 months altered 3 to 6 months altered > 6 months   
No. No. %age No. %age No. %age   
North Lanarkshire 5 5 100.00% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%   
South Lanarkshire 2 1 50.00% 0 0.00% 1 50.00%   
LVJB totals 7 6 85.71% 0 0.00% 1 14.29%             
Appendix 1.2 
143

Page 144

Valuation Roll Appeals: Revaluation and Running Roll 2005   
1. Revaluation Appeals      
Area
Appeals
received
since 2005
Valuation Roll
Appeals
resolved 
as at    
1 May 2022
Appeals heard but
awaiting stated
case for appeal to
Lands Valuation
Appeal Court
Rateable Value of
Appeals in
process of appeal
to LVAC
Appeals
outstanding
awaiting
determination of
Lands Tribunal
for Scotland
Rateable Value of
Outstanding Appeals
awaiting
determination of LT
Appeals
Outstanding
as at
1 May 2022
North Lanarkshire 3,921 3,918 0 £0 3 £76,150 3
South Lanarkshire 3,148 3,147 0 £0 1 £50,800 1
LVJB total 7,069 7,065 0 £0 4 £126,950 4        
2. Running Roll Appeals      
Area
Appeals
received since
2005 Valuation
Roll
Appeals
resolved as at  
1 May 2022
Appeals heard but
awaiting stated case
for appeal to Lands
Valuation Appeal
Court
Rateable Value of
Appeals in process
of appeal to LVAC
Appeals
outstanding
awaiting
determination of
Lands Tribunal for
Scotland
Rateable Value of
Outstanding Appeals
awaiting determination
of LT
Appeals
Outstanding
as at 
1 May 2022
North Lanarkshire 2,023 2,022 0 £0 1 £36,500 1
South Lanarkshire 1,695 1,693 0 £0 2 £90,050 2
LVJB total 3,718 3,715 0 £0 3 £126,550 3 
Appendix 1.3   
144

Page 145

Valuation Roll Appeals: Revaluation and Running Roll 2010   
1. Revaluation Appeals      
Area Appeals
received
since 2010
Valuation
Roll
Appeals
resolved 
as at   
1 May 2022
Appeals heard but
awaiting stated case
for appeal to Lands
Valuation Appeal
Court
Rateable Value
of Appeals in
process of
appeal to LVAC
Appeals outstanding
awaiting
determination of
Lands Tribunal for
Scotland
Rateable Value of
Outstanding Appeals
awaiting
determination of LT
Appeals
Outstanding 
as at 
1 May 2022
North
Lanarkshire 4,460 4,460 0 £0 0 £0 0
South
Lanarkshire 3,103 3,102 0 £0 1 £46,500 1
LVJB total 7,563 7,562 0 £0 1 £46,500 1        
2. Running Roll Appeals      
Area Appeals
received
since 2010
Valuation
Roll
Appeals
resolved 
as at   
1 May 2022
Appeals heard but
awaiting stated case
for appeal to Lands
Valuation Appeal
Court
Rateable Value
of Appeals in
process of
appeal to LVAC
Appeals outstanding
awaiting
determination of
Lands Tribunal for
Scotland
Rateable Value of
Outstanding Appeals
awaiting
determination of LT
Appeals
Outstanding 
as at 
1 May 2022
North
Lanarkshire 5,480 5,480 0 £0 0 £0 0
South
Lanarkshire 6,727 6,726 0 £0 1 £23,500 1
LVJB total 12,207 12,206 0 £0 1 £23,500 1                 
Appendix 1.4
145

Page 146

Valuation Roll Appeals: Revaluation and Running Roll 2017   
1. Revaluation Appeals      
Area Appeals
received
since 2017
Valuation
Roll
Appeals
resolved 
as at   
1 May 2022
Appeals heard but
awaiting stated case
for appeal to Lands
Valuation Appeal
Court
Rateable Value
of Appeals in
process of
appeal to LVAC
Appeals outstanding
awaiting
determination of
Lands Tribunal for
Scotland
Rateable Value of
Outstanding Appeals
awaiting
determination of LT
Appeals
Outstanding 
as at 
1 May 2022
North
Lanarkshire 4,728 4,623 0 £0 105 £3,517,125 105
South
Lanarkshire 4,553 4,451 0 £0 102 £89,332,750 102
LVJB total 9,281 9,074 0 £0 207 £92,849,875 207        
2. Running Roll Appeals      
Area Appeals
received
since 2017
Valuation
Roll
Appeals
resolved 
as at   
1 May 2022
Appeals heard but
awaiting stated case
for appeal to Lands
Valuation Appeal
Court
Rateable Value
of Appeals in
process of
appeal to LVAC
Appeals outstanding
awaiting
determination of
Lands Tribunal for
Scotland
Rateable Value of
Outstanding Appeals
awaiting
determination of LT
Appeals
Outstanding 
as at 
1 May 2022
North
Lanarkshire 4,585 786 0 £0 15 £121,875 3,799
South
Lanarkshire 4,962 818 0 £0 45 £724,443,375 4,144
LVJB total 9,547 1,604 0 £0 60 £724,565,250 7,943 
Appendix 1.5 
146

Page 147

Council Tax Subjects as at 01/05/2022               
ENTRIES AS AT 01/04/2022 ADDITIONS DELETIONS CURRENT ENTRIES BAND 'D' EQUIVALENT
BAND NORTH SOUTH TOTAL NORTH SOUTH TOTAL NORTH SOUTH TOTAL NORTH SOUTH TOTAL NORTH SOUTH TOTAL
A 53037 36190 89227 1 3 4 1 2 3 53037 36191 89228 35360 24129 59489
B 37845 30751 68596 11 2 13 0 0 0 37856 30753 68609 29444 23920 53364
C 19903 26768 46671 49 2 51 1 0 1 19951 26770 46721 17734 23796 41530
D 17722 21724 39446 52 28 80 0 0 0 17774 21752 39526 17774 21752 39526
E 17158 20390 37548 15 34 49 0 0 0 17173 20424 37597 22564 26835 49399
F 10085 13307 23392 10 26 36 3 0 3 10092 13333 23425 16400 21666 38066
G 3090 6819 9909 0 2 2 0 0 0 3090 6821 9911 6051 13358 19409
H 162 579 741 0 0 0 0 0 0 162 579 741 397 1419 1816
TOTAL 159002 156528 315530 138 96 235 5 2 7 159135 156623 315718 145724 156875 302599                
'D' 
EQIV. 145589 156751 302340 141 124 265 6 1 7 145724 156875 302599   
JOINT BOARD TOTALS             
01/04/2022 01/05/2022 Increase         
TOTAL CHARGEABLE ENTRIES North 159002 159135 133            
South 156528 156623 95            
Total 315530 315758 228                         
BAND 'D'
EQUIVALENT  North 145589 145724 135            
South 156751 156875 124         
Total 302340 302599 259         
Appendix 2.1
147

Page 148

Summary of time taken to enter new houses in Valuation (Council Tax) List     
Period: 1 April 2022 to 1 May 2022                           
Area Total added added < 3 months added 3 to 6 months added > 6 months 
North Lanarkshire 138 123 89.13% 13 9.42% 2 1.45% 
South Lanarkshire 97 91 93.81% 5 5.15% 1 1.04% 
LVJB totals 235 214 91.06% 18 7.66% 3 1.28% 
Appendix 2.2
148

Page 149

Summary of Council Tax Proposals/Appeals received and dealt with as at 1 May 2022 
Valid
Proposals/Appeals
outstanding @ 
1 April 2022
Proposals/Appeals
received since 
1 April 2022
Proposals/Appeals completely
resolved 01/04/2022 to
01/05/2022
Outstanding
balance 
North Lanarkshire 38 4 3 39 
South Lanarkshire 103 11 9 105 
LVJB total 141 15 12 144       
Invalid
Proposals/Appeals
outstanding @ 
1 April 2022
Proposals/Appeals
received since 
1 April 2022
Proposals/Appeals completely
resolved 01/04/2022 to
01/05/2022
Outstanding
balance 
North Lanarkshire 46 8 25 29 
South Lanarkshire 87 31 31 87 
LVJB total 133 39 56 116       
Combined
Proposals/Appeals
outstanding @
1 April 2022
Proposals/Appeals
received since 
1 April 2022
Proposals/Appeals completely
resolved 01/04/2022 to
01/05/2022
Outstanding
balance 
North Lanarkshire 84 12 28 68 
South Lanarkshire 190 42 40 192 
LVJB total 274 54 68 260             
Appendix 2.3
149

Page 150

Summary of resolution of Council Tax Proposals/Appeals Between 1 April 2022 and 1 May 2022                 
Valid
Proposals/Appeals  
completely resolved
01/04/2022 to
01/05/2022
Number
withdrawn
Number
abandoned
Number
adjusted
Number
dismissed by
VAC
Number
adjusted by
VAC 
North Lanarkshire 3 2 0 0 1 0 
South Lanarkshire 9 5 0 3 1 0 
LVJB total 12 7 0 3 2 0       
Invalid
Proposals/Appeals  
completely resolved
01/04/2022 to
01/05/2022
Number
withdrawn
Number
abandoned
Number
adjusted
Number
dismissed by
VAC
Number
adjusted by
VAC 
North Lanarkshire 25 0 25 0 0 0 
South Lanarkshire 31 2 27 0 2 0 
LVJB total 56 2 52 0 2 0         
Combined
Proposals/Appeals  
completely resolved
01/04/2022 to
01/05/2022
Number
withdrawn
Number
abandoned
Number
adjusted
Number
dismissed by
VAC
Number
adjusted by
VAC  
North Lanarkshire 28 2 25 0 1 0 
South Lanarkshire 40 7 27 3 3 0 
LVJB total 68 9 52 3 4 0         
Appendix 2.4
150

Page 151

Appendix 3
ABSENCE MANAGEMENT STATISTICS                              
Self Certified Medically Certified Unauthorised  Total Total
Month     Absence                          
No of
Days
Work days
available     No of
Days
% No of
Days
% No of
Days
% No of
Days
Work
Days
Avail
% Month %
April 2021 5 0.3% 49 3.4% Nil 0.0% 54 1441 3.7% April 2020 66 1355 4.9%
May 2021 7 0.5% 82 6.2% Nil 0.0% 89 1317 6.8% May 2020 64 1309 4.9%
June 2021 8 0.6% 80 5.8% Nil 0.0% 88 1368 6.4% June 2020 69 1375 5.0%
July 2021 17 1.3% 55 4.1% Nil 0.0% 72 1358 5.3% July 2020 69 1439 4.8%
August 2021 14 1.0% 60 4.4% Nil 0.0% 74 1356 5.5% August 2020 48 1317 3.6%
September 2021 6 0.4% 49 3,5% Nil 0.0% 55 1383 4.0% September 2020 27 1378 2.0%
October 2021 17 1,2% 48 3.5% Nil 0.0% 65 1367 4.8% October 2020 47 1374 3.4%
November 2021 29 2.1% 66 4.7% Nil 0.0% 95 1404 6.8% November 2020 87 1316 6.6%
December 2021 13 0.9% 83 5.7% Nil 0.0% 96 1459 6.6% December 2020 85 1442 5.9%
January 2022 0 0.0% 52 3.9% Nil 0.0% 52 1344 3.9% January 2021 28 1315 2.1%
February 2022 22 1.7% 44 3.5% Nil 0.0% 66 1262 5.2% February 2021 36 1252 2.9%
March 2022 18 1.3% 84 6.0% Nil 0.0% 102 1402 7.3% March 2021 50 1504 3.3%
Averages for 12
months    13 0.9% 63 4.6% Nil 0.0% 76 1372 5.5%        54 1356 4.0%
151

Page 152

152

Page 153

Decision Making Arrangements
and Procedures
Supporting Documentation Pack
To be submitted for approval to the
meeting of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
to be held on Monday 27 June 2022
Section 1 Standing Orders on Procedures
Section 2 Standing Orders on Contracts
Section 3 Scheme of Delegation
Section 4 Financial Regulations
Section 5 Terms of Reference for Panels

Page 154

No embedded text on this page.

Page 155

Standing Orders on Procedures
Submitted to the meeting of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board on
Monday 27 June 2022
Note: If you need this information in another language or format, please contact us to
discuss how we can best meet your needs.  
Phone 0303 123 1015 or email equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
3

Page 156

Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Standing Orders on Procedures
Contents
Page Number
Interpretation 3
Definitions 3
The Board
1 The first meeting after the election 4
2 Ordinary meetings 4
3 Special meetings 4
4 Notice of meeting 4
5 Convener 5
6 Members 5
7 If there are not enough members present - Quorum  5
8 Letting in the public and press 5
9 Order of business 5
10 The powers and duties the Convener has 6
11 Adjourning meetings  6
12 Order of debate 6
13 Length of speeches  6
14 General conduct 6
15 Changing a decision  7
16 Questions 7
17 Giving notice beforehand on a matter which members want us to consider  7
18 Motions - procedures  7
19 How motions must be presented 8
4

Page 157

20 Entitlement to vote 8
21 Method of voting 8
22 Members who have an interest in any matters – declaration of interests 8
23 Voting arrangements for vacancies  9
24 Holder of the Common Seal  9
25 Receiving views from representatives 9
26 Changes to Standing Orders  10
27 Sub-Committees, Panels and Working Groups 10
28 Ending office  10
29 The powers and duties of the Sub-Committees, Panels and Working Groups 10
30 Passing on responsibilities to members and officers  10
31 Sub-committee proceedings  10
32 Councillors attending meetings 10
33 Calling meetings 11
34 Standing orders which apply to sub-committees 11
35 Finance – Planning and Budgeting  11
36 Spending, supplementary estimates and transferring funds  12
5

Page 158

Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Standing Orders on Procedures
Interpretation
The Interpretation Act 1978 will apply to these Standing Orders.
Definitions
The following words and expressions have the meanings shown next to them.
The Board - the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board incorporated under The
Valuation Joint Boards (Scotland) Order 1995.  The main office is at
the offices of South Lanarkshire Council, Almada Street, Hamilton
Sub-Committee - a duly appointed committee of the Board exercising specific functions
on behalf of the Board.
Constituent authorities - the local authorities represented on the membership of the Board as
follows:-
North Lanarkshire Council - 8 members/8 substitutes
South Lanarkshire Council - 8 members/8 substitutes
Lead Authority - South Lanarkshire Council acting administratively on behalf of the
constituent authorities
Convener - the member elected from among the representatives of the
constituent authorities to preside at Board meetings as chair.
Depute Convener - the member elected from among the representatives of the
constituent authorities to preside at Board meeting as chair in the
absence of the Convener.
Clerk - the chief administrative officer of the Board, being the Chief
Executive of South Lanarkshire Council or any other authorised
official representing him or her or acting on his or her behalf.
Treasurer - the chief financial officer of the Board, being the Executive Director
(Finance and Corporate Resources) of South Lanarkshire Council or
any other authorised official representing him or her or acting on his
or her behalf.
Minutes - a summary of business at Board meetings
6

Page 159

1 The first meeting after the election
In an election year for the constituent authorities, the lead authority will call the first meeting
of the Board for the earliest date within normal meetings cycle (see 2 below).  At this
meeting, the Board will
(a) elect a Convener of the Board from among members appointed by the constituent
authorities;
(b) elect a Depute Convener of the Board.  The Depute Convener must not be a member
of the same authority as the Convener.
(c) appoint a chairperson and members for any sub-committee of the Board; and
(d) deal with any business.
2 Ordinary meetings
Unless the Convener or Depute Convener decides otherwise, ordinary meetings of the
Board will be held every first Monday of every third month commencing in March of each
calendar year.  Recess periods within the constituent authorities and public holidays will be
taken into account.
3 Special meetings
A special Board meeting can be called at any time:-
(a) by the Convener, or
(b) if at least ¼ of the members demand a meeting on a specific urgent matter.
A meeting will be held within 14 clear days from when the Clerk receives a written request
from at least ¼ of the members
4 Notice of meetings
(a) At least 3 clear days before a Board meeting the following must happen.
 The Clerk must publish the time and place of the meeting at South Lanarkshire
Council’s offices.  In the event that the meeting is being held on a virtual/hybrid
basis, details on how to access the meeting will be included on the Lead
Authority’s website.  If the meeting is held at short notice, these will be published
straight away.  If the meeting is called by Board members, the notice must be
signed by those members and must set out the business they want to deal with.
 Every Board member and substitute member (for information only) must be sent
an electronic summons.  The summons must set out the business that will be
dealt with.
(b) Any summons must give a note of the business and the proposed order for dealing
with business at the meeting.  The Board cannot deal with other business unless
someone brings it before the Board as a matter of urgency under the following
paragraph.  If a meeting is called by Board members, the Board can only deal with the
business listed in the members’ request.
7

Page 160

(c) If business has not been specified in the summons, it can only be dealt with at the
meeting if the Convener of the meeting rules that there are special reasons why it is
urgent.  The Board must know about the item at the start of the meeting when we
decide on the order of business
(d) If any Board member or substitute member does not receive a summons, the meeting
will still be valid.
(e) Members of the public and press can get electronic copies of the agenda for the Board
meeting at least 3 clear days before the meeting.  Subject to any Government
guidelines/restrictions or safe systems of work, hard copies will be available to view at
the offices in Almada Street, Hamilton.  This will not be the case if the meeting is called
at short notice.  If this is the case, the public and press can get copies when the
meeting is called.  If an item of business is added to the agenda, the public and press
can get copies at that time.  Copies of the notice will be formally issued to the Chief
Executive of North Lanarkshire Council at the time of issue to members.
5 Convener
(a) The Convener will chair the Board meeting if he or she is present.
(b) If the Convener is not at the meeting, the Depute Convener will chair it.  If the
Convener and Depute Convener are not at the meeting, another member of the Board,
chosen by the members will chair the meeting.
6 Members
Those members of the constituent authorities nominated by each authority to serve on the
Board shall be entitled to attend meetings.  Should any member be unable to attend on the
relevant day, he or she may arrange for a substitute member also nominated by each
constituent authority to attend in his or her place.  Only nominated substitutes may attend. 
Each constituent authority shall determine the length of time during which their members
shall continue to serve on the Board.
7 If there are not enough members present - Quorum
If, 10 minutes after the time appointed for a meeting or at any stage during the meeting, the
Convener finds that there are fewer than ¼ of the members present (ie 4), the meeting will
be adjourned until the time or day that the Convener decides.
8 Letting in the public and press
(a) Every Board meeting will be open to the public and press unless it says otherwise
anywhere in these Standing Orders.
(b) Anybody may be kept out of the meeting to prevent or stop disorderly behaviour.  Any
member of the public may be kept out of a meeting or be forced to leave if they are
preventing the Board from carrying out its work.  If a member of the public interrupts
any meeting, the Convener may warn that person.  If they continue to interrupt, the
Convener may order the person out of the meeting.  If there is a disturbance in any
part of the meeting room that is open to the public, the Convener may order that part of
the room to be cleared.
8

Page 161

(c) The public and press will be kept out of a Board meeting if an item of business is
confidential.  We do not have to give out confidential information under the Local
Government (Access to Information) Act 1985.
(d) The Board may decide to keep the public and press out of a meeting if an item of
business is defined as ‘exempt’ in the Local Government (Access to Information) Act
1985.
(e) No unauthorised sound, film, videotape, digital or photographic recording of the
proceedings of any meeting shall be made.
9 Order of business
The business of ordinary Board meetings will take place in an order to be determined by the
Clerk, in consultation with the Convener
10 The powers and duties the Convener has
The Convener’s role is to ensure that the agenda business is properly dealt with and clear
decisions are reached.  There is a responsibility to ensure that the views and opinions of all
participants at the meeting are allowed to be expressed and that they contribute to the
outcomes of the meeting.  Members present at the meeting share the responsibility for the
proper and expeditious discharge of business and the role of the Convener requires to be
supported and respected.
The Convener’s decision is final.  When he or she speaks, any member talking to the
meeting must stop.  The clerk, on the instructions of the Convener, will mute any attendee
who does not cease speaking.  The Convener must keep order and ensure the proper and
timely conduct of the meeting which can sometimes mean expediting the business and
reaching a decision on the fairness and sufficiency of debate.  He or she will make a final
decision on all matters that come up at meetings and the points at which conclusions should
be reached.  
If 2 or more members want to speak, the Convener will decide who will speak first.  If there
is disorder, the Convener may adjourn the meeting to another time.  In these circumstances,
simply leaving the chair will adjourn the meeting.  If the Convener raises both hands
simultaneously, this shall have the same effect.  All members shall cease speaking.  The
clerk, on the instructions of the Convener will mute any attendee who does not cease
speaking.
The Convener may make a statement at the start of the meeting on any Board matter.
11 Adjourning meetings
(a) The meeting can be adjourned for a reasonable time.  This will be done if:-
 the Convener says so
 a member proposes it, another seconds it and the members vote in favour of it.
There will be no amendments or discussion, and
(b) Nobody can make a second motion to adjourn the meeting within half an hour except
the Convener.  If he or she does this, it will be dealt with immediately.
9

Page 162

12 Order of debate
A member who wants to speak will get the Convener’s attention and will talk to him or her. 
The member will speak directly about the motion or amendment that is being proposed,
seconded or discussed.  No member can speak more than once on any subject that is being
discussed, except for a point of order with the Convener’s permission.  However, the person
who proposes a motion can reply.  A member who is speaking when a question of order is
raised will stop speaking until the Convener has dealt with the question of order.
13 Length of speeches
If a member proposes or seconds a motion or amendment, he or she cannot speak for
longer than 5 minutes.  All other speakers cannot speak for more than 3 minutes.
The member who proposes the original motion can speak for up to 5 minutes when he or
she replies to any comments.  But he or she cannot add anything new into the debate.  After
that, the discussion will finish and the Convener will put the question to the vote.
14 General conduct
(a) Members are accountable for their own individual conduct in meetings at all times in terms
of the Councillors’ Code of Conduct and associated regulations and guidance as issued by
the Standards Commission for Scotland
(b) The Convener may rule on the acceptability of language used during the course of the
meeting and take appropriate action as necessary, including withdrawal of a remark,
requiring an apology, or other action required to allow the meeting to properly proceed.  In
the event of persistent misconduct of a member by disregarding the ruling of the Convener,
or behaving improperly or offensively or using unbecoming language, or wilfully obstructing
the business of the meeting, the Convener may take any of the following courses either
separately or in sequence: (1) direct the member to refrain from speaking during the
remainder of the debate on the matter under discussion; (2) adjourn the meeting for such
period as seems expedient to the Convener; and (3) in the event of general disturbance
which in the opinion of the Convener renders the due and orderly despatch of business
impossible, the Convener may, in addition to any other power vested in him/her, without the
question being put, suspend the meeting for such period of time that he/she considers
expedient.
(c) if any member at the meeting behaves offensively or is uncooperative, a motion may be
proposed and seconded to suspend the member for the rest of the meeting.  If the motion is
carried, the member must immediately leave the meeting.  There will be no discussion of the
motion and no changes to it.
15 Changing a decision
A decision made by the Board cannot be changed within 6 months unless the Convener
rules that there has been a material change of circumstances.
16 Questions
(a) At any Board meeting, a member can ask the Convener a question about any relevant
business not already on the agenda for the meeting.  The member must have given
the question to the Clerk 15 clear days before the meeting.
10

Page 163

(b) A member can ask the Convener a question about any matter which is on the agenda
for that meeting without giving any notice.
(c) If the Convener rules that the question is out of order, the question will not be
answered.
(d) There will be no discussion about any questions or answers brought in this way.
17 Giving notice beforehand on a matter which members want the Board to consider
If a member wants the Board to consider a matter, he or she must put it in writing.  They
must then sign it and get another member to sign it as well.  If the Clerk does not receive
this at least 15 clear days before the meeting, the matter will not be on the agenda for the
meeting and will not be dealt with at the meeting.  The members who put the motion forward
must move it at the meeting or someone must do it for them.  If nobody puts the motion
forward, it will be considered withdrawn.
18 Motions: procedures
(a) All motions and amendments must be proposed by someone and seconded by
someone else.  If the Convener thinks it is appropriate, the motion must be put in
writing and handed to him or her before any vote is taken.  If the motion is to approve
or disapprove a motion, it does not have to be put in writing.  Amendments or motions
that propose that a report be considered again and motions and amendments that are
fully set out in the Board minutes also do not need to be in writing.
(b) Every amendment must be relevant.
(c) The person who proposed a motion or amendment can withdraw it if he or she gets
permission from the person who seconded it.
(d) A motion to approve a report or minutes before the Board will be considered as an
original motion.  Any motion that involves changing or rejecting a report or minutes will
be treated as an amendment.
(e) The chair of a sub-committee will have the right to move the approval of a report or the
minutes of the sub-committee.
(f) Motions or amendments that are not seconded will not be discussed or put into the
minutes.  But the person who proposed it can have his or her disapproval recorded in
the following way “Councillor X, as the mover of a motion or an amendment which
failed to find a seconder, asked that his or her dissent be recorded”.
19 How motions must be presented
If a motion and two or more amendments have to be dealt with, the last amendment to be
put forward will be put against the amendment immediately before it.  The amendment
which is successful will be put against the next amendment and so on until only one
amendment is left.  This amendment will be used against the original motion and a vote then
taken.
11

Page 164

20 Entitlement to vote
All serving members of the Board will have the right to vote on motions and amendments
put before the Board.  This right will also apply to all nominated substitute members.  No
other person attending the meeting will have a right to vote. 
21 Method of voting 
(a) The Board may vote on any matter by:- 
 using the electronic voting system
 calling the roll of members
 a show of hands, or 
 a ballot. 
The Convener will decide which method is appropriate. 
Any member can object and ask for a vote to be taken by calling the roll.  If at least 1/3
of the members present agree, then the vote will be taken by roll call. 
(b) Unless the law or these Standing Orders say otherwise, all questions will be decided
by a majority of the members present and voting. 
(c) If there is an equal number of votes, the Convener will have the deciding vote. 
22 Members who have an interest in any matters – declaration of interests 
(a) In line with the requirements of The Councillors’ Code of Conduct, any members with a
financial or non-financial interest in any matter which is to be considered must declare
the interest as soon as practicable at the meeting where that interest arises and, subject
to the exception highlighted below, leave the meeting while the item of business is being
considered.  The fact that the member has declared an interest and left the meeting will
be recorded in the minutes of the meeting. 
(b) The exception to the above relates to general dispensations issued by the Standards
Commission for Scotland in respect of members who are:- 
 council house tenants
 members of certain outside bodies 
It is considered that the public interest would be served if members were allowed to
participate in discussion and voting on these matters in line with the criteria detailed in
the Dispensations Note to Local Authorities in Respect of Financial and Non-Financial
Interests. 
(c) The oral statement of declaration of interest should identify the item or items of business
to which it relates.  The statement should begin with the words “I declare an interest” and
be sufficiently informative to allow those present at the meeting to understand the nature
of the interest. 
23 Voting arrangements for vacancies
If there is a vacancy and there are only 2 candidates, a vote will be taken.  The 1 with most
votes will be appointed.
12

Page 165

If there are more than 2 candidates, a vote will be taken.  Each member can only vote for 1
candidate.  If 1 candidate receives more votes than the others put together, that candidate
will be appointed.  If no candidate receives a majority, the candidate with the fewest votes
will drop out.  In the next vote, the same procedure will apply again until 1 of the candidates
has more votes than the others put together.  If, on the vote between the final candidates or
between 2 or more candidates at the bottom of the list, there is an equal number of votes,
the Convener will have a deciding vote. 
24 Holder of the Common Seal
The Common Seal of the Board will be kept by the Head of Administration and Legal
Services, Finance and Corporate Resources, South Lanarkshire Council, who will be
responsible for it. 
25 Receiving views from representatives 
(a) The Board and its sub-committee(s) will hear the views of representatives from
organisations or groups with whom the Board deals. 
(b) Anyone who wants to present their view must apply in writing and it must be signed by
a representative of the organisation or group.  This application must include details of
the matter to be discussed.  The representatives must deliver the application to the
Clerk at least 15 clear days before the date of the meeting.  Notice about the
application will be put on the agenda for the meeting.  It will then be up to the meeting
to decide whether to hear the representatives. 
(c) Unless the Board agrees otherwise, there cannot be more than 3 representatives from
any organisation or group. 
(d) When representatives from an organisation or group are heard, members can ask
them questions.  Members must not give an opinion or discuss the business until the
representatives have finished talking about their case.  The representatives only have
to leave the meeting if the matter is confidential or exempt in terms of the Local
Government (Access to Information) Act 1985. 
26 Changes to Standing Orders 
These Standing Orders can only be suspended, changed or abolished at a Board meeting if
2/3 of the members at the meeting agree. 
27 Sub-Committees, Panels and Working Groups 
The Board can appoint sub-committee(s), Panel(s) and Working Group(s) and set out their
powers and duties. The members will hold office until the next time councillors are elected. 
28 Ending office 
Anyone who stops being a member of the constituent authorities will also stop being a
member of the Board. 
29 The powers and duties of the Sub-Committees, Panels and Working Groups 
(a) Depending on the law and these Standing Orders, the powers and duties of a sub-
committee, panel or working group will be set out by decisions of the full Board.
13

Page 166

(b) The Board may deal with any matter included in the terms of reference of a sub-
committee, panel or working group if the Board thinks it appropriate.   
(c) The Board may change any terms of reference of a sub-committee, panel or working  
group. 
30 Passing on responsibilities to members and officers 
(a) Depending on the law and these Standing Orders, the Board will pass responsibilities
as it determines to a sub-committee, Panel or working group as appropriate. 
(b) Officers are authorised to take decisions on matters under the powers set out in the
Scheme of Delegation. 
(c) If there is an emergency, the Clerk can talk to the Convener or Depute Convener to
decide on the matter and report on the action taken to the next Board meeting for
information. 
31 Sub Committee proceedings 
The Board will consider decisions made by the sub-committee on matters referred to it but
not actually delegated for the sub-committee’s own decision. 
The sub-committee can, without reference to the Board, decide:- 
(a) on any urgent matter, or 
(b) routine matter that does not involve a policy change. 
32 Councillors attending meetings 
(a) Unless Standing Order No 6 of these standing orders applies, any member of the
constituent authorities may go to a Board meeting even if he or she is not a member. 
The member cannot take part in the proceedings and cannot vote on any issue. 
However, the Convener may decide the member can speak on any issue of local
interest. 
(b) If a Council member is not a member of the Board he or she cannot go to a meeting
if either of the following apply and it is also decided that the item is exempt of
confidential:-   
 the meeting is about a matter which may affect the interests of one particular
person; or 
 the decision is made after a hearing and the person or their representative has
a right to put their case 
(c) If the Board, sub-committee, Panel or working group has a hearing:- 
14

Page 167

 on a matter where the decision may affect the interest or rights of any person
as an individual, and 
 where the person has a right to be heard in person or through a representative 
members of the Board, sub-committee, Panel or working group can only take part or
vote on the matter if they have been at the whole of the hearing 
33 Calling meetings 
As far as ordinary Board meetings are concerned, they will be held at fixed times.  Sub-
committee’ Panel and working group meetings will be called whenever a matter requires to
be dealt with.  The Clerk will fix the date, time and location after consultation with the
Convener and Depute Convener. 
However, the chairperson can change the date and time of meetings if he or she wants.  But
the chairperson must give a reason why he or she changed the date and time of that
meeting. 
34 Standing orders which apply to sub-committees 
The terms of Standing Order numbers 3-15, 18-23 and 25-26 apply to a sub-committee in
the same way as they apply to the Board. 
35 Finance – Planning and Budgeting
(a) In each financial year, the Board will consider:- 
 any guidelines that are suitable to follow in preparing Budgets for revenue
spending and for developing services; and 
 any detailed arrangements that are suitable for preparing the budget. 
(b) The Board will set its budget once the levels of General Revenue Grant are known
from within the Council settlement. 
(c) The Board will continue, throughout the financial year, to operate within the set budget
and monitoring and budget control reports will be put before each Board meeting. 
(d) The appropriate officers of the lead authority can act on behalf of the Board in
supervising and approving expenditure of the fixed annual budget. 
36 Spending, supplementary estimates and transferring funds 
(a) The Board cannot let its spending go over its financial allowance. 
(b) No Board member or official can run up any expense unless the Board has approved it
under Standing Order No 35. 
(c) No expense will be undertaken unless the Board has approved it under Standing
Order No 35 and, if necessary, a tender or quotation has been received and approved
either by the Board, the relevant sub-committee or under the Scheme of Delegation
and if government permission is required.
15

Page 168

(d) The Board may transfer money within its revenue budget to current or new projects. 
(e) If the Board is obliged to spend revenue that is not included in the budget approved
under Standing Order No 35 or to reduce income provided from the budget and will not
meet the additional expenditure by transfer of funds, a supplementary estimate must
be prepared.
16

Page 169

Section 1
Standing Orders on Contracts 
Submitted to the meeting of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board on
Monday 27 June 2022 
Note: If you need this information in another language or format, please contact us to
discuss how we can best meet your needs.   
Phone 0303 123 1015 or email equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
17

Page 170

LANARKSHIRE VALUATION JOINT BOARD 
CONTENTS 
STANDING ORDERS ON CONTRACTS 
Standing Order Description 
1 Definitions 
2 General 
2.1  Extent 
2.2  Internal arrangements 
2.3  Form of contract and Scots Law 
2.4(a)   Calculation of Contract Values 
2.4(b)   Prohibition on Division of Contract Values 
2.4(c)  Calculation of Contract Value – Match Funding 
2.4(d)  Calculation of Contract Value – Funding in Kind 
2.4(e)  Mixed Procurement 
2.4(f)  Franchises/Concessions 
2.5  Signing 
2.6  Best Value 
2.7  Guidance 
2.8  Practice Notes 
2.9  Prohibition on Anti-competitive Contract Terms 
2.10  Compliance with General Principles 
2.11  Conflict of Interest 
3  Exempt and Partially Exempt Contracts 
3.1  Estimated Value Below £5,000 
3.2  Estimated Value Between £5,000 and £50,000 for supplies and provision of
services and between £5,000 and £2million for execution of works 
3.3  Conditions of Funding 
3.4  Employment 
3.5  Land 
3.6  Special Circumstances 
3.7  Contracts between Public Sector Entities – ‘Teckal’ and ‘Hamburg’
exemptions 
4  Pre-Tender Requirements 
4.1  Approval of Estimates of Contract Values 
4.2  Contract Reference Number 
4.3  Sourcing Strategy 
4.4  Board Authority 
4.5  Selection and Award Criteria 
4.6  Reserved Contracts 
4.7  Preliminary Market Testing/Advice 
4.8  Time Limits 
4.9  Variant Bids 
4.10  Division of Contracts into Lots 
4.11  Use of PINs 
4.12  Examining Tenders Before Checking Compliance with the Selection Criteria 
4.13  Sustainable Procurement Duty 
4.14  Community Benefit Requirement 
4.15  Compliance with the Procurement Strategy 
4.16  Procurement of Recycled and Recyclable Products
18

Page 171

5  Competition Requirement 
5.1  Contracts over £50,000 for goods and services and £2million for works
subject to competition 
5.2  Exceptions to the competition requirement 
5.3  Publication of Notices   
6  Restricted Tendering 
6.1  Period for seeking expressions of interest 
6.2  Obtaining Assurances 
6.3  Invitation to Tender 
7  Open Tendering 
7.1  Time limit 
7.2  Obtaining Assurances 
8  Negotiated Tendering Procedure 
8.1  Use of the Negotiated Tendering Procedure 
8.2  Conditions for using Negotiated Procedure 
8.3  Circumstances where Negotiated Procedure is Permitted (Below Higher Value
Thresholds) 
8.4  Reporting to Board 
8.5  Keeping Records   
9  Competitive Dialogue Procedure 
9.1  Board Approval 
9.2  Use of Competitive Dialogue 
9.3  Prizes/Payments 
9A  Innovation Partnership 
9A.1  Board Approval 
9A.2  Use of Innovation Partnership 
10  Competitive Procedure with Negotiation 
10.1  Approval 
10.2  Use of Competitive Procedure with Negotiation 
11  Framework Agreements - internal 
11.1  Framework Agreements - General 
11.2  Framework Agreements - Conditions 
11.3  Framework Agreements - Procedures for Calling Off 
11.4  Framework Agreements – Access by other Contracting Authorities 
11A  DPS - internal 
11A.1  DPS - General 
11A.2  DPS - Conditions 
11A.3  DPS - Calling Off 
11A.4  DPS – Access by other Contracting Authorities 
12  Framework Agreements - external 
12.1  Framework Agreements - General 
12.2  Framework Agreements - Conditions 
12.3  Framework Agreements - Procedures for Calling Off 
12A  DPS - external 
12A.1  DPS - General 
12A.2  DPS - Conditions 
12A.3  DPS - Procedures for Calling Off
19

Page 172

13  Collaborations 
13.1  Application 
13.2  Non Partnership Clause 
13.3(a)  Tendering 
13.3(b)  Trading Operations 
13.3(c)  European Procurement Regulations 
13.4  Joint Responsibility 
14  European Procurement Regulations 
14.1  Application 
14.1.1  Application post Brexit 
14.1.2  Application – Transitional Procurements and EU funded programmes 
14.2  Tendering Processes 
14.3  Light Touch Regime 
15  Assurances – Tendering 
15.1  As part of Assessment Process 
15.2  Supporting Evidence and Signing 
15.3  Selection Criteria – Obtaining Assurances 
16  Compliance with Data Protection Laws 
16.1   To be in compliance with the Data Protection Laws 
17  Confidentiality and Requests for Information 
17.1  Giving out of Information not to be unreasonably excluded 
17.2  Procurement/Contracting Toolkits 
18  E-Procurement 
18.1  Use of e-procurement 
18.2  Verification and Authentication 
18.3  Receipt and Custody 
18.4  Late Submissions 
18.5  Opening of Procurement Documents 
18.6  Electronic Auctions 
18.7  Electronic Catalogues 
19  Selection of Tenderers 
19.1  Application 
19.2  Mandatory Exclusion 
19.3  Discretionary Exclusion 
19.4  Limits on Exclusion 
19.5  Self Cleansing 
19.6  SPD 
20  Checking of Pre-Qualification documents/Tenders and Reporting 
20.1  Assessor to check Pre-Qualification Responses/Tenders 
20.2  Evaluation 
20.3  Clarification of Pre-Qualification Responses/Tenders 
20.4  No Fundamental Changes to Tender Conditions Permitted 
20.5  Report on Pre-Qualfication Responses/Tenders 
20.6  Exclusion of Tenderers before Submission of Tenders 
21  Acceptance of Tenders 
21.1  £200,000 and Below – Assessor 
21.2  Over £200,000 – Assessor in consultation with Members 
21.3  Not accepting the Lowest Tender (in a price only tender for works where
value is less than £2million) or where Costs exceed the financial provision
20

Page 173

21.3A  Abnormally Low Tenders 
21.4  No Tender Being Accepted 
21.5  Issue of Letters 
21.6  General Conditions 
21.7  Compliance with the Standstill Period 
21.8  Notification of Award to Joint Board 
21.9  Debrief 
21.10  Giving of Reasons – Regulated Procurement 
21.11  Provision of Further Information – Regulated Procurement 
21.12  Contract Award Notices 
22  Extensions to Contracts 
22.1  Extension of Contracts subject to European Procurement Regulations 
22.2  Authorisation of a Contractual Extension 
22.3(a)  Non-Contractual Extensions 
22.3(b)  Conditions to be Applied to a Non-Contractual Extension 
22.4  Authorisation of a Non-Contractual Extension 
22.5  Notification to Joint Board 
22.6  Keeping Records 
23  Nomination of Sub-Contractors 
23.1  Tendering for Sub-Contactors 
24  Responsible Third Parties 
24.1  Obligations of third parties 
24.2  To be a Contract Condition 
25  Contract Performance Security 
25.1  General right to require security 
26  Contract Term – Sub-Contractors 
26.1  Obligation on Sub-Contractors   
27  Contract Terms – Insurance 
27.1  Contractor must have Insurance to specified levels 
27.2  Proof of Insurance – Contract Term 
27.3  Dealing with Claims - Contract Term 
28  Contract Terms – Illegal Practices 
28.1  Cancellation of Contract 
28.2  Remedies 
29  Contract Terms – Assignation/Sub-Contracting 
29.1  No Assignation/Sub-Contracting Permitted 
29.2  Approval 
30  Contract Terms – Equalities Legislation 
30.1  To be in compliance with Equalities Legislation 
30.2  Undertaking in relation to Equalities 
31  Contract Terms – Human Rights Act 1998 
31.1  To be in compliance with Human Rights Act 1998 
32 Contract Terms – Compliance with Environmental, Social and
Employment Law 
32.1 Conditions for Performing Contract 
21

Page 174

33 Contract Terms – Termination of Contracts 
33.1 Express Term of Contract 
33.2 Implied Term of Contract 
33.3 Approval 
34 Contract Modifications 
34.1 Application 
34.2 Approval 
35 Retention of Contract Documents 
35.1 Retention of contracts awarded 
35.2 Retention of documents relevant to awarded contracts 
36 Procurement Strategy 
36.1 Preparation of the Procurement Strategy 
36.2 Publication of the Procurement Strategy 
37 Annual Procurement Report 
37.1 Preparation of the Annual Procurement Report 
37.2 Publication of the Annual Procurement Report
22

Page 175

STANDING ORDERS ON CONTRACTS 
1 Definitions 
The following words and expressions used in these Standing Orders shall have the
meanings hereby assigned to them:- 
‘Assessor’ 
‘Call-Off Contract’ 
means the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer
appointed under Section 27 of the Local Government etc
(Scotland) Act 1994 for the time being and shall be taken to
include any corresponding office known by any other
description or any substitute(s) authorised in terms of the
Joint Board’s Scheme of Delegation except in cases where
it is stated that substitutes cannot act 
means the terms and conditions under which specific
purchases can be made under a Framework Agreement
and/or a DPS and/or an arrangement established in terms of
the light touch regime 
‘Competitive Dialogue’ means such a tendering procedure as defined in the
European Procurement Regulations 
‘Community Benefit
Requirement’
means that contractual requirement as defined in the
Reform Act and any guidance published by the Scottish
Government under the Reform Act 
‘Concession’ means a works or services concession as defined in the
Concession Contracts (Scotland) Regulations 2016 or such
other Regulations amending, substituting or replacing those
Regulations 
‘Contracting Authorities’ means the authorities or bodies as defined in the European
Procurement Regulations and includes the Joint Board 
‘Data Protection Laws’ means the General Data Protection Regulation (or any law
incorporating the same into UK domestic law with or without
amendments and any subsequent legislation amending it)
and the Data Protection Act 2018 (or any legislation
replacing or amending it) 
‘DPS’  means a dynamic purchasing system as defined in the
European Procurement Regulations 
‘E-procurement’ means the carrying out of the procurement of a contract for
the supply of goods, carrying out of works or provision of
services by electronic means 
‘Electronic Auction’ means a repetitive process, involving an electronic device
for the presentation of new prices, revised downwards
and/or new values concerning certain elements of tenders,
which occurs after an initial full evaluation of the tenders,
enabling them to be ranked using the stated evaluation
methods 
23

Page 176

‘Equal Opportunities’ means the prevention, elimination, or regulation of
discrimination between persons on grounds of sex or marital
status, on racial grounds or on grounds of disability, age,
sexual orientation, language or social origin, or other
personal attributes including religion (or lack thereof), beliefs
or opinions, such as religious beliefs or political opinions or
lack of such religious or philosophical beliefs as detailed in
the Equalities Legislation 
‘Equalities Legislation’ means the Equality Act 2010 and all other relevant statutory
obligations in relation to equalities which apply in the UK 
‘European Procurement
Regulations’
means the Public Contracts (Scotland) Regulations 2015  or
such other Regulations amending, substituting or replacing
those Regulations 
‘Framework Agreement’ means an agreement which sets out terms and conditions
under which specific purchases (Call-Off Contracts) can be
made throughout the term of the agreement 
‘General Principles’ means the overarching principles of transparency,
openness, non-discrimination and equal treatment 
‘Higher Value Regulated
Procurement’ 
means a procurement exercise subject to the European
Procurement Regulations 
‘Higher Value Threshold’  means the financial thresholds for Higher Value Regulated
Procurements which must be reviewed by the Scottish
Ministers every 2 years and will apply from 1 January in the
relevant year 
‘Innovation Partnership’  means that procurement process as specified in the
European Procurement Regulations 
‘Life-Cycle Costing’  means such costs as are specified in the European
Procurement Regulations 
‘Joint Board’ means Lanarkshire Joint Valuation Board constituted by the
Valuation Joint Boards (Scotland) Order 1995 and having its
principal offices at David Dale House, 45 John Street,
Blantyre, G72 0AA 
‘Lead Authority’ means South Lanarkshire Council established in terms of
the Local Government etc (Scotland) Act 1994 and having
its main offices at Council Offices, Almada Street, Hamilton,
ML3 0AA 
‘Legal Advisor’ means the Head of Administration and Legal Services
(Finance and Corporate Resources) of the Lead Authority
for the time being and shall be taken to include any
corresponding office known by any other description or any
person to whom authority is delegated in terms of the Lead
Authority’s Scheme of Delegation except in cases where it is
stated that substitutes cannot act
‘PCS System’ means the Public Contracts Scotland system
24

Page 177

‘PIN’ means a prior information notice 
‘Practice Notes’ means all practice notes, toolkits, briefing notes and/or
documents issued pursuant to Standing Order 2.8 
‘Procurement Process’  means a procurement process approved by the Lead
Authority’s Procurement Network in relation to the conduct
of a procurement exercise 
‘Procurement Strategy’  means the strategy which the Joint Board must prepare in
accordance with Standing Order 36 
‘Reform Act’ means the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014 and
any new legislation amending, substituting or replacing that
Act 
‘Reform Act Regulations
2016’
means The Procurement (Scotland) Regulations 2016 or
such other Regulations amending, substituting or replacing
those Regulations 
‘Regulated Procurement’ has the meaning defined in the Reform Act and excludes a
Higher Value Regulated Procurement unless stated
otherwise 
‘Scottish Public Authority’ means any body which is listed in Schedule 1 to or is
designated by order under Section 5(1) of the Freedom of
Information (Scotland) Act 2002 or is a publicly owned
company as defined in Section 6 of that Act 
“SME” means a business or company as defined by the European
Commission 
‘Social and other Specific
Services’ 
means those services specified in Schedule 3 to the
European Procurement Regulations 
“SPD”  means the Single Procurement Document (Scotland) as
specified in the European Procurement Regulations 
‘Supported Business’ means such businesses as defined in the European
Procurement Regulations 
‘Supported Employment
Programme’
means such programmes as defined in the European
Procurement Regulations 
‘Sustainable Procurement
Duty’ 
means such duty as specified in the Reform Act and any
guidance published by the Scottish Government under the
Reform Act 
25

Page 178

‘Treasurer’ means the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources) of the Lead Authority for the time being and
shall be taken to include any corresponding office known by
any other description or any person to whom authority is
delegated in terms of the Lead Authority’s Scheme of
Delegation except in cases where it is stated that substitutes
cannot act who is the treasurer to the Joint Board 
2 General These Standing Orders shall apply to the entering into by the Joint
Board or on its behalf of contracts (as appropriate) including but not
limited to the award of contracts, the establishment of Framework
Agreements, a DPS or an arrangement established in terms of the
light touch regime or the award of any Call Off 
2.1 Extent These Standing Orders apply to all Joint Board contracts (as
appropriate) including but not limited to the award of contracts, the
establishment of Framework Agreements, a DPS or an arrangement
established in terms of the light touch regime and the award of Call Off
Contracts 
2.2 Internal
Arrangements
(a) Any action taken on the Joint Board’s behalf must also be in
terms of the Joint Board’s Scheme of Delegation, Financial
Regulations and the Standing Orders on Procedures 
(b) These Standing Orders are intended to comply with and be
subject to the Code of Corporate Governance made by the Joint
Board from time to time. If there is a discrepancy between the
terms of these Standing Orders and those of the Code, the
provisions of the Code in force at the time shall take precedence 
2.3 Form of contract and
Scots Law
(a) Unless otherwise authorised by the Assessor in consultation with
the Legal Advisor in special circumstances and subject to
Standing Order 2.3 (b) all contracts, the establishment of
Framework Agreements, the establishment of DPS or an
arrangement established in terms of the light touch regime and the
award of Call Off Contracts entered into in terms of and in
accordance with these Standing Orders shall be:- 
(i) in writing;
(ii) in the name of the Joint Board; and 
(iii) subject to the law of Scotland and the exclusive jurisdiction
of the Scottish Courts 
(b) Approval under Standing Order 2.3(a) shall not be required for
the award of:-
(i) contracts where the estimated value is less than £50,0000;
and
(ii) Call Off Contracts irrespective of value which will be subject  to
to the law of England and the exclusive jurisdiction of the
English Courts where they do not allow for a change in the
applicable law and legal jurisdiction. 
26

Page 179

2.4a Calculation of
Contract
Values
(i) Any value of a contract stated in these Standing Orders shall be
the estimated aggregated value of the contract for the full life of
the contract (including any potential contractual extension) and
not the estimated annual value of the contract.  Where a contract
is for the supply of works, goods or services for a continual basis
over a number of years then the estimated aggregated value of
that contract shall be calculated by multiplying the estimated
annual value by the number of years of the duration of the
contract. All prizes and/or payments to be made to tenderers
must be taken into account in calculating the estimated value. 
(ii) For the purposes of determining whether the European
Procurement Rules apply to the procurement exercise VAT (if
payable) must be included when calculating the estimated value. 
(iii) For the purposes of determining whether the Reform Act applies
to the procurement exercise the estimated value should be
calculated exclusive of VAT. 
2.4b Prohibition on
Division of Contract
Values
It is not permitted to deliberately divide any procurement exercise into
two or more contracts if the intention for doing so is to reduce the
estimated aggregated value of the contract in order to avoid the
application of any financial thresholds set out in these Standing
Orders, the application of the Higher Value Thresholds or the effect of
the European Procurement Regulations. 
2.4c Calculation of
Contract Value –
Match Funding
If the cost of a contract is only being met in part by the Joint Board the
total value of the contract including the funding from a third party shall
be, for the purposes of these Standing Orders, calculated by totalling
all the contributions to be made towards the cost. 
2.4d Calculation of
Contract Value -
Funding in Kind 
Where a contract includes the provision of services or other funding in
kind to the Contractor by either the Joint Board or a third party, the
value of the contract shall be calculated by including the value of the
services being provided or the funding in kind in addition to any
monetary consideration. 
2.4e Mixed Procurement The following rules will apply when determining how to treat a mixed
procurement of any contract for the supply of goods, provision of
services and the carrying out of works:- 
(i) Services/Supplies 
Determining factor is the main subject matter identified by
reference to the element which has the highest estimated value
i.e. if the value attributed to services exceeds that attributable to
supplies then it will be treated as a services contract.  
(ii) Services/Social and other Specific Services
Determining factor is the main subject matter identified by
reference to the element which has the highest estimated value
i.e. if the value attributed to services exceeds that attributable to
the Social and Specific Services then it will be treated as a
services contract.
(iii) Concession/ Works, Services and/or Supplies
If the estimated value of the works/services/supplies element
27

Page 180

exceeds the relevant Higher Value Thresholds it will be treated as
a public contract for works/services/supplies and not a
Concession contract
(iv) Works/ Services or Supplies 
Determining factor is the main subject of the contract in question
regardless of the relative values of the elements and then the
relevant Higher Value Threshold applies to determine the
applicable rules 
2.4f Franchises
/Concessions
Where a Contract relates to the provision of services to the public
under which the Joint Board gives to the Contractor the right to exploit
the provision of the services, the total value of that Contract shall be
taken as including the value of that right to exploit the provision and
monetary payments made by the Joint Board to the Contractor.  All
sums paid by the Contractor to the Joint Board shall be disregarded in
connection with the calculation of the value of the Contract. 
2.5 Signing All contracts entered into in terms of and in accordance with these
Standing Orders shall be signed by either the Assessor or an officer of
the Joint Board authorised to sign contracts on behalf of the Joint
Board. 
2.6 Best Value All contracts must secure Best Value and maintain an appropriate
balance among:-
 the quality of the performance of the Joint Board’s functions
 the cost to the Joint Board of that performance; and
 the cost to persons of any Joint Board service provided for them
on a wholly or partly rechargeable basis 
having regard to:-
a) efficiency
b) effectiveness
c) economy
d) the need to meet equal opportunity requirements; and 
e) the need to ensure sustainable development. 
2.7 Guidance When entering into a contract, due regard must be given to any
guidance issued by the Scottish Ministers in terms of the Local
Government in Scotland Act 2003 and/or Reform Act. 
2.8 Practice Notes Practice Notes on tendering procedures for any contract or type of
contract entered into by or on behalf of the Joint Board may be issued
by the Legal Advisor.  Any Practice Notes shall form part of these
Standing Orders. 
2.9 Prohibition on anti-
competitive contract
terms
In preparation of any contract terms and in the award of any
contract, there must be no terms, which are either:- 
(a) anti-competitive as defined in the Competition Act 1998
(where applicable); or 
(b) non-compliant with any other legal requirement. 
28

Page 181

2.10 Compliance with
General Principles
All contracts, regardless of value and/or applicable procurement rules,
must be awarded in compliance with the General Principles. 
2.11 Conflict of Interest In carrying out all procurement exercises employees must comply with
the measures introduced by the Joint Board to prevent, identify and
remedy conflicts of interest as specified in the relevant Procurement
Process. 
3 Exempt and Partially
Exempt Contracts 
3.1 Estimated Value
Below £5,000
These Standing Orders shall not apply to any contract for the supply of
goods, the provision of services and the carrying out of works where
the estimated aggregated value does not exceed £5,000 including
items of a recurring nature the total value of which is no more than
that amount, subject always when entering into such contracts:-
(a) to the need to demonstrate Best Value (as set out in Standing
Order 2.6);
(b) compliance with the Joint Board’s Code of Corporate Governance;
(c) ordered using the Joint Board’s official Purchase Order and the i-
procurement system (unless otherwise exempted by the Lead
Authority’s Certified Payment Policy);
(d) seeking at least 3 quotes (including one from SME having their
place of business within the local government area of North and/or
South Lanarkshire).  Place of business does not require it to be
their registered or principal office; and
(e) keeping records of the process. 
3.2 Estimated Value
Between £5,000 and
£50,000 for supplies
and provision of
services and £5,000
and £2million for
execution of works
(a) All contracts for the supply of goods or provision of services,
where the estimated aggregated value does not exceed £50,000,
and for carrying out of works where the estimated aggregated
value does not exceed £2million shall be exempted from these
Standing Orders with the exception of:-
(i) Standing Order 2 (General) 
(ii) Standing Order 4.2 (Contract Reference Number)
(iii) Standing Order 4.3 (Sourcing Strategy) (if, in the opinion
of the Assessor, the contract is of high risk and/or there are
special circumstances)
(iv) Standing Order 4.14 (Community Benefit Requirement) 
but only for works contracts where the estimated value
exceeds £50,000 and is being awarded on the basis of most
economically advantageous tender
(v) Standing Order 15 (Assurances – Tendering) (as
appropriate)
(vi) Standing Order 16 (Compliance with Data Protection
Laws) (as appropriate)
(vii) Standing Order 17 (Confidentiality and Requests for
Information)
(viii) Standing Order 18 (E-Procurement) 
(ix) Standing Order 19 (Selection of Tenderers) but only for
works contracts where the estimated value exceeds £50,000
(x) Standing Order 20 (Checking of Pre-Qualification
Documents/Tenders and Reporting) but only for works
contracts where the estimated value exceeds £50,000
(xi) Standing Order 21 (Acceptance of Tenders) but only for
29

Page 182

works contracts where estimated value exceeds £200,000
(xii) Standing Order 25 (Contract Performance Security); and
(xiii) All Standing Orders relating to contract conditions. 
(b) Immediately prior to entering into a contract referred to in
Standing Order 3.2(a) at least 5 competitive quotes/bids in writing
(including 4 quotes/bids from SMEs having their place of business
within the local government area of North and/or South
Lanarkshire if such SMEs are available and place of business
does not require to be their registered or principal office) must be
obtained by the Assessor using Quick Quote via Public Contracts
website (Route 1A - lowest price) or PCS System (Route 1B -
most economically advantageous) unless the Assessor is satisfied
that:-
(i) good reasons exist for not doing so.  Such good reasons may
include but are not limited to the circumstances justifying the
use of the negotiated tendering procedure as set out in
Standing Order 8 (Negotiated Tendering Procedure; and
(ii) the contract secures Best Value (as set out in Standing
Order 2.6).   
(c) The contract awarded must include a condition which allows for it
to be reviewed as a minimum annually to ensure Best Value (as
set out in Standing Order 2.6) 
(d) The Assessor shall ensure that the persons invited to submit
quotations are selected on a fair, transparent and non-
discriminatory basis, and in a manner that is at all times
compliant with the General Principles following a selection
process approved by the Legal Advisor. 
3.3 Conditions of
Funding
Where a public authority or similar body provides funding for a
particular project (including the provision of services by the Joint Board
to others) and that funding is subject to conditions which specify:- 
(i) particular contractors or a particular class of contractors with
whom/which the Joint Board are required to or restricted to
contract within the provision of the services or carrying out of the
works as part of the project, or 
(ii) specific goods or materials which must be used in the project or
specific services which must be delivered as part of the project
such contracts may be excluded from these Standing Orders with
the exception of:-
(i) Standing Order 2 (General);
(ii) Standing Order 4.2 (Contract Reference Number);
(iii) Standing Order 4.3 (Sourcing Strategy);
(iv) Standing Order 15 (Assurances - Tendering) (as
appropriate);
(v) Standing Order 16 (Compliance with the Data Protection
Laws) (if appropriate);
(vi) Standing Order 17 (Confidentiality and Requests for
Information);
(vii) All Standing Orders relating to contract conditions 
in so far as the said funding condition makes, in the view of the
30

Page 183

Assessor, the tendering processes set out in these Standing Orders
impracticable or impossible, subject always to the requirements of the
Reform Act, the Reform Act Regulations and/or the European
Procurement Regulations 
3.4 Employment These Standing Orders do not apply to any contract of employment. 
3.5 Land These Standing Orders do not apply to any contract for the acquisition,
disposal or rental of heritable property (including leases and licences)
or any right, servitude or other interest in or over heritable property. 
However, this does not exempt any acquisition or disposal from the
European Procurement Regulations or any other requirements set out
in law or from the Joint Board’s Scheme of Delegation, Financial
Regulations or Standing Orders on Procedures in relation to the
acquisition or disposal of land or buildings. 
3.6 Special
Circumstances
The Joint Board may exempt from the terms of these Standing Orders,
or any part of them as the case may be, any contract if, subject to any
requirements in terms of the European Procurement Regulations and
following consultation with the Legal Advisor they are satisfied that the
exemption is justified by special circumstances. 
3.7 Contracts between
public sector entities
– ‘Teckal’ and
‘Hamburg’
exemptions
(a) These Standing Orders do not apply to the procurement for the
award of contracts on the basis of the ‘Teckal’ exemption (where a
contract is awarded by a Contracting Authority to a controlled
legal person (as defined in the European Procurement Rules) or
the ‘Hamburg’ exemption (where a contract is awarded exclusively
between 2 or more Contracting Authorities) with the exception of:- 
(i) Standing Order 2.5 (Signing)
(ii) Standing Order 4.2 (Contract Reference Number)
(iii) Standing Order 4.3 (Sourcing Strategy) 
(b) The approval of the Joint Board will be required to award
contracts in the circumstances referred to in Standing Order 3.7
(a). 
4 Pre-Tender
Requirements 
4.1 Approval of
estimates of contract
values
No tender shall be invited or offer made or accepted for any contract
for the supply of goods, or the carrying out of works or the provision of
services unless either:-
(a) appropriate financial provisions have been made and approved by
the Joint Board in terms of the Joint Board’s Financial Regulations
or 
(b) where funding is provided by a third party for a specific purpose
involving the award of contracts of whatever nature, that purpose
has been approved by the Joint Board 
31

Page 184

4.2 Contract Reference
Number
No tender shall be invited or offer made or accepted for any contract for
the supply of goods, or the carrying out of works or the provision of
services where the estimated aggregated value exceeds £5,000
without a contract reference number having been obtained using the
template approved by the Treasurer. 
4.3 Sourcing Strategy (a) A Sourcing Strategy using the template approved by the Treasurer
must be created for all:-
(i)  tender opportunities including the setting up of a Framework
Agreement in accordance with Standing Order 11
(Framework Agreement – internal); a DPS under
Standing Order 11A (DPS – Internal) or an arrangement
established in terms of the light touch regime under
Standing Order 14.3 (Light Touch Regime); and
(ii)  Call Off Contracts from a Framework Agreement permitted in
terms of Standing Order 12 (Framework Agreement –
External) or a DPS permitted in terms of Standing Order
12A (DPS – External) where the estimated aggregated
value exceeds £50,000 for the supply of goods or the
provision of services and exceeds £2million for the
execution of works. 
A Sourcing Strategy may be created for contracts where the
estimated aggregated value is below £50,000 for the supply of
goods or the provision of services and below £2million for the
execution of works, where in the opinion of the Assessor the
contract is of high risk and/or there are special circumstances. 
(b) However a Sourcing Strategy will not require to be created for:-
(i) Call Off Contracts from a Framework Agreement established
by the Board in accordance with Standing Order 11
(Framework Agreement - internal) unless, in the opinion of
the Assessor, that Call Off Contract is of high value and/or
high risk; or 
(ii) Call Off Contracts from a DPS established by the Board in
accordance with Standing Order 11A (DPS – Internal)
unless, in the opinion of the Assessor, that Call Off Contract
is of high value and/or high risk.; or
(iii) Call Off Contract under an arrangement established in terms
of the light touch regime in accordance with Standing Order
14.3 (Light Touch Regime) unless, in the opinion of the
Assessor, that Call Off Contract is of high value and/or high
risk; or 
(iv) the procurement of a contract using the negotiated tendering
procedure in accordance with Standing Order 8
(Negotiated Tendering Procedure) 
4.4  Board Authority Where, in the opinion of the Assessor, a contract for the supply of
goods, the carrying out of works or the provision of services is of high
value and/or high risk no tender shall be invited for such a contract
without approval from the Joint Board. 
32

Page 185

4.5 Selection and Award
Criteria 
4.5.1 Selection Criteria (a) The Assessor will set the selection criteria for a procurement
exercise taking account of the applicable requirements of
 the Reform Act Regulations;
 any other Regulations made or guidance issued by the
Scottish Government under the Reform Act
 the European Procurement Regulations
 any such guidance as the Legal Advisor and/or the Treasurer
consider appropriate; and
 any relevant Procurement Process 
(b) The selection criteria must be:-
 proportionate taking account of the nature, scope and size of
the contract and 
♦ related to the subject matter of the contract 
(c) The selection criteria must be stated in the contact notice or the
invitation to confirm interest and the procurement documents to
enable the bidder to complete and submit an SPD (refer to
Standing Order 19.6) 
4.5.2 Award Criteria (a) The procurement documents will state the award criteria that will
apply to the procurement exercise as follows:- 
(i) The award of a contract for services and supplies with an
estimated value above £50,000 shall be made on the basis of
the most economically advantageous tender; 
(ii) The award of a contract for works with an estimated value
above £50,000 and below £2,000,000 shall be made, at the
discretion of the Assessor, on the basis of lowest price or
most economically advantageous tender; 
(iii) The award of a works contract where the estimated value
exceeds £2,000,000 shall be on the basis of the most
economically advantageous tender; and 
(iv) The award of all contracts which exceed the relevant Higher
Value Thresholds shall be made on the basis of the most
economically advantageous tender. 
(b) The most economically advantageous tender must be  identified
on the basis of the best – price quality ratio assessed on the basis
of criteria linked to the subject matter of the contract and include
price or cost. This requirement applies even if the cost element
takes the form of a fixed price or cost.  The cost element may also
at the discretion of the Assessor include Life-Cycle Costing. 
(c) In determining the award criteria the Assessor must take account
of the requirements of the European Procurement Regulations,
any such guidance as the Legal Advisor and/or the Treasurer
consider appropriate and any relevant Procurement Process 
33

Page 186

4.6 Reserved Contracts (a) The Assessor may in respect of a Regulated Procurement or a
Higher Value Regulated Procurement:-
(i) reserve the right to participate in a procurement exercise to a
Supported Business; or
(ii) provide for a contract to be performed in a Supported
Employment Programme 
and the decision must be recorded in the Sourcing Strategy. 
4.7 Preliminary Market
Testing/Advice
(a) Preliminary market consultation may be carried out at the
discretion of the Assessor before carrying out any procurement
exercise. 
(b) Advice may be sought or accepted from an independent expert or
authority or from persons operating in the particular market
relevant to the subject matter of the contract to be procured.  That
advice may be used in the planning and conduct of the
procurement exercise provided that it does not distort competition
or breach the General Principles. 
(c) Employees involved in a procurement exercise where preliminary
market consultation has been conducted and/or preliminary
advice obtained must comply with the provisions of the relevant
Procurement Process and ensure that the information is disclosed
in the tender documents issued for the procurement process. 
4.8 Time limits (a) For all procurement exercises other than those subject to the
European Procurement Regulations the time limits for the receipt
of tenders or requests to participate shall be determined taking
account of the following factors:-
(i) the complexity of the contract; and/or
(ii) the time required for preparing a tender; and/or 
(iii) whether a site visit is required 
(b) The time limit for receipt of tenders must be extended in a
proportionate manner where:-
(i) the Joint Board supplies additional information to a bidder
(whether or not it was requested in good time) less than 6 days
before the expiry of the tender return date; and 
(ii) significant changes had been made to the procurement
documents 
(c) An extension to the tender return date is not required in the
following circumstances:-
(i) where additional information has not been requested in good
time; or 
(ii) where the additional information requested is of insignificant
importance to the tender response 
(d) For any procurement exercise where the estimated value is below
the relevant Higher Value Thresholds the Assessor can decide as
good practice to follow the time limits provided in the European
Procurement Regulations
34

Page 187

4.9 Variant Bids The Assessor in consultation with the Legal Advisor must authorise
the allowing or seeking of variant bids in a procurement exercise and
the decision must be recorded in the Sourcing Strategy. 
4.10 Division of Contracts
into Lots
(1) Where the Assessor decides not to divide a contract into lots the
main reasons for that decision must be indicated in the Sourcing
Strategy, procurement document and the Report on Tenders. 
(2) Where the Assessor has decided to divide the contract into lots the
Contract Notice or invitation to confirm interest must indicate:-
(i) whether tenders may be submitted for one, several or all lots; 
(ii) where a decision to limit the number of lots that may be
awarded to one tender has been taken by the Assessor, the
maximum limit of all lots that may be awarded to one bidder; 
(iii) the criteria that will apply to determine how lots will be awarded
where the award criteria would result in one tenderer being
awarded more lots than the maximum number; and 
(iv) whether the Joint Board reserves the right to award the
contract combining several or all lots if a tenderer can be
awarded more than one lot and if so indicate that the lots are
groups of lots that may be combined 
4.11 Use of PINs (a) The Assessor may, subject to the prior approval of the Legal
Advisor, use a PIN as a call for competition in a restricted
tendering procedure or competitive procedure with negotiation. 
(b) The use of a PIN as a call for competition shall be subject to the
European Procurement Regulations and any such guidance and
requirements as the Legal Advisor and/or the Treasurer considers
appropriate. 
4.12 Examining tenders
before checking
compliance with the
selection criteria
(a) In an open tendering procedure the Assessor may, subject to the
prior approval of the Legal Advisor, decide to evaluate tenders
before checking the absence of the exclusion grounds and
checking a tenderer’s compliance with the selection criteria 
(b) If the option referred to in Standing Order 4.12(a) is approved:-
(i) the decision must be recorded in the Sourcing Strategy; and
(ii) the procurement exercise must comply with the European
Procurement Regulations and such guidance and requirements
as the Legal Advisor and/or the Treasurer considers
appropriate 
4.13 Sustainable
Procurement Duty
(a) From 1 June 2016 in carrying out any Regulated Procurements
(other than Call Offs) or Higher Value Regulated Procurement the
Assessor will comply with the Sustainable Procurement Duty 
(b) In complying with the Sustainable Procurement Duty the Assessor
must comply with the Reform Act, any guidance issued by the
Scottish Government under the Reform Act, any guidance and
requirements as the Legal Advisor and/or the Treasurer considers
appropriate and any relevant Procurement Process 
35

Page 188

(c) In complying with the Sustainable Procurement Duty the Assessor
will so far as possible within the law encourage fair work practices
and payment of the living wage and discourage use of exploitative
‘zero hours’ contracts. 
4.14 Community Benefit
Requirement 
(a) From 1 June 2016 in carrying out any Regulated Procurement or
Higher Value Regulated Procurement (including any Call Off
Contract) where the estimated value of the contract is equal to or
exceeds £4million the Assessor will comply with the Community
Benefit Requirement. 
(b) In complying with the Community Benefit Requirement the
Assessor must comply with the Reform Act, any guidance issued
by the Scottish Government under the Reform Act, any guidance
and requirements as the Legal Advisor/or Treasurer considers
appropriate and any relevant Procurement Process. 
4.15 Compliance with
Procurement
Strategy
The Assessor shall carry out all Regulated Procurements and Higher
Value Regulated Procurements, so far as reasonably practicable, in
accordance with the Procurement Strategy applicable to the financial
year during which the procurement exercise commenced. 
4.16 Procurement of
Recycled and
Recyclable products
The Assessor shall comply with requirements to procure recycled and
recyclable products as contained in any Regulations made by the
Scottish Government under the Reform Act, any such guidance as the
Legal Advisor and/or the Treasurer consider appropriate and any
relevant Procurement Process 
5 Competition
Requirement 
5.1 Contracts over
£50,000 for goods
and services and
over £2million for
works subject to
competition
All contracts for the supply of goods or the provision of services where
the estimated aggregated value is equal to or in excess of £50,000
and contracts for the execution of works where the estimated
aggregated value is equal to or in excess of £2million but in all cases
below the Higher Value Thresholds (refer to Standing Order 14
(European Procurement Regulations) may only be awarded after
steps have been taken for the purpose of ensuring genuine
competition by seeking from tenders by public advertisement in
accordance with the relevant requirements of these Standing Orders. 
5.2 Exceptions to the
competition
requirement
The requirement in Standing Order 5.1 does not apply where the use
of the negotiated tendering procedure under Standing Order 8
(Negotiated Tendering Procedure) is justified. 
5.3 Publication of
Notices
All PINs, contract notices and contract award notices must be
published via the Public Contracts website Find a Tender system and
OJEU (if applicable) in accordance with applicable provisions of the
European Procurement Regulations, the Reform Act, the Reform Act
Regulations 2016, any other Regulations made by the Scottish
Government under the Reform Act and any guidance issued by the
Scottish Government under the Reform Act. 
36

Page 189

6 Restricted Tendering  
6.1 Period for seeking
expressions of
interest
The requirements of Standing Order 4.11 shall be complied with in
determining the period allowed in the PIN (when used a call for
competition) or the contract notice to express an interest in tendering
for a proposed contract. 
6.2 Obtaining
Assurances
Prior to issuing any invitations to tender, the Assessor shall seek the
assurances as required by Standing Order 15 but only insofar as they
relate to the subject matter of the contract 
6.3 Invitation to Tender Invitations to tender shall be sent to at least five persons selected from
those who have expressed an interest in tendering for the proposed
contract or, if fewer than five persons have expressed an interest to all
such persons who have done so.  However no person shall be invited
to tender unless:-
(a) they have provided the assurances required in terms of Standing
Order 6.2;
(b) the technical capability and financial standing of such persons has
been satisfactorily investigated; 
(c) the requirements of Standing Order 19 (Selection of Tenderers)
have been complied with; and
(d) the Joint Board has complied with the requirements of Standing
Order 16 (Compliance with the Data Protection Laws). 
7 Open Tendering  
7.1 Time Limit The requirements of Standing Order 4.8 shall be complied with in
determining the period allowed in the contract notice. 
7.2 Obtaining
Assurances
All documents detailing the selection criteria will specify that selection
will include the obtaining by the Joint Board of satisfactory assurances
in terms of Standing Order 15 (Assurances – Tendering) and
comply with the requirements of Standing Order 16 (Compliance
with the Data Protection Laws). 
8 Negotiated Tendering
Procedure – General 
8.1 Use of the Negotiated
Tendering Procedure
This Standing Order shall apply to all Regulated Procurements
which are conducted without advertisement and contracts for
carrying out works where the estimated value is less than £2million. 
8.2 Conditions for using
Negotiated
Procedure
The negotiated tendering procedure may only be used if:-
(a) the circumstances set out in Standing Order 8.3 exist;
(b) it is in the Joint Board’s interest to use the negotiated tendering
procedure;
(c) the contract will secure Best Value (as set out in Standing Order
2.6); and 
(d) all relevant requirements of these Standing Orders have been
complied with including but not limited to:-
(i) Standing Order 2 (General)
(ii) Standing Order 4.2 (Contract Reference Number)
(iii) Standing Order 15 (Assurances – Tendering)
(v) Standing Order 19.1 to 19.6 (Selection of Tenderers) 
(vi) Standing Order 21.1, 21.2, 21.3, 21.5, 21.6 (as appropriate),
21.8 and 21.12 (Acceptance of Tenders) 
8.3.1 Circumstances where
Negotiated
Procedure is
The Assessor in consultation with the Convener (or in his/her
absence) the Depute Convener of the Joint Board must approve the
existence of the following circumstances:-
37

Page 190

Permitted (Below
Higher Value
Thresholds) 
(a) Where as a result of the publication of a contract notice no
tender, no suitable tenders, no requests to participate or no
suitable requests to participate has been received provided
that the initial conditions of the contract are not substantially
altered; or  
(a) Where the works, services or supplies can be supplied only by
one suitable contractor for any of the following reasons:-
(i)  the aim of the procurement is the acquisition of a unique
work of art or artistic performance; or
(ii) competition is absent for technical reasons; or
(iii) the protection of exclusive rights including intellectual
property rights;
but in the cases of (ii) and (iii) no alternative or substitute exists
and the absence of competition is not the result of an artificial
narrowing down of the parameters of the procurement; or  
(b) Where in the case of a supplies contract for additional deliveries
by the original supplier intended as a partial replacement of
supplies or installations or as the extension of existing supplies or
installations that a change of supplier would oblige the Joint
Board to acquire supplies having different technical
characteristics which would result in incompatibility or
disproportionate technical difficulties in operation and
maintenance subject to the duration of the contract not exceeding
3 years unless exceptional circumstances exist; or  
(c) Where in the case of a contract for the supply of goods, the
goods are manufactured purely for the purpose of research,
experiment, study or development, but the contract awarded shall
not include quantity production to establish their commercial
viability or to recover research and development costs; or  
(d) Where in the case of a supplies contract, it is in the interests of
the Joint Board to take advantage of particularly advantageous
terms from a supplier which is definitively winding up its business
activities or from a liquidator in an insolvency procedure, an
arrangement with creditors or a similar procedure under national
laws or regulations; or  
(e) Where in the case of a supplies contract the supplies are quoted
and purchased on a commodity market; or  
(f) Where in the case of a services contract it follows a design
contest organised in accordance with the European Procurement
Regulations and is to be awarded under the rules provided for in
the design contest to the winner or one of the winners of the
design contest; or  
(g) Where:-
(i) it is new works, services or both consisting of the repetition
of similar works or services entrusted to the original
contractor provided such works or services are in conformity
with the project for which the original contract was awarded;
(ii) project indicated the extent of the possible works or services
and the conditions under which they would be awarded;
(iii) the possible use of this procedure was disclosed in the
procurement documents and the total estimated cost of the
additional works or services was taken into account in
determining if the procurement exercise would be a
Regulated Procurement; and
38

Page 191

(iv) no more than 3 years has passed from the conclusion of the
original contract. 
8.3.2  In the view of the Assessor (but only if it is strictly necessary) for
reasons of extreme urgency either brought about by events outwith the
control of the Joint Board or to prevent danger to life, serious risk to
health or damage to property, the contract must be awarded without
delay. 
8.4 Reporting to Board Where the negotiated tendering procedure has been used, the
requirements of Standing Order 21.8 shall be met. 
8.5  Keeping Records  In all cases where the negotiated procedure has been used in terms of
this Standing Order, a full written record of all contacts, discussions
and communications with the prospective contractors shall be kept by
the Assessor together with a full explanation as to why the Assessor
considered it appropriate to use the negotiated procedure and
confirming that the contract secures Best Value (as set out in
Standing Order 2.6) 
9 Competitive Dialogue
Procedure 
9.1 Board Approval The Competitive Dialogue Procedure provided for in the European
Procurement Regulations may only be used where the prior approval
of the Joint Board has been given to its use 
9.2 Use of Competitive
Dialogue Procedure
The use of the Competitive Dialogue Procedure in any contract
approved by Joint Board shall be subject to the European
Procurement Regulations and such guidance and requirements as the
Treasurer and the Legal Advisor consider appropriate. 
9.3 Prizes/Payments The provision of prizes and/or the making of payments to participants
in a Competitive Dialogue Procedure shall be subject to the prior
approval of the Treasurer and the Legal Advisor. 
9A Innovation
Partnership 
9A.1 Board Approval An Innovation Partnership provided for in the European Procurement
Regulations may only be used where the prior approval of the Joint
Board has been given to its use. 
9A.2 Use of Innovation
Partnership
The use of an Innovation Partnership shall be subject to the European
Procurement Regulations and such guidance and requirements as the
Treasurer and/or Legal Advisor considers appropriate. 
39

Page 192

10 Competitive
Procedure with
Negotiation 
10.1 Approval The Competitive Procedure with Negotiation provided for in the
European Procurement Regulations may only be used when the prior
approval of the Legal Advisor has been given to its use. 
10.2 Use of the Procedure The use of the Competitive Procedure with Negotiation in any contract
shall be subject to the European Procurement Regulations and such
guidance and requirements as the Treasurer and Legal Advisor
consider appropriate. 
11 Framework
Agreements –
Internal 
11.1 Framework
Agreements -
General
Framework Agreements established by the Joint Board must be
formed on the basis of these Standing Orders and the applicable
provisions of the Reform Act, the Reform Act Regulations 2016, any
other Regulations made or Guidance issued by the Scottish
Government under the Reform Act and/or the European Procurement
Regulations (if appropriate). 
11.2 Framework
Agreements
– Conditions
All Framework Agreements established by the Joint Board in terms of
this Standing Order must set out:-
(i) the terms and conditions that will apply to any Call Off Contract
awarded from the Framework Agreement;
(ii) the procedures to be followed in awarding a Call Off Contract
either via direct award from or carrying out a mini-competition
under the Framework Agreement; 
(iii) the maximum period for the Framework Agreement (which must
not exceed four years except in exceptional circumstances which
relate to the subject matter of the Framework Agreement); and
(iv) the maximum period for any Call Off Contract awarded under the
Framework Agreement. 
11.3 Framework
Agreements – Calling
Off
Any Call Off Contract to be made under a Framework Agreement
established under this Standing Order (either as a direct award or
following a mini-competition) must comply with:- 
 the procedures specified in the Framework Agreement for the
making of such a Call Off Contract; 
 be awarded using the criteria used to establish the Framework
Agreement or as laid down in the Framework Agreement; and
 where the estimated aggregated value of a Call Off Contract
exceeds £50,000 the following requirements must be complied
with:-
(i) Standing Order 4.2 (Contract Reference Number);
(ii) Standing Order 4.3 (Sourcing Strategy) (if in the opinion
of the Assessor the Call Off Contract is of high value and/or
high risk);    
(iii) Standing Order 4.14 (Community Benefit Requirement);
(iv) Standing Order 18 (E-Procurement) (where carrying out a
mini-competition); 
40

Page 193

(v) Standing Order 20 (Checking of Pre-Qualification
documents/Tenders and Reporting); 
(vi) Standing Order 21 (Acceptance of Tenders) unless a
direct award is being placed via the i-procurement system or
from an electronic catalogue on an i-procurement system; 
(vii) Standing Order 21.12 (Acceptance of Tenders – Contract
Award Notices) (for Regulated Procurements); and
(viii) Standing Order 25 (Contract Performance Security) (as
appropriate). 
11.4 Framework
Agreements – access
by other contracting
authorities 
A Call Off Contract under a Framework Agreement established in
terms of this Standing Order may only be made by those Contracting
Authorities clearly identified for that purpose in the PIN/contract notice. 
11A DPS – Internal 
11A.1 DPS – General A DPS established by the Joint Board must be formed on the basis of
these Standing Orders and the applicable provisions of the Reform
Act, the Reform Act Regulations 2016, any other Regulations made or
Guidance issued by the Scottish Government under the Reform Act, 
and/or the European Procurement Regulations (if appropriate). 
11A.2 DPS conditions A DPS established by the Joint Board in terms of this Standing Order
must set out:-
(i) the terms and conditions that will apply to any Call Off Contract
awarded from the DPS; and
(ii) the procedures to be followed in carrying out a mini-competition
and awarding a Call Off Contract under the DPS. 
11A.3 DPS – Calling Off Any Call Off Contract to be made under a DPS established under this
Standing Order must comply with:-
 the procedures specified in the DPS for the making of such a Call
Off Contract, 
 be awarded using the criteria used to establish the DPS or as laid
down in the DPS; and
 where the estimated aggregated value of a Call Off Contract
exceeds £50,000 the following requirements must be complied
with:-
(i) Standing Order 4.2 (Contract Reference Number);
(ii) Standing Order 4.3 (Sourcing Strategy) (if in the opinion
of the Assessor the Call Off Contract is of high value and/or
high risk);    
(iii) Standing Order 4.14 (Community Benefit Requirement);
(iv) Standing Order 18 (E-Procurement); 
(v) Standing Order 20 (Checking of Pre-Qualification
documents/Tenders and Reporting);
(vi) Standing Order 21 (Acceptance of Tenders);
(vii) Standing Order 21.12 (Acceptance of Tenders – Contract
Award Notices) (for Regulated Procurements); and, 
(viii) Standing Order 25 (Contract Performance Security) (as
appropriate).
11A.4 DPS – access by
other contracting
A Call Off Contract under a DPS established in terms of this Standing
Order may only be made by those Contracting Authorities clearly
41

Page 194

authorities  identified for that purpose in the PIN/contract notice. 
12 Framework
Agreements –
External 
12.1 Framework
Agreements -
General
(a) The Standing Orders do not apply to Call Off Contracts to be
awarded by the Joint Board using Framework Agreements made
by other organisations, including but not restricted to the Scotland
Excel, Procurement Scotland, the Crown Commercial Service or
any other public sector organisation who have made specific
provision for collaboration with or allow their use by the Joint
Board in their Framework Agreements, subject to Standing Order
12.2 and 12.3. 
(b) The Joint Board shall not seek offers for contracts which these
organisations are entitled to seek on the Joint Board’s behalf,
except in such cases as the Joint Board deems it likely that Best
Value (as set out in Standing Order 2.6) will be obtained by
seeking tenders by other means, or as otherwise permitted by the
Framework Agreements.  All such Framework Agreements must
permit the Joint Board to obtain tenders independent of the
Framework Agreement if it is likely to be in the interests of Best
Value (as set out in Standing Order 2.6) to do so. 
12.2 Framework
Agreements
– Conditions
Standing Order 12.1 only applies to Framework Agreements which
have been formed on the basis of competitive tenders and in full
compliance with any legal requirements such as the duty to promote
Equal Opportunities, the General Principles, the requirements of the 
Reform Act, Reform Act Regulations and/or European Procurement
Regulations (if applicable) and provided that the Framework
Agreement contains or allows any Call Off Contract awarded under
this Standing Order 12 to contain the following matters:-  
(i) Standing Order 2.3 (Form of Contract and Scots Law); 
(ii) Standing Order 2.6 (Best Value);
(iii) Standing Order 16 (Compliance with the Data Protection
Laws); 
(iv) Standing Order 17 (Confidentiality and Requests for
Information);
(v) Standing Order 18 (E-Procurement); and
(vi) where appropriate, all Standing Orders relating to contract
conditions. 
12.3 Framework
Agreements –
Procedure for Calling
Off 
Any Call Off Contract to be made under an external Framework
Agreement (either as a direct award or following a mini-competition) 
must comply with:-
(a) the procedures specified in the Framework Agreement for the
making of such a Call Off Contract;
(b) be awarded using the criteria used to establish the Framework
Agreement or as laid down in the Framework Agreement; and
(c) where the estimated aggregated value of a Call Off Contract
exceeds £50,000 the following requirements must be complied
with:-
(i) Standing Order 4.2 (Contract Reference Number);
(ii) Standing Order 4.3 (Sourcing Strategy) (if in the opinion
42

Page 195

of the Assessor the Call Off Contract is of high value and/or
high risk);
(iii) Standing Order 4.14 (Community Benefit Requirement);
(iv) Standing Order 18 (E-Procurement); 
(v) Standing Order 20 (Checking of Pre-Qualification
documents/Tenders and Reporting); 
(vi) Standing Order 21 (Acceptance of Tenders) unless a
direct award is being placed via an i-procurement Purchase
Order or from an electronic catalogue on an i-procurement
system;
(vii) Standing Order 21.12 (Acceptance of Tenders – Contract
Award Notices) (for Regulated Procurements); and
(viii) Standing Order 25 (Contract Performance Security) (as
appropriate). 
12A DPS – External 
12A.1 DPS- General (a) The Standing Orders do not apply to Call Off Contracts to be
awarded by the Joint Board using a DPS established by other
organisations, including but not restricted to the Scotland Excel,
Procurement Scotland, the Crown Commercial Service or any
other public sector organisation who have made specific provision
for collaboration with or allow their use by the Joint Board in their
DPS, subject to Standing Order 12A.2 and 12A.3. 
(b) The Joint Board shall not seek offers for contracts which these
organisations are entitled to seek on the Joint Board’s behalf,
except in such cases as the Joint Board deems it likely that Best
Value (as set out in Standing Order 2.6) will be obtained by
seeking tenders by other means, or as otherwise permitted by the
DPS.  Any such DPS must permit the Joint Board to obtain
tenders independent of the DPS if it is likely to be in the interests
of Best Value (as set out in Standing Order 2.6) to do so. 
12A.2 DPS
– Conditions
Standing Order 12.1 only applies to a DPS which has been formed
on the basis of competitive tenders and in full compliance with any
legal requirements such as the duty to promote Equal Opportunities, 
the General Principles, the requirements of the Reform Act, Reform
Act Regulations and/or European Procurement Regulations (if
applicable) and provided that the DPS contains or allows any Call Off
Contract awarded under this Standing Order 12 to contain the
following matters:-  
(i) Standing Order 2.3 (Form of Contract and Scots Law); 
(ii) Standing Order 2.6 (Best Value);
(iii) Standing Order 16 (Compliance with the Data Protection
Laws);
(iv) Standing Order 17 (Confidentiality and Requests for
Information);
(v) Standing Order 18 (E-Procurement); and
(vi) where appropriate, all Standing Orders relating to contract
conditions. 
43

Page 196

12A.3 DPS – Procedure for
Calling Off
Any Call Off Contract to be made under an external DPS must comply
with:- 
(a) the procedures specified in the DPS for the making of such a Call
Off Contract;
(b) be awarded using the criteria used to establish the DPS or as laid
down in the DPS; and
(c) where the estimated aggregated value of a Call Off Contract
exceeds £50,000 the following requirements must be complied
with:-
(i) Standing Order 4.2 (Contract Reference Number);
(ii) Standing Order 4.3 (Sourcing Strategy);
(iii) Standing Order 4.14 (Community Benefit Requirement);
(iv) Standing Order 18 (E-Procurement);
(v) Standing Order 20 (Checking of Pre-Qualification
documents/Tenders and Reporting);
(vi) Standing Order 21 (Acceptance of Tenders); 
(vii) Standing Order 21.12 (Acceptance of Tenders –
Contract Award Notices) (for Regulated Procurements);
and
(viii) Standing Order 25 (Contract Performance Security) (as
appropriate). 
13 Collaborations  
13.1 Application This Standing Order applies where the Joint Board is entering into
Category C collaborative arrangements. The prior approval of the
Treasurer and/or the Legal Advisor will be required to enter into any
collaborative arrangement. 
13.2 Non-partnership
Clause
It shall be an essential express condition in every such collaborative
arrangement that it is not intended that there is a legal partnership
being created. 
13.3(a) Tendering Where in terms of the collaborative arrangements
consultants/specialists or other third parties are to be appointed by
either the Joint Board or by the other lead partner then such
appointment is to be awarded subject to competitive tendering
procedures the same as those procedures specified in Standing
Orders 6 (Restricted Tendering), 7 (Open Tendering) or the
negotiated procedure if permitted in terms of Standing Order 8
(Negotiated Tendering Procedure). 
13.3(b) Trading Operations Despite the terms of Standing Order 13.3(a), where the collaborative
arrangement allows for the other lead organisation to offer to provide
the service in-house, then that service may be viewed as to be treated
as if they are a trading operation, in which case it must comply with the
Local Authorities (Goods and Services) Act 1970 and/or Local
Government in Scotland 2013 (as applicable) or any statutory
modification or re-enactment thereof and any Regulations made and/or
Guidance issued by the Scottish Ministers. 
44

Page 197

13.3(c) European
Procurement
Regulations
However, Standing Order 13.3(b) will not apply if the estimated
aggregated value of the works/goods or services would exceed the
relevant Higher Value Thresholds.  In that case any contract to be
awarded shall need to be awarded in terms of Standing Order 14
(European Procurement Regulations) regardless of whether it is the
Council or another lead organisation seeking to award the contract in
terms of the collaborative arrangements. 
13.4 Joint responsibility Contracting Authorities will be jointly responsible for ensuring
compliance with the European Procurement Regulations where:-
(i) the procurement exercise is carried out in its entirety in the name
of and on behalf of all the Contracting Authorities involved; or
(ii) one of the Contracting Authorities manages the procurement
exercise as lead and on behalf of all the Contracting Authorities
involved 
14 European
Procurement
Regulations 
14.1 Application  
14.1.1 Application - post
Brexit 
The European Procurement Regulations amended following the UK’s
exit from the European Union on 30 December 2020 apply to all
procurement exercises commenced after 30 December 2020 where
the contract value exceeds the relevant Higher Value Thresholds. 
14.1.2 Application –
transitional
procurements and
EU funded
programmes 
Higher Value Procurements which commenced before 30 December
2020, Call Off Contracts awarded under a Framework or DPS
established before 30 December 2020 or following a procurement
process commenced before 30 December 2020 pursuant to the
European Procurement Rules and Higher Value Procurements
receiving European funding will be subject to the European
Procurement Regulations and the following additional requirements:-
(a) publication of all relevant notices on OJEU; and
(b) continued use of the European Single Procurement Document not
SPD. 
14.2 Tendering Processes The procedures set out in the European Procurement Regulations are
to be followed in relation to the setting up of a Framework Agreement
or a DPS, the award of a contract, the award of a Call Off Contract
and/or extension of a contract and the following Standing Orders shall
be complied with:- 
(i) Standing Order 2 (General);
(ii) Standing Order 4 (Pre-Tender Requirements);
(iii) Standing Order 5.3 (Publication of Notices); 
(iv) approvals in terms of Standing Order 8 (Negotiated
Tendering Procedure), 9 (Competitive Dialogue Procedure),
9A (Innovation Partnerships), 10 (Competitive Procedure
with Negotiation) or 13 (Collaborations);
(v) Standing Order 15 (Assurances – Tendering);
(vi) Standing Order 16 (Compliance with the Data Protection
Laws) (if appropriate);
(vii) Standing Order 17 (Confidentiality and Requests for
Information);
45

Page 198

(viii) Standing Order 18 (E-Procurement);
(ix) Standing Order 19 (Selection of Tenderers); 
(x) Standing Order 20 (Checking of Pre-Qualification
documents/Tenders and Reporting);
(xi) Standing Order 21 (Acceptance of Tenders);
(xii) Approvals in terms of Standing Order 22 (Extension of
Contracts);
(xiii) Standing Order 24 (Responsible Third Parties);
(xiv) Standing Order 25 (Contract Performance Security) (if
appropriate);
(xv) Standing Order 34 (Contract Modifications);
(xvi) Standing Order 35 (Retention of Contract Documents); and
(xvii) All Standing Orders relating to contract conditions. 
14.3 Light Touch Regime The procurement of Social and Other Specific Services shall be
subject to:-
(a) the light touch regime as detailed in the European Procurement
Regulations which comprises:-
(i) publishing a contract notice (unless procuring without
advertisement) and contract award notice
(ii) complying with the process for the selection of tenderers as
set out in Standing Order 19 (Selection of tenderers);
(iii) complying with the General Principles; and
(iv) determining a procurement procedure taking account of the
specificities of the services and the requirements and needs
of the service user. Declaring that any procurement
procedure which is not one of the standard procurement
procedures provided for in the Reform Act, Reform Act
Regulations and/or the European Procurement Regulations
will require the prior approval of the Assessor in consultation
with the Legal Advisor and Treasurer which approval will be
secured via their signing of the Sourcing Strategy; 
(b) the requirements of these Standing Orders as set out in Standing
Order 14.2 above (as appropriate);  
(c) the following requirements of the Reform Act and the Reform Act
Regulations 2016;
(d) complying with the Sustainable Procurement Duty (refer to
Standing Order 4.13); and 
(e) complying with any such guidance as the Legal Advisor and/or
Treasurer consider appropriate. 
15 Assurances –
Tendering 
15.1 As part of
Assessment Process
As part of any tendering process, the Joint Board shall obtain from
tenderers or have confirmed via another tender process satisfactory
assurances in writing in the form determined by the Legal Advisor,
that:-
(a) the tenderer has complied with all statutory requirements in
respect of observing the Equalities Legislation; 
(b) where the contract is for the provision of services of a public
nature the tenderer has complied with the terms of the Human
Rights Act 1998 in relation to the previous provisions of such
services; 
(c) the tenderer has not practised collusion in tendering for any
46

Page 199

contract with the Joint Board or offered, promised or given any
financial or other advantage to the Joint Board or any person
employed by or on behalf of the Joint Board in connection with the
obtaining or carrying out of any contract with the Joint Board;
(d) the tenderer has not engaged in serious and organised criminal
activities; 
(e) where the contract is for the carrying out of works and/or the
provision of construction services and/or supplies the tenderer
has not engaged in blacklisting activities in the employment of
their staff;
(f) the tender commits to prompt payment of subcontractors;
(g) the tenderer has complied with the requirements of the Modern
Slavery Act 2015; and
(h) the tenderer has complied with such other requirements as are
relevant to the contract being procured. 
15.2 Supporting Evidence
and signing
(a) Such assurances as may be required for a particular contract in
terms of Standing Order 15.1 must be supported by satisfactory
evidence (if required). 
(b) Where the contractor is a corporate body then the assurances
must be provided by a director of the corporate body or other
person authorised to bind the corporate body personally. 
(c) Reference should be made to the relevant Practice Notes or
Procurement Processes and guidance sought from the Legal
Advisor on the appropriate requirements (if required) on the
appropriate requirements (if required) in relation to Equal
Opportunities 
15.3 Selection Criteria -
Obtaining
Assurances
All documents detailing the selection criteria will specify that selection
will include the obtaining by the Joint Board of satisfactory assurances
in terms of Standing Order 15.1 
16 Compliance with the
Data Protection Laws 
16.1 To be in compliance
with the Data
Protection Laws
The Assessor must comply with the Data Protection Laws including
where appropriate:-
(a) the carrying out of a Data Protection Impact Assessment; and/or 
(b) ensuring where the contractor will be a Data Processor (as
defined in the Data Protection Laws that a written contract is
entered into. 
17 Confidentiality and
Requests for
Information 
17.1 Giving out of
Information not to be
unreasonably
excluded
All tender documentation, agreements or contracts shall not prohibit
disclosure of information which would otherwise be disclosed in
compliance with the Freedom of Information (Scotland) Act 2002 or the
Environmental Information (Scotland) Regulations 2004 or any other
legislation amending or replacing it or any guidance and/or codes of
practice issued by the Scottish Information Commissioner in relation to
such legislation 
47

Page 200

No tender documentation, agreement or contract should contain a
condition that restricts unjustifiably the disclosure of information held
by the Joint Board as a Scottish Public Authority in relation to the
tender documentation, agreement or contract 
17.2  Procurement/
Contracting Toolkits 
Reference should be made to any Practice Notes and/or Toolkits
issued by the Joint Board for guidance on the appropriate
requirements. 
18 E-Procurement 
18.1  Use of E-
Procurement 
All procurement exercises where the estimated value of the contract
exceeds £5,000 must be conducted using the E-procurement system
approved by the Joint Board or by another secure electronic system as
approved by the Legal Advisor or Treasurer (Call Off Contracts only). 
18.2 Verification and
Authentication
(a) Where E-procurement is being used the following requirements
regarding the verification and authentication of the submission and
the signature of the person making the submission must be
complied with:- 
(i) the signature of the person making the submission must be an
authorised signatory of the applicant/tenderer 
(b) Any document issued using electronic means must state the Joint
Board’s requirements relating to authentication or verification of
the submission or of the signature of the person making the
submission 
18.3 Receipt and Custody (a) No procurement documents submitted using E-procurement will
be considered unless:-
(i)  it is received in the format specified in the documents; 
(ii)  at the electronic address specified by the Joint Board; and 
(iii)  the electronic submission has been received by the time and
date specified as the pre-qualification documents/tender
deadline (in all cases being 12 noon). 
18.4 Late Submissions The electronic mailbox identifies pre-qualification documents/tenders
received after the date and time deadline specified for return as being
late. Pre-qualification documents/tenders received after the date and
time deadline specified for return cannot be considered under any
circumstances 
18.5 Opening of
procurement
documents
(a) All procurement documents including quotes, pre-qualification
documents and tenders submitted using E-procurement shall be
opened and be made available for download at the same time via
the Joint Board’s approved e-procurement system.
(b) Sequential opening must be adopted for all procurement
exercises, irrespective of value, where the contract will be
awarded on the basis of most economically advantageous tender. 
48

Page 201

18.6 Electronic Auctions (a) The Assessor and the Treasurer, in consultation with and the
Legal Advisor, may authorise the carrying out of an Electronic
Auction where satisfied that:-
(i) it is in the interests of the Joint Board to do so and where
they are satisfied that the electronic auction is in accordance
with the European Procurement Regulations; and
(ii) that the likely benefit of an Electronic Auction will outweigh
the costs of undertaking the Electronic Auction 
(b) An Electronic Auction may only be carried out where the
possibility of the use of an Electronic Auction has been stated in
the Contract Notice and the tender documents issued to
tenderers. 
(c) Before proceeding with an Electronic Auction the Assessor shall
make a full initial evaluation of the tenders in accordance with the
award criteria set and with the weighting fixed for them.  All
tenderers who have submitted admissible tenders shall be invited
simultaneously by electronic means to submit new prices
(downwards) and/or new values 
(d) Prior to the commencement of any Electronic Auction, the Joint
Board shall intimate to all tenderers involved  the date and time
fixed for the carrying out of the electronic auction and the
proposed duration of the Electronic Auction together with any
proposals for the extension of the duration of the Electronic
Auction. An Electronic Auction must not start sooner than 2
working days from the date on which the invitations are sent out 
(e) Throughout each phase of an Electronic Auction the Joint Board
shall instantaneously communicate to all tenderers involved at
least sufficient information to enable them to ascertain their
relative rankings at any moment. During the Electronic Auction
information relating to all tenderer’s new prices and their ranking
on price will be instantaneously available to all tenderers
electronically (where this has been previously indicated). The
Joint Board may also, at any time, announce the number of
participants in that Electronic Auction.  In no case may the Joint
Board disclose the identities of the tenderers during any phase of
an Electronic Auction 
(f) Any Electronic Auction will be subject to the European
Procurement Regulations and such additional procedural
requirements as the Assessor and Treasurer, in consultation with
the Legal Advisor, consider necessary 
18.7 Electronic
Catalogues
(a) The Assessor may require tenders to be presented as an
electronic catalogue or to include an electronic catalogue 
(b) The requirement to provide electronic catalogues shall be subject
to the European Procurement Regulations and such additional
procedural requirements as the Assessor, Treasurer and/or the
Legal Advisor consider necessary. 
49

Page 202

19  Selection of
Tenderers 
19.1 Application This Standing Order shall apply to all contracts apart from Call Off
Contracts where the estimated value exceeds £50,00.  The Assessor
must have regard to any guidance issued by the Scottish Government
under the Reform Act in relation to the selection of tenderers. 
19.2 Mandatory Exclusion (a) The Assessor must apply the mandatory exclusions as are
applicable to a Regulated Procurement or Higher Value Regulated
Procurement as are set out in the European Procurement
Regulations, Reform Act, the Reform Act Regulations and
guidance issued by the Scottish Government under the Reform
Act to exclude a bidder from a procurement exercise. 
(b) The Assessor may in exceptional circumstances for overriding
reasons relating to the public interest disregard any of the
mandatory exclusion grounds when making a decision on the
selection of a bidder. 
19.3 Discretionary
Exclusion
(a) The Assessor may apply any of the discretionary exclusions as
are applicable to a Regulated Procurement or Higher Value 
Regulated Procurement as are set out in the European 
Procurement Regulations, Reform Act, the Reform Act
Regulations 2016 and any guidance issued by the Scottish
Government under the Reform Act to exclude a bidder from a
procurement exercise. 
19.4 Limits on Exclusion (a) A bidder must not be indefinitely excluded from participating in a
procurement exercise. The Assessor must apply the maximum
periods for excluding as set out in the European Procurement
Regulations, Reform Act, the Reform Regulations and guidance
issued by the Scottish Government under the Reform Act. 
19.5 Self Cleansing (a) Where a bidder is in a situation which may result in its exclusion
from a procurement process, the Assessor must give the bidder
the opportunity to provide evidence that it has taken sufficient and
appropriate remedial action to demonstrate its reliability i.e. self
cleansed. 
(b) When considering any self-cleansing measures provided by a
bidder the Assessor must consider all relevant factors including
the gravity and particular circumstances of the criminal offence or
misconduct 
(c) If the Assessor is not satisfied that the self-cleansing measures
are sufficient for a bidder to demonstrate its reliability, it must
provide a written statement of reasons as soon as is reasonably
practicable. The statement of reasons must allow the bidder to
understand why the self-cleansing measures taken were
insufficient and the basis for the decision 
(d) All decisions taken by the Assessor will be recorded in the Report
on Tenders
50

Page 203

19.6 SPD (a) The Joint Board must accept an SPD as preliminary evidence in
the form of a self declaration that:-
 none of the mandatory or discretionary exclusion grounds
apply to a tenderer;
  if any of the mandatory or discretionary grounds apply the self-
cleansing measures that have been taken; and 
♦ the tenderer meets the relevant selection criteria 
(b) The Assessor must set out the specific requirements and
minimum standards in the contract notice and tenderers will
respond using the SPD. 
(c) The documents in support of the information provided in the SPD
can be requested by the Assessor at any time during a
procurement exercise but in any event:-
 in an open tendering procedure must be requested and
checked prior to award;
 in a restricted tendering procedure, competitive procedure with
negotiation, competitive dialogue or innovation partnership
must be requested and checked prior to issuing invitations to
submit tenders; and
 in any procurement exercise where the Assessor has a
genuine concern that there is a risk to effective conduct of the
procurement procedure or ensure the integrity and proper
conduct of the procurement process 
(d) Where the capability or capacity of a sub-contractor or members
of a consortia will be relied on to meet the selection criteria in
respect of economic and financial standing or technical and
professional ability in any procurement process the Assessor must
request a separate SPD from those parties. 
20 Checking of Pre
Qualification
Documents/Tenders
and Reporting 
20.1 Assessor to Check
pre-qualification
responses/Tenders 
All pre-qualification documents/tenders received shall, after opening in
accordance with Standing Order 18.5, be returned to the Assessor for
checking 
20.2 Evaluation (a) The procurement documents shall state the selection and contract
award criteria applicable to the procurement exercise.  All pre-
qualification responses and tenders shall be evaluated strictly in
accordance with the evaluation criteria set out in the procurement
documents. 
(b) If during the evaluation process any communication is necessary
prior to selecting bidders to be invited to tender/participate or
contract award in order to clarify or supplement any aspect of their
pre-qualification response/tender such communication shall be
conducted via the relevant e-procurement system in accordance
with Standing Order 20.3 
20.3 Clarification of Pre (a) Between the last date and time for the receipt of pre-qualification
51

Page 204

qualification
Responses/Tenders
responses/tenders and the date on which a decision is taken as to
which, if any, tenderer will be invited to submit a bid/tender is to be
accepted, contact may be made using the e-procurement system
adopted for the procurement exercise with a person who has
submitted a pre-qualification response/tender in respect of any
contract in cases where it may be necessary to validate or clarify
the terms of the pre-qualification response/ tender or to make any
necessary arithmetical adjustments to a tender, but not for any
other reason. 
(b) All discussions should be conducted in accordance with the
following additional rules:-
(i) all tenderers must be treated equally and in a fair and
transparent manner;
(ii) tenderers must not be allowed to change their tenders in a
way that allows them to improve their offer;
(iii) all matters of clarification (other than arithmetic adjustments
which should be dealt with in accordance with Standing
Order 20.3 (c) or clarification of a matter specific to an
individual tender must be notified to all persons submitting a
pre-qualification response/tender;  
(iv) where there is a need for clarification with more than one
person those discussions should not be confined to the
tenderer most likely to win the contract;
(v) there must be no discussions on fundamental aspects of
tender changes to which are likely to distort competition
including but not limited to prices; 
(vi) no material change to the specification and/or the criteria on
which the tenders are to be assessed; and 
(vii) clarification process is carried out using the e-procurement
system adopted for the relevant procurement exercise with a
full written record shall be kept by the Assessor of all
contacts, discussions, communications and meetings with
the tenderer and the outcome of these discussions including
any adjustments made as a consequence. 
(c) Where having checked all the price bids opened that examination
reveals obvious errors or discrepancies which would affect the
tender rates/price in any of those price bids opened, these errors
will be dealt with in the following manner:-
(i) any obvious arithmetic errors will be rectified by the
Assessor and the amount of the tender shall be held to be
the amount of the documents so rectified and the tenderer
informed in writing of the corrected amount; and 
(ii) where there is an obvious and genuine error in the rates
quoted, the tenderer will be given the opportunity of either
confirming that they agree to their tender being considered
with the error remaining or withdrawing their tender. This
procedure must be undertaken in writing. If the tenderer
decides to withdraw their tender, it will not be considered for
acceptance. The tenderer must not be given the opportunity
to submit an amended tender. 
52

Page 205

(d) Under no circumstances should a procuring officer re-open an
SPD/ITT on PCS-T following the return date to allow for
clarification by a bidder. All clarifications should be dealt with via
the messaging area on PCS-T. 
20.4 No fundamental
Changes to Tender
Conditions Permitted
Standing Order 20.3 does not permit the making of fundamental
changes to the tender specifications and/or the award criteria as a
result of any post tender discussions with a person(s) making a tender. 
Where changes to the specification and/or the award criteria are
required and/or would be advantageous to the Joint Board, the
tendering process must be cancelled by the Assessor.  If the tendering
process is cancelled, it shall be re-started from the beginning in
relation to the seeking of tenders. 
20.5 Report on Pre
Qualification
Responses/Tenders
Following the checking and assessment of all pre
qualifications/tenders received in relation to a particular contract
(including a Call Off Contract) a Report on Tenders in a format
approved by the Legal Advisor shall be prepared and approved by the
Assessor. 
20.6 Exclusion of
Tenderers before
submission of
tenders 
(a) As soon as reasonably practicable after deciding to exclude a
tenderer from participating in a procurement exercise in terms of
Standing Order 19 at any stage before submitting a tender the
Assessor must notify the tenderer of that decision in accordance
with the requirements of the Reform Act Regulations 2016 and
any guidance and requirements as the Legal Advisor considers
appropriate 
(b) The letter must be in a format approved by the Legal Advisor and
should be issued in accordance with Standing Order 21.5. 
21 Acceptance of
Tenders 
21.1 £200,000 and Below –
Assessor 
Where the estimated aggregated value of any contract for the supply
of any goods, the carrying out of any works or the provision of any
services does not exceed £200,000:-
♦ the lowest priced tender (in a price only tender for a works
contract where the estimated value is less than £2million); or 
♦ the most economically advantageous tender  
may be accepted by the Assessor and a letter of acceptance issued to
the successful contractor. 
A copy of the contract acceptance must be sent to the Treasurer. 
21.2 Over £200,000 –
Assessor in
Consultation with
members 
(a) Where the estimated aggregated value of any contract for the
supply of any goods, carrying out of any works or the provision of any
services exceeds £200,000:- 
♦ the lowest tender (in a price only tender for a works contract
where the estimated value is less than £2million); or
♦ the most economically advantageous tender 
may be accepted by the Assessor, following consultation and
agreement with the Convener or (in his/her absence) Depute
Convener of the Joint Board and a letter of acceptance issued to
53

Page 206

the successful tenderer 
(b) Where no such agreement can be reached then the tender can
only be accepted on the authority of the Joint Board following
consideration of a written report specifying reasons for the failure
to agree and the details of the relevant tenders 
(c) copy of the contract acceptance must be sent to the Treasurer. 
21.3 Not accepting the
Lowest Tender (in a
price only tender for
works where the
estimated value is
less than £2million)
or where the Cost of
the tender exceeds
the Financial
provision 
Where it is proposed to accept a tender
(i) which is either:-
(a) not the lowest priced tender submitted (in a price only tender
for a works contract where the estimated value is less than
£2million); or
(b) the cost of the tender is in excess of the financial provisions
which have been made and approved by the Joint Board in
terms of the Joint Board’s Financial Regulations; or
(ii) where funding is provided by a third party which has been
approved by the Joint Board, 
then such tender shall only be accepted by the Assessor and a letter
of acceptance issued to the successful tenderer on the authority of the
Joint Board following consideration by them of a written report advising
of that fact, the likely additional costs and where applicable, the
reason(s) for not accepting the lowest tender submitted. 
21.3A Abnormally Low
Tenders
(a) Where a tender appears, in the opinion of the Assessor, to be
abnormally low having considered all factors which may affect
price or costs and the effective delivery of the contract he must
require a tenderer to explain 
(b) A tender must be rejected as being abnormally low if:-
 the Assessor is not satisfied that the evidence supplied
explains the low level of the tender or
 it has been established that the tender is abnormally low
because it does not comply with environmental, social or
labour law 
(c) A tender must not be rejected solely on the basis of low price or
cost 
(d) In deciding whether to exclude an abnormally low tender the
appropriate Assessor must comply with any guidance issued by
the Scottish Government under the Reform Act and any guidance
and requirements as the Legal Advisor and/or the Treasurer
considers appropriate 
21.4 No Tender Being
Accepted
If the Assessor decides that none of the tenders submitted should be
accepted, then the Assessor shall notify all persons making tenders
accordingly. 
54

Page 207

21.5 Issue of Letters (a) Letters to the unsuccessful tenderer will be issued at the same
time as the letter to the successful tenderer. 
(b) Letters to be issued under the Standing Orders shall be in a format
approved by the Legal Advisor. 
(c) Letters to be issued under this Standing Order shall be issued
electronically via the Joint Board’s approved e-procurement
system and may be followed up by the posting of a hard copy at
the discretion of the Assessor. 
21.6 General Conditions No tender shall be accepted unless:-
(a) (i) the Assessor is satisfied as to the current technical and
professional ability of the tenderer and
(ii) the Assessor in consultation with the Treasurer is satisfied with
the economic and financial standing of the tenderer in question
(other than for contracts being procured using the urgency
ground of the negotiated tendering procedure in accordance
with Standing Order 8.3.2); 
(b) where the tender is not within the financial provisions which have
been made and approved by the Joint Board in terms of the Joint
Board’s Financial Regulations or funding is provided by a third
party which has been approved by the Joint Board, the additional
cost has received prior approval from the Joint Board; 
(c) the tenderer and any sub-contractor/consultant who will be used
to deliver the contract agrees to comply with the terms of:- 
(i) Standing Order 17 (Confidentiality and Requests for
Information);
(ii) all Standing Orders relevant to contract terms; and
(iii) Standing Order 25 (Contract Performance Security); 
(d) the tenderer has provided the appropriate assurances as required
in terms of Standing Order 15 (Assurances – Tendering); 
(e) where the contractor will be a Data Processor (as defined in the
Data Protection Laws) the requirements of Standing Order 16
(Compliance with the Data Protection Laws) have been
complied with; 
(f) where a contract is of a type referred to in the Local Government
Contracts Act 1997 (a contract of services lasting or intended to
last for a period of 5 years or longer or a financial arrangement
relating to such a contract) the contract shall not be entered into
by the Joint Board until a certificate in compliance with the Act is
issued by the Joint Board where it is requested by the tenderer;
and 
(g) the Assessor is satisfied with the  documentary evidence or
certificates produced by the tenderer in support of the information
provided in the SPD 
55

Page 208

21.7 Compliance with the
Standstill Period
(a) Where the European Procurement Regulations apply to any
contract (other than a contact for Social and other Specific
Services) no acceptance of a successful tender shall be made by
the Joint Board unless and until the standstill procedure set out in
the European Procurement Regulations has been followed. 
(b) The standstill period referred to in the standstill procedure depends
on the method by which the standstill letter is sent. If the standstill
letter is sent by fax or email the standstill period is a minimum of
10 calendar days from the date on which the last standstill letter for
the particular tender is sent and if sent by any other means the
standstill period is a minimum of 15 calendar days. In calculating
the standstill period the date the standstill letter is sent must be
disregarded and if the last day is not a working day the standstill
period must be extended to the next working day. 
(c) The standstill letters must be in a format approved by the Legal
Advisor and signed by the Assessor or other person authorised by
the Joint Board. 
(d) At the option of the Assessor a voluntary standstill period can be
observed in relation to the award of any contract and/or setting up
of a Framework Agreement, DPS or arrangement established in
terms of the light touch regime and/or the award of a Call Off
Contract and the provisions of this Standing Order 21.7 will
apply. 
21.8 Notification of Award
to the Joint Board
(a) Any contract awarded with an estimated aggregated value in
excess of £50,000 shall be reported by the Assessor to the Joint
Board on a six monthly basis. 
(b) The report shall contain the following information:-
(i) the name of the successful tenderer(s) 
(ii) the value of the contract awarded;
(iii) the date of award and
(iv) the brief description of the contract 
and such other information as may be specified from time to time
by the Treasurer. 
21.9 Debrief The Joint Board will offer all unsuccessful tenderers an opportunity for
a debrief. 
21.10 Giving of Reasons –
Regulated
Procurements
(a) In relation to all Regulated Procurements the Assessor must notify
its decision to award to all unsuccessful bidders
(b) The notification must be in a format approved by the Legal
Advisor and signed by the Assessor. 
21.11 Provision of Further
Information –
Regulated
Procurements
Where a written request for further information is received from a
person in relation to a Regulated Procurement the Joint Board must
comply with the requirements of the Reform Act and seek advice and
assistance as required from the Legal Advisor 
56

Page 209

21.12 Contract Award
Notices
(a) The Assessor shall ensure that Contract Award Notices are
published for all Regulated Procurements (including Call Off
Contracts) and Higher Value Regulated Procurements (other than
Call Off Contracts) as soon as possible after acceptance of the
successful tender/appointment to a Framework or DPS and no
later than 30 days after the issue of the letter of award of the
contract/conclusion of the Framework or DPS in accordance with
Standing Order 5.3 
(b) Where a contract has been awarded based upon a DPS the
contract award notices can be aggregated on a quarterly basis
and published within 30 days after the end of each quarter 
22 Extension to
Contracts 
22.1 Extension of
Contracts subject to
the European
Procurement
Regulations
(a) The extension of a contract which was originally procured under
the European Procurement Regulations and includes an option to
extend, may be extended under Standing Order 22.2 even if the
estimated aggregated value of the extension is above the relevant
Higher Value Thresholds 
(b) Where a contract was not originally procured under the European
Procurement Regulations and the estimated aggregated value of
the proposed extension is above the relevant Higher Value
Thresholds, then the proposed extension (whether or not the
extension was provided for in the original contract) cannot be made
under this Standing Order and Standing Order 14 (European
Procurement Regulations) will apply. 
22.2 Authorisation of a
Contractual
Extension
(a) Where the Assessor considers that an existing contract should be
extended and the option to extend was disclosed in the original
contract notice and procurement documents for that contract, the
Assessor may authorise the exercise of that option provided the
Assessor is satisfied:-
(i) the extension secures Best Value (as set out in Standing
Order 2.6);
(ii) the period of the extension does not exceed the original
period of the original contract 
(iii) the original contract has not been extended previously in
terms of this Standing Order 22.2 (unless the contractual
extension can be exercised in instalments in terms of
Standing Order 22.2(b))
(iv) with the financial standing of the contractor; and
(v) that the performance of the contractor in the original contract
period has been satisfactory in that an average performance
rating of 70% or above has been achieved in the
performance appraisal(s) carried out during the original
contract period. 
(b) A contractual extension can be exercised in instalments provided
that the period of those instalments are stated in the contract
notice, procurement documents and any subsequent separate
contract document.
22.3(a) Non-contractual (a) Where the contract does not make provision for the extension of
57

Page 210

extensions the contract or the contract has already been extended in terms of
Standing Order 22.2, the Assessor shall not extend the contract
unless:- 
(i) the use of the negotiated procedure can be justified in terms of 
Standing Order 8 (Negotiated Tendering Procedure) and 
(ii) the conditions set out in Standing Order 22.3(b) are satisfied. 
22.3(b) Conditions to be
Applied to a Non-
contractual
Extension
(b) A contract for the supply of goods, the carrying out of works or the
provision of services may be extended without fresh competition
for further goods, works or services of a similar description
provided that:- 
(i) the original contract was won in competition; 
(ii) the unit costs in respect of the supply of further goods, or the
costs in carrying out the particular works or providing those
particular services have not increased by more than 10%
(after making allowance for the rate of inflation by use of the
Consumer Price Index) over those contained in the original
contract; 
(iii) the extension proposed is reasonable in all the
circumstances; 
(iv) the period of extension does not exceed the original period
of the original contract;
(v) the original contract has not been extended previously in
terms of this Standing Order 22.3;
(vi) the Treasurer is satisfied with the financial standing of the
contractor; and
(vii) the performance of the contractor in the original contract
period has been satisfactory in that an average performance
rating of 70% or above has been achieved in the
performance appraisal(s) carried out during the original
contract period. 
22.4 Authorisation of a
Non-Contractual
Extension
No contract shall be extended in accordance with Standing Order
22.3 except with the prior written authorisation of the Assessor in
consultation with the Treasurer or with his/her agreement (if
agreement is required in compliance with Section 17.2 of the Joint
Board’s Financial Regulations) and the and the Convener (or in his/her
absence) the Depute Convener of the Joint Board. 
22.5 Notification to Board Any contract extended under Standing Order 22 shall be reported by
the Assessor to the Joint Board on a six monthly basis in a format
approved by the Legal Advisor. 
22.6 Keeping records In all cases where a contract is extended in accordance with this
Standing Order 22, a full written record of all contacts, discussions
and communications with the contractor shall be kept by the Assessor
together with a full explanation as to why the Assessor considered it
appropriate to extend the contract and confirming that the extension
secures Best Value (as set out in Standing Order 2.6). 
58

Page 211

23 Nomination of Sub-
Contractors 
23.1 Tendering for Sub-
Contractors
Where a contract provides for the nomination by the Assessor of a
sub-contractor for the supply of goods, carrying out of works or
provision of services as the case may be, the following provisions shall
apply:-
(a) tenders shall be invited by the Assessor from not less than five
persons whom he/she considers competent (having regard to the
technical capability and financial standing of such persons) for the
purpose unless, in consultation with the Convenor (or in his/her
absence) Depute Convenor of the Joint Board, he/she considers
that less than five persons are competent in which case he/she
may invite tenders from such lesser number of persons; and
(b) all tenders shall then be submitted, opened, checked and accepted
in accordance with Standing Orders 18 (E-procurement), 20
(Checking of Pre-Qualification documents/Tenders and
Reporting) and 21 (Acceptance of Tenders). 
24 Responsible Third
Parties 
24.1 Obligations of third
parties
Any third party or person (not being an Official of the Joint Board) who
is responsible to the Joint Board for a contract on its behalf shall in
relation to that contract:-
(i) comply with these Standing Orders as though he were an official
of the Joint Board;
(ii) at any time during the carrying out of the contract produce on
request to the Assessor all records maintained by him in relation
to that contract; and
(iii) on completion of the contract, transmit to the Assessor all such
records relating to that contract including information relevant to
the Transfer of Undertaking Regulations or amending legislation,
where appropriate or applicable 
24.2 To be a contract
Condition
A condition to this effect shall be included in any contract
/documentation appointing the third party. 
25 Contract
Performance Security 
25.1 General right to
require security
The Joint Board may ask for security on any contract for the carrying
out of works, supply of goods or the provision of services (including
any Call Off Contract) where it is in the opinion of the Assessor and/or
Treasurer considered to be appropriate.  Such security could include,
but not be limited to, a parent company guarantee, performance bond
(if the estimated value of the single contract or Call Off Contract is
more than £500,000). The terms of any security will be in a form
approved by the Legal Advisor. 
26 Contract Term - Sub-
Contractors 
59

Page 212

26.1 Obligations on Sub-
Contractors
It shall be a condition of every contract entered into by the Joint Board
that all conditions to be observed by contractors in terms of these
Standing Orders and in the contract itself shall equally apply to sub-
contractors, and all contractors shall be responsible for the
observance of such conditions by such sub-contractors 
27 Contract Terms –
Insurance 
27.1 Contractor must have
Insurance to
specified level
All specifications issued by and contracts entered into with the Joint
Board in connection with the carrying out of works or the provision of
services or supplies shall provide that the contractor shall be insured
with an Insurance Company approved by the Joint Board or shall
demonstrate self insurance to the satisfaction of the Treasurer
against:- 
(i) liability at common law and/or under any legislation including but
not restricted to liability under Employer’s Liability Compulsory
Insurance;
(ii) liability to third parties;
(iii) any relevant professional indemnity cover; and
(iv) any other matters relevant to the contract being entered into
to such levels as may be specified from time to time by the
Assessor or by law 
27.2 Proof of Insurance –
Contract Term
It shall be a condition of every contract entered into with the Joint
Board for the carrying out of works for, or the provision of services or
supplies to, the Joint Board, that
(a) current certificates of insurance shall be exhibited to the Joint
Board prior to the commencement of every contract; 
(b) any new policy of insurance (under which circumstances
Standing Order 27.1 shall apply to that new insurance policy)
shall be exhibited to the Joint Board prior to or at its
commencement; and 
(c) on demand any renewal receipts shall be exhibited during the
period of the contract. 
27.3 Dealing with Claims –
Contract Term
It shall be a condition of every contract entered into with the Joint
Board for the carrying out of works for, or the provision of services or
supplies to the Joint Board, that the contractor shall require to deal
with any claim, potential claim or complaint arising from the carrying
out of said works or the provision of said services or supplies, made by
the Joint Board, any of its tenants or any other person deriving right or
benefit there from:-
(a) by providing in writing within fourteen calendar days of such claim,
potential claim or complaint first having been intimated to the
contractor, details of the name and address of their Insurance
Company, together with the relevant policy number, to enable such
claim, potential claim or complaint to be intimated to their
Insurance Company by the Joint Board, any such tenant or any
such other person; 
(b) declaring that the contractor shall be obliged thereafter to provide
60

Page 213

timeously to their Insurance Company all relevant details to enable
such claim, potential claim or complaint to be processed with the
minimum of delay and 
(c) binding the contractor to update the Joint Board on the progress
and outcome of any claim submitted by any of its tenants or any
other person deriving right or benefit from the Joint Board 
28 Contract Terms -
Illegal Practices 
28.1 Cancellation of
Contract
Every contract entered into by the Joint Board shall contain a clause
entitling the Joint Board to cancel the contract and to receive from the
contractor the amount of any loss resulting from such cancellation if
the contractor or any of their representatives (whether with or without
the knowledge of the contractor) shall have practised collusion in
tendering for the contract or any other contract with the Joint Board or
shall have offered, promised or given to the Joint Board or any other
public body or any person employed by or on behalf of the Joint Board
or any other public body any financial or other advantage to induce a
person to perform improperly or to reward a person for the improper
performance of a relevant function of activity in relation to the
obtaining or carrying out the contract or any other contract with the
Joint Board or any other public body 
28.2 Remedies Where a contract is cancelled in terms of Standing Order 28.1:-
(a) the contractor shall be liable for any loss or damage which the
Joint Board may thereby sustain; and/or 
(b) where the contractor is included in any list of persons who will be
considered for tenders the Assessor shall immediately remove or
require the removal of the contractor from that list; and/or 
(c) where the Contractor is appointed to any Framework, DPS or
arrangement established in terms of the light touch regime, the
Assessor shall immediately remove or require the removal of the
contractor from that Framework, DPS or arrangement established
in terms of the light touch regime. 
29 Contract Terms –
Assignation/Sub-
Contracting 
29.1 No Assignation/Sub-
Contracting
Permitted
Unless specifically permitted in a contract, a contractor shall not
assign or sub-contract the contract or any part thereof except with the
prior written consent of the Joint Board. 
29.2 Approval The Assessor shall approve any request to sub-contract or assign the
contract or any part thereof which meets:-
(a) the requirements of the contract conditions in relation to sub-
contractors and assignation; and
(b) the following requirements of Standing Orders:-
(i) Standing Order 15 (Assurances - Tendering) (as appropriate);
(ii) Standing Order 19.1 to 19.6 (Selection of Tenderers); and
(iii) Standing Order 21.6 (a) and (d) to (g) (General Conditions –
Acceptance of Tenders).
30 Contract Terms - 
61

Page 214

Equalities Legislation 
30.1 To be in compliance
with Equalities
Legislation
Where the contract relates to the discharge of a Joint Board function,
the contractor shall be bound to discharge that function in a manner
which encourages the observance of the Equalities Legislation 
30.2 Undertaking in
relation to Equalities
Where a contractor is undertaking a function of the Joint Board on its
behalf the contract must contain an undertaking by the contractor,
when carrying out that function, not to do any act which constitutes
discrimination on the grounds of sex, marital status, race, disability,
age, gender, sexual orientation, language or social origin, or other
personal attributes (including religion or lack thereof) such as religious
beliefs or political opinions (or lack of such beliefs or opinions). 
Further the contract must contain such provision(s) as is/are
necessary, having due regard to the need to:-
♦ eliminate unlawful discrimination;
♦ eliminate harassment;
♦ promote equality of opportunity;
♦ take steps to take account of persons disabilities etc, even where
that involves treating disabled persons etc more favourably than
other persons;
♦ promote positive attitudes; and
♦ encourage participation in public life,
to ensure that the Joint Board can comply with its statutory duties, and
where appropriate to ensure that the contractor will comply with its
statutory duties, under the Equalities Legislation 
31 Contract Terms -
Human Rights Act
1998 
31.1 To be in compliance
with the Human
Rights Act 1998
Where appropriate, any contract must contain an assurance in writing,
in the form determined by the Legal Advisor, that the contractor will
comply with the requirements of the Human Rights Act 1998, if
applicable and/or subsisting, in so far as they are carrying out a
function for the Joint Board and that the contractor will indemnify the
Joint Board against any and all claims that may be made against the
Joint Board due to a breach of the Act which is caused by, or arises
out of, the contract or any actions or omissions of the contractor under
the contract. 
32 Contract Terms –
compliance with
Environmental,
Social and
Employment Law 
32.1 Conditions for
Performing Contract
The Assessor must include in a contract or Framework Agreement or
DPS or arrangement established in terms of the light touch regime
conditions relating to the performance of that contract, Framework
Agreement, DPS, arrangement established in terms of the light touch
regime and Call Off Contract that:-
(i) are linked to the subject matter of the contract, Framework
Agreement, DPS, arrangement established in terms of the light
touch regime or Call Off Contract;
(ii) are indicated in the call for competition or procurement
documents; and
(iii) are reasonably necessary to ensure that the successful bidder
62

Page 215

complies with environmental, social and employment law. 
33 Contract Terms –
Termination of
Contracts 
33.1 Express Term of
contract
It shall be a condition of every contract entered into by the Joint Board,
all Framework Agreements, any DPS established by the Joint Board,
all arrangements established in terms of the light touch regime and
any Call Off Contracts that the Joint Board has the right to terminate
the contract, Framework Agreement, DPS, arrangement established in
terms of the light touch regime or Call Off Contract where:-
(i) the contract or Framework Agreement, DPS, arrangement under
the light touch rules or Call Off Contract has been subject to
substantial modification which would have required a new
procurement exercise; and
(ii) the contractor at the time of the award was subject to one of the
mandatory grounds of exclusion in the European Procurement
Regulations or the Reform Act Regulations and should have been
excluded from the procurement exercise. 
33.2 Implied Term of
Contract
Even if there is no express term in a contract allowing the Joint Board
to terminate the contract or Framework Agreement or DPS or
arrangement established in terms of the light touch regime or Call Off
Contract on any of the grounds mentioned in Standing Order 33.1 a
term will be implied giving the Joint Board the right to terminate on
giving notice. 
33.3 Approval The decision to terminate any contract, Call Off Contract or a
contractor’s appointment to a Framework Agreement, DPS or
arrangement established in terms of the light touch regime shall be
authorised by the appropriate Assessor in consultation with the
Treasurer/Legal Advisor. 
34 Contract
Modifications 
34.1 Application (a) A contract, Framework Agreement, DPS, arrangement established
in terms of the light touch regime or Call Off Contract may be
modified during its term without a new procurement exercise being
carried out provided the requirements of Regulation 72 of the
European Procurement Regulations are met. 
(b) This Standing Order will apply to all contracts, Framework
Agreements, DPS, arrangements established in terms of the light
touch regime or Call Off Contracts where the estimated value
exceeds £50,000 and includes all Higher Value Regulated
Procurements. 
34.2 Approval The decision to modify in accordance with this Standing Order shall be
authorised by the Assessor in consultation with the Treasurer/Legal
Advisor. 
35 Retention of Contract
Documents 
35.1 Retention of
contracts awarded
(a) The Assessor must ensure that copies of all contracts awarded
are kept in accordance with the Joint Board’s retention policy for
63

Page 216

contract documents
(b) This Standing Order applies to all contracts where the estimated
value exceeds £50,000 and includes all Higher Value Regulated
Procurements 
35.2 Retention of
documents relevant
to awarded contracts 
(a) The Assessor must ensure that the progress of all procurement
exercises where the contract value exceeds £50,000 (including all
contracts where the value exceeds the relevant Higher Value
Thresholds) is documented and that those documents are kept for
a period in line with the Joint Board’s retention policy for contract
documents.
(b) The documentation retained must justify decisions taken in all
stages of the procurement exercise and comply with the
requirements of any relevant Procurement Process 
36 Procurement
Strategy 
36.1 Preparation of the
Procurement
Strategy
Before the start of each new financial year the Joint Board must review
its Procurement Strategy and, if appropriate, revise that Procurement
Strategy in accordance with the requirements specified in the Reform
Act and guidance published by the Scottish Government under the
Reform Act. 
36.2 Publication of the
Procurement
Strategy 
The Joint Board must publish the Procurement Strategy and any
revised Procurement Strategy on its website and in any other manner
as indicated by the Joint Board.
37 Annual Procurement
Report 
37.1 Preparation of the
Annual Procurement
Report
Within four months of the end of the financial year for which a
Procurement Strategy or revised Procurement Strategy was prepared
the Joint Board must prepare an annual procurement report in
accordance with the requirements specified in the Reform Act and
guidance published by the Scottish Government under the Reform Act. 
37.2 Publication of the
Annual Procurement
Report
The Joint Board must publish the annual procurement report on its
website and in any other manner as determined by the Joint Board. 
64

Page 217

Scheme of Delegation 
Submitted to the meeting of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board on
Monday 27 June 2022 
Note: If you need this information in another language or format, please contact us to
discuss how we can best meet your needs.   
Phone 0303 123 1015 or email equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
65

Page 218

Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
Scheme of Delegation and Recognition by the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board
in respect of the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer 
Introduction
The powers/functions detailed within this document are those delegated by Lanarkshire Valuation
Joint Board to the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer, or Assistant Assessor and Electoral
Registration Officer(s), or, in appropriate cases, powers/functions, recognised by the Joint Board as
powers/functions exercised by the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer under statutory
authority. 
General
Without prejudice to the statutory functions and duties of the Assessor and Electoral Registration
Officer, the delegations approved by the Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board are subject to:- 
 appropriate provisions for financial outlays having been made in the estimates for the current
year, and
 the approved Standing Orders on Contracts and the Financial Regulations of the Joint Board. 
Powers/Functions Delegated or Recognised
The Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer is empowered or is recognised by the Joint Board
as having the authority:- 
1 to deploy resources as he/she thinks fit for the best execution of functions under his/her 
management. 
2 to organise working processes safely. 
3 to maintain proper security for employees, building, stocks, stores, furniture, equipment and
similar items under his/her control.  Where special arrangements are considered necessary,
he/she shall consult with the Treasurer to the Joint Board. 
4 to ensure that all activities are within the legal powers of the Joint Board and/or of the
Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer and, in the event of doubt, to consult with the
Clerk to the Board and/or independent legal adviser as appropriate. 
5 where he/she thinks it is in the interest of the Joint Board or to be of assistance in carrying
out his/her statutory functions, to approve the provision of reasonable hospitality to
representatives of other authorities, organisations, officers of the Board and to others up to a
maximum of £500 in relation to any one occasion. 
6 where he/she thinks it is in the interest of the Joint Board or to be of assistance in carrying
out his/her statutory functions, to approve the attendance of staff at relevant courses,
conferences and seminars up to a maximum cost of £1,000 in relation to any one person
attending one event. 
7 to authorise attendance of employees on full-time, part-time or correspondence courses of
study and the payment of appropriate fees. 
8 to issue orders for the supply of goods and services required for normal working and for
which there is adequate provision in the estimates all in accordance with any Standing
Orders on Contracts, purchasing policy and financial regulations adopted by the Joint Board.
66

Page 219

9 to authorise the payment of accounts due by the Joint Board or by the Assessor and
Electoral Registration Officer for goods and services properly supplied and for which there is
adequate provision in the estimates. 
10 to appoint all employees up to but not including Chief Officer grade within the authorised
establishment. 
11 to make, in consultation with the Clerk and Head of Personnel Services for the lead authority
(South Lanarkshire Council), such changes to the authorised establishment up to but not
including Chief Officers, as he/she considers necessary to meet the requirements of efficient
service delivery subject to the proviso that any changes can be funded from the approved
budget. 
12 to exercise the powers given to the Chief Officers in various Conditions of Service so far as
discipline and efficiency of the Office of the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer is
concerned. 
13 to apply the Conditions of Service adopted by the Joint Board as affecting employees within
the Office of the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer. 
14 to authorise the working of ordinary overtime by the appropriate grades of officers.  In
addition, the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer is empowered to authorise the
payment of overtime to certain officers whose salary exceeds the normal overtime limit
subject to the proviso that the basic overtime rate will not exceed any grading level or spinal
column point approved by the lead authority (South Lanarkshire Council) as the maximum
basic overtime rate payable and provided that the prior agreement of the Head of Personnel
Services of the lead authority (South Lanarkshire Council) has been requested and
obtained.  The delegated authority is also subject to the proviso that the payments in respect
of overtime can be met from the approved revenue budget. 
15 to take all necessary action of a routine nature in terms of his/her appointment to implement
policies, practices and procedures previously agreed by the Joint Board and also to take
such action implicitly in all matters ancillary thereto, including the incurring of expenditure of
a minor or recurring nature and for which adequate provision has been made in the
estimates. 
16 to sign and issue (a) authorisation to officers within the Office of the Assessor and Electoral
Registration Officer to exercise statutory powers (including the right to enter land and
premises in connection with the discharge of their duties) and (b) identity cards. 
17 in addition to signing documents on his/her own behalf under his/her own authority and in
connection with the exercise of his/her statutory functions, to sign documents on behalf of
the Joint Board relevant to any other functions which Assessors and Electoral Registration
Officers in Scotland have traditionally carried out on behalf of their valuation authorities. 
18 to advise the Treasurer to the Board about any extraordinary financial obligation which will
affect the Joint Board. 
19 to advise the Treasurer to the Board about any extraordinary risk which will affect the
insurances held on behalf of the Joint Board. 
67

Page 220

20 to adopt any special leave scheme approved by the lead authority (South Lanarkshire
Council) and to permit any member of his/her staff to absent themself occasionally and
temporarily during business hours to attend to duties or service of a civic, honorary,
charitable, academic or social nature provided that these do not interfere with the efficient
discharge of the functions of the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer or of the
Valuation Board. 
21 to terminate, on behalf of the Joint Board, any contract which the Joint Board is entitled to
terminate under the appropriate conditions of contract, after consultation with the Clerk to
the Board, if satisfied that it is in the interest of the Joint Board to do so. 
22 to engage private legal firms and/or legal counsel in respect of judicial or quasi-judicial
proceedings or in connection with questions relating to the statutory powers or functions of
the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer and to take appropriate action including
initiating, entering, defending and withdrawing from such proceedings or engagements. 
23 to appoint consultants, specialists and parliamentary agents where appropriate. 
24 subject to any necessary consultation with the Clerk and Treasurer, to place contracts for
the production and printing of the valuation roll, council tax list, the register of electors and
electoral registration documentation/forms at such reasonable cost as may be necessary to
ensure the timeous procurement of these documents in the discharge of statutory functions. 
25 to authorise that the salary of an officer should progress over/beyond a salary bar point in
the circumstances where the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer is satisfied that the
officer has attained the qualification and/or experience generally recognised as necessary/
appropriate for such progression and provided that the agreement of the Head of Personnel
Services of the lead authority (South Lanarkshire Council) has been requested and
obtained. 
26 to deal with any operational matter not otherwise delegated in the period between the last
meeting of an administration and prior to the setting up of a new Board following statutory
elections. 
27 to employ temporary staff for electoral registration canvass work or in the discharge of the
statutory duties of the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer on such terms and
conditions as may be appropriate subject to the proviso that any payments can be met from
the approved budget. 
28 in consultation with the Head of Personnel, or an authorised employee of the lead authority,
to appoint temporary staff as replacements for established employees on long-term absence
through long-term sickness, maternity or special leave or where appointments are fully
funded by external agencies. 
29 to set fees for the sale of the valuation roll, other documents and services where the level of
such fees is not prescribed by statute. 
30 to take such measures as may be required in emergency situations on any matter for which
the Valuation Joint Board’s approval would normally be necessary subject to advising the
Convener or Depute Convener of the Joint Board where possible and reporting to the Joint
Board as soon as practicable thereafter
68

Page 221

Financial Regulations 
Submitted to the meeting of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board on
Monday 27 June 2022 
Note: If you need this information in another language or format, please contact us to
discuss how we can best meet your needs.   
Phone 0303 123 1015 or email equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
69

Page 222

LANARKSHIRE VALUATION JOINT BOARD
FINANCIAL REGULATIONS
Section 1 Interpretation
Section 2 General
Section 3 Financial Administration
Section 4 The Revenue Budget and Budgetary Control
Section 5 Emergency Expenditure
Section 6 Legality of Expenditure
Section 7 Control of Income
Section 8 Treasury Management
Section 9 Tax Management
Section 10 Banking Arrangements and Cheques
Section 11 Asset Register, Title Deeds and Property
Section 12 Inventories
Section 13 Insurance
Section 14 Stocks and Stores Control
Section 15 Orders for Works, Goods and Services
Section 16 Payment of Invoices
Section 17 Contracts for Works and Services
Section 18 Accounting Systems and Records
Section 19 Internal Audit
Section 20 Petty Cash Imprest Accounts
Section 21 Payment of Wages and Salaries
Section 22 Travelling, Subsistence, etc. Allowances
Section 23 Security
Section 24 Risk Management
Section 25 Observance of Financial Regulations
70

Page 223

1.  INTERPRETATION
1.1 The Interpretation Act 1978, or any amending legislation, will apply to the
interpretation of these Regulations as it applies to the interpretation of an Act of
Parliament.
1.2 Any matter requiring legal interpretation shall be referred to the Head of
Administration and Legal Services, South Lanarkshire Council as Legal Adviser to
the Board or to an independent legal adviser as necessary.
1.3 Any matter requiring Personnel advice shall be referred to the Head of Personnel
Services, South Lanarkshire Council.
1.4 Treasurer to be the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources), South
Lanarkshire Council.
1.5 Clerk to the Board to be the Chief Executive South Lanarkshire Council.
1.6  “Assessor” means the Assessor and Electoral Registration Officer for Lanarkshire
Valuation Joint Board area appointed under Section 27 of the Local Government etc
(Scotland) Act 1994.
2.  GENERAL
2.1  Matters Affecting Materially the Finances of the Board
2.1.1  The Assessor shall consult the Treasurer with respect to any matter that is liable
materially to affect the finances of the Board before any provisional or other
commitment is incurred or before reporting thereon to the Board.
2.2 New Policy Proposals Affecting the Board's Finances
2.2.1 Where the Board proposes a new policy, a variation of an existing policy or a
variation of the means or timescale of implementing an existing policy, which affects
or may affect the Board's finances, a report will be submitted to the Board for
consideration. 
2.3 Cross reference to Scheme of Delegation
2.3.1 It should be noted that the Financial Regulations should be read in conjunction with
the Scheme of Delegation.
3.  FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
3.1  Responsibility of the Treasurer
3.1.1 Subject to the terms of reference of the Board, the Treasurer shall be the Proper
Officer of the Board for the purposes of Section 95 of the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973 for the administration of the financial affairs of the Board and the
legislation in force from time to time to regulate the way in which the Board operates
its financial affairs.
71

Page 224

3.1.2  The Treasurer shall be responsible for making and revising from time to time such
Financial Regulations as is considered necessary for the supervision and control of
the finances, accounts, income, expenditure and assets of the Board.
3.2.  Treasurer as Adviser
3.2.1 The Treasurer shall act as Financial Adviser to the Board.
3.2.2 The Treasurer shall report to the Board with respect to the level of financial
resources proposed to be utilised in each financial year by the Board and shall keep
the Board informed as to the detailed administration and application of such
resources. The Treasurer is charged with ensuring that adequate arrangements
exist whereby the Board is informed with respect to the financial implications of its
activities.
3.3  Responsibility of Board
3.3.1 The Board shall at all times endeavour to secure value for money, make full use of
all common supplies and services provided by the Council and encourage the use
throughout the service of best management techniques.
3.3.2  The Board shall at all times be responsible for complying with Standing Orders and
these Regulations in relation to all manner of contractual arrangements and other
arrangements in relation to income, expenditure falling within its area of
responsibility.
3.4  Responsibility of Assessor
3.4.1  Except in an emergency, and as authorised by Standing Orders relating to Contracts
(SO 5 – Competition Requirement as it relates to the circumstances set out in SO 8
– Negotiated Tendering Procedure) or the Scheme of Delegation of Powers, the
Assessor shall consult with the Treasurer with respect to any matter affecting the
office which is liable to affect materially the finances of the Board before any
provisional or other commitment is incurred or before reporting thereon to the Board.
3.4.2 The Assessor should at all times endeavour to secure the best value for expenditure
incurred, and monitor said expenditure incurred, with the objective of achieving the
policies of the Board on the most economically advantageous terms to the Board in
terms of securing the best price for the required quality / standard and should be
prepared to demonstrate their compliance with this regulation to the Treasurer.  The
Assessor should comply with the Standing Orders relating to Contracts where
applicable.
4.  THE REVENUE BUDGET AND BUDGETARY CONTROL
4.1  Revenue Estimates
4.1.1  The detailed procedures for and form of Revenue Estimates shall be determined by
the Treasurer in accordance with the general directions of the Board.
72

Page 225

4.2 Planning for Revenue Expenditure 
4.2.1  It will be the duty of the Assessor, in conjunction with the Treasurer, to prepare
Annual Estimates of Income and Expenditure on the Revenue Account in respect of
the Board and in accordance with the guidelines laid down and to a timetable set by
the Treasurer with the approval of the Board.  The Revenue Estimates will be
submitted to the Board for approval.
4.2.2  The Assessor shall, therefore, provide timeously to the Treasurer all relevant
information regarding the office’s requirements and such details as may be required
for the purpose of reporting to the Board on the financial planning of revenue
expenditure including data on the levels of existing services.
4.3.  Board Approval
4.3.1 Each member of the Board will be provided with a copy of the proposed Revenue
Estimates together with a statement by the Treasurer of the effect on the Board’s
finances at least three working days before the meeting of the Board at which such
matters will be considered.
4.3.2  Any proposal to the Board that would involve Board approval as above will be
accompanied by a report from the Assessor and the Treasurer as to the sufficiency
or otherwise of the financial provision thereof in the Revenue Estimates. All reports
presented to the Board must specifically identify the extent of any financial
implications. Any such implications must be clearly stated in the reports to the
Board, identifying cost and income in the current and future years, the impact on
revenue spending and whether or not, and exactly where, such resources are
included in the Budget or, if not, how and from where it is proposed that such
financial resources be obtained.
4.3.3  No proposal that has financial implications will be submitted to the Board without first
consulting with the Treasurer.
4.4.  Authorisation Procedure
4.4.1  The inclusion of an item of expenditure in the Revenue Estimates will confer
authority upon the Assessor to incur that expenditure, subject to the contractual
provisions of Standing Orders and these Regulations, unless inclusion of the item is
subject to further Board consideration and approval.
4.5.  Budgetary Control Statements
4.5.1  In liaison with the Assessor and under arrangements approved by the Treasurer, the
Board will be provided with Budgetary Control Statements to allow a valid
comparison of actual results with the estimated income and expenditure of the
service.
4.5.2  It will be the responsibility of the Assessor to provide such information as may be
required for this purpose and to ensure that the approved Annual Revenue
Estimates are not overspent and that income and expenditure conforms to the
requirements of Standing Orders and these Regulations subject to any variations
which may have been agreed with the Treasurer due to special or unforeseen
circumstances (See Financial Regulation 5).
73

Page 226

4.5.3  The Assessor will also provide the Treasurer with whatever assistance and
information considered necessary in order to ensure the effectiveness of the
budgetary control system. This will include the allocation of budget to cost centres
and subjective/sub-analysis codes, the phasing of budgets over accounting periods,
the explanation of budgetary variances and the determination of probable outturns.
4.5.4 Under the heading of Other Implications, each financial report will contain a
paragraph in respect of the main risks associated with the financial information
contained within the report.
4.6.  Monitor and Review Performance
4.6.1 It shall be the duty of the Board to monitor or regulate its financial performance
during each reporting period, throughout the financial year.
4.7  Variances
4.7.1  Where it appears that the amount of any approved revenue income or expenditure
budget estimate has or may significantly deviate from that included in the Revenue
Estimates resulting in a significant change to the Board’s overall financial position, or
impacting upon the policy of the Board or revenue implications for future years, it will
be the duty of the Assessor to consult with the Treasurer timeously.
4.7.2 If the Treasurer is advised that significant change is likely to affect the Board’s
overall financial position, the deviation involves a change of policy of the Board or
results in revenue implications for future years, a report will be provided for the
Board in good time, detailing the financial consequences, to enable appropriate
action to be taken timeously.
4.8 Exemptions
4.8.1  The Assessor shall not incur, and the Board shall not cause or allow to be incurred,
expenditure chargeable to the Revenue Account unless it has been included in the
Revenue Estimates except:- 
(i)  in emergency situations in consultation with the Convener and Treasurer and
thereafter reported to the Board. 
(ii)  as authorised by the Scheme of Delegation. 
(iii) as authorised by Standing Orders
4.9 Virement
4.9.1 Any proposal for virement shall be discussed and agreed with the Treasurer or any
officer appointed by the Treasurer in advance.
4.9.2  Unless excepted by a scheme of devolved management approved by the Treasurer,
virement shall be permitted only after consultation with the Treasurer in the following
circumstances:-
74

Page 227

(i)  where the proposal for virement is less than £100,000 and does not involve a
change in the policy of the Board, the transfer will be agreed between the
Treasurer and the Assessor, with the proviso that there are no ongoing revenue
consequences and the transfer would not involve a change of policy of the
Board. 
(ii)  where the cumulative amount exceeds £100,000 and/or involves a change in
the policy of the Board the transfer will be approved by the Board. 
(iii)  if the transfer has revenue implications for future years then the approval of the
Board must be obtained.
4.10 Additional Expenditure
4.10.1 Subject to Section 5 Emergency Expenditure, no expenditure may be incurred for an
individual revenue project estimated to cost above £100,000 unless and until the
project has been the subject of a report to the Treasurer as to the estimated annual
income and expenditure which will arise from the project. The report should include
a reference to the extent to which the project has been included in the Revenue
Estimates for that year and shall seek permission to go to tender, where appropriate.
4.10.2 Any Item of expenditure of an ‘emergency’ nature is subject to Section 5 Emergency
Expenditure.
4.11 Capital Expenditure
4.11.1 It is entirely possible that elements of expenditure incurred within the Board’s
approved Revenue expenditure budget, is deemed Capital spend in accounting
terms.  If this is the case, the Assessor must advise the Treasurer, and the
expenditure will be accounted for appropriately.
4.11.2 If the Board requires to undertake any significant Capital Projects, then this must be
done in conjunction with the Treasurer and with the approval of the Board.
5.  EMERGENCY EXPENDITURE
5.1.  Procedures for Incurring Expenditure of an “Emergency” Nature
5.1.1  Where financial provision has not been made in the budget, nothing in these
Financial Regulations shall prevent the Treasurer from incurring, or allowing to be
incurred, expenditure which is essential to meet any immediate needs arising from a
statutory requirement or which is referrable to Section 84 of the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973 subject to such action being approved by the Board (power to
incur expenditure in time of emergency).
5.1.2  Where it is not practicable for action to be deferred pending Board approval, the
Treasurer may incur, or allow to be incurred, such expenditure subject to the
estimated cost not exceeding £100,000.
5.1.3  Where such expenditure exceeds £100,000, the agreement of the Convener to such
expenditure must be sought.
75

Page 228

5.1.4  In all cases where the Board has not approved such expenditure, a report must be
made as soon as possible after such expenditure has been incurred and thereafter
reported to the Board.
6.  LEGALITY OF EXPENDITURE
6.1  It shall be the duty of the Assessor to ensure that no expenditure is incurred unless it
is within the Legal Powers of the Board.  In particular, the Assessor must be satisfied
that expenditure on existing service developments including public/private sector
arrangements, contributions to existing client organisations and responses to
existing emergency situations are within the Legal Powers of the Board. Clarification
as to legality should, if necessary, be obtained from the Legal Adviser prior to
expenditure being incurred.
6.2  In case of doubt, the Assessor must consult the Legal Adviser before incurring
expenditure.
6.3  Expenditure on new service developments, initial contributions to new client
organisations and responses to new emergency situations which require expenditure
must be clarified as to legality prior to being incurred. Similarly, public/private sector
arrangements and initiatives should also be subject to the legality of the proposed
arrangement being clarified prior to expenditure being incurred. 
7.  CONTROL OF INCOME
7.1  Responsibility of the Treasurer
7.1.1  It is the duty of the Treasurer to make adequate financial and accounting
arrangements to ensure the proper and prompt recording of all monies due to the
Board and the proper and prompt collection, custody, control and disposal of all cash
of the Board.
7.1.2  All accounts for income due to the Board will be rendered by, or under arrangements
approved by, the Treasurer in consultation with the Legal Adviser, to ensure proper
and prompt collection.
7.2  Notification of all Income to the Treasurer
7.2.1  The Assessor will ensure that particulars of all charges to be made for work done,
services rendered or goods supplied by the Board and of all other amounts due to
the Board shall be promptly notified to the Treasurer in a form approved by the
Treasurer. 
7.2.2  At a date as may be required by the Treasurer, the Assessor will provide the
Treasurer with details of all accounts relating to goods and services provided to 31
March in each year and which have still to be rendered. 
7.2.3  The Treasurer will also be notified without delay of all contracts, leases and other
agreements and arrangements entered into which involve the receipt of money by
the Board. The Treasurer will have the right to inspect any documents or other
evidence relating to such matters. 
76

Page 229

7.3 Determination and Review of Charges
7.3.1  The Assessor will, in consultation with the Treasurer and, where necessary, the
Legal Adviser, review in line with the revenue budget exercise, all charges for goods
or services provided by the Service and, except where the charge is fixed externally,
will submit proposals to the Board for consideration and approval unless otherwise
provided for in the Scheme of Delegation. In order to preserve the real value of such
income, increases recommended to the Board by the Assessor should have regard
to the current rate of inflation and should highlight the impact of any change in the
rate of value added tax. Increases, where practicable, should be applied from the 1st
April co terminus with each financial year. Where this is not practicable due to
contractual constraints, a mutually acceptable revision date will be agreed between
the Assessor and Treasurer.
7.3.2  The Assessor will also, in consultation with the Legal Adviser, regularly give
consideration to activities or services provided by the office for which a charge could
be made.
7.4  Treatment of Monies Collected
7.4.1  All monies received on behalf of the Board by any employee of the service will be
recorded and deposited without delay with the Treasurer or the Board’s bankers in
accordance with arrangements made by the Treasurer. Sums in excess of £500
must be banked within 24 hours of receipt unless the establishment has an uplift by
a security carrier agreed by the Treasurer. Sums of money should not be retained
within safes in excess of existing insurance cover. 
7.5  Transfer of Cash, Cheques etc
7.5.1  All transfers of cash, cheques (pre-signed), and Investment Certificates etc from one
member of staff to another will be evidenced in the records of the offices concerned
by the signature of the receiving employee.
7.6  Forms, Books and Tickets
7.6.1  All official receipts, forms, books, tickets and other such items for the disbursement
and collection of monies will be in a form approved by the Treasurer and will be
ordered, controlled and issued to services by, or under arrangements agreed by, the
Treasurer who will be satisfied as to the arrangements for effective control.
7.6.2  It will be the requirement that all such records, forms etc. aforementioned shall be
retained by each office for a period of five years or in line with statutory regulations.
Appropriate advice can be obtained from the Treasurer.
7.7  Deductions, Discounts and Write-offs
7.7.1  No deduction may be made from all monies received on behalf of the Board except
under the authorisation of the Treasurer, in consultation with the Legal Adviser.
7.7.2  Cash discount will not be offered to any debtor.
7.7.3  Sums due to the Board will not be written off except with the prior consultation of the
Treasurer and Legal Adviser and after consideration and approval by the Board.
77

Page 230

7.8 Personal Cheques
7.8.1  Personal cheques will not be cashed out of the Board’s monies or monies held on
behalf of the Board.
7.9  Grants
7.9.1  The Treasurer will be advised timeously of all relevant information necessary to
submit or certify applications for grants, including Exchequer grants, due to the
Board. All grants are to be paid direct to the Treasurer.
7.9.2 The Treasurer will be advised timeously of all relevant information necessary to
submit or certify applications for grants due to the Board.
8.  TREASURY MANAGEMENT
8.1.  General
8.1.1  The Treasury management function of the Board will be carried out by the Lead
Authority in accordance with Financial Regulations.
9.  TAX MANAGEMENT
9.1  Responsibility of Treasurer
9.1.1 The Treasurer is responsible for the taxation procedures necessary to ensure that all
reasonable steps have been taken to properly report and account for tax liabilities
and obligations ensuring avoidance of any losses.
9.1.2 In particular, the Treasurer is responsible for:- 
(i)  ensuring that the transactions comply with all relevant statutory requirements
and authorities. 
(ii)  minimising the Board’s tax liability 
(iii)  maximising the Board’s cash flow.
9.1.3 In carrying out such responsibilities the Treasurer will:- 
(i)  define and allocate duties in relation to taxation and tax management. 
(ii)  ensure that financial control systems are operating effectively to produce the
necessary information and minimise the risk of error. 
(iii)  secure an appropriate level of knowledge and financial awareness amongst
staff involved in processing transactions involving elements of tax. 
(iv)  ensure that proper assistance is given to any routine or special investigation
undertaken by a Collection Agency, under arrangements approved by the
Treasurer in consultation with the Legal Adviser, and that justification for any
assessment made as a result of an investigation is properly reviewed. 
(v)  make such arrangements as necessary to monitor the discharge of these
responsibilities.
78

Page 231

(vi) report periodically on the Board’s tax affairs to the Board. 
(vii)  report any significant changes relating to the Board’s tax affairs to the Board.
9.2  Appointment of External Professional Advisers
9.2.1 The Treasurer may appoint external professional advisers who are specialists in tax
matters in order to assist the Treasurer in carrying out tax management
responsibilities, subject to the terms of Standing Orders.
9.3  Dissemination of Information on Tax Matters
9.3.1 The Treasurer shall be responsible for the dissemination of information on tax
matters as appropriate and the Assessor will be responsible for implementing any
guidelines laid down by the Treasurer with regard to any particular aspect of tax.
9.4  Consultation with the Treasurer
9.4.1 No transaction that has tax implications will be conducted without first consulting the
Treasurer.
9.4.2 Information should be passed to the Treasurer to allow the calculation of employees’
Personal Tax Liability as requested.
10.  BANKING ARRANGEMENTS AND CHEQUES
10.1  Arrangements with Bankers
10.1.1 All arrangements with the Board’s Bankers concerning the Board’s bank accounts
and the issue of cheques will be made by or under arrangements approved by the
Treasurer who is authorised to operate such banking accounts where considered
necessary.
10.1.2 The Treasurer shall be responsible for arranging any payments through the Bankers
Automated Clearing System (BACS) and Clearing House Automated Payment
System (CHAPS) and shall ensure that proper security control procedures are
effected and reviewed.
10.2  Opening and Closing of Bank Accounts
10.2.1 Official bank accounts bearing the Board’s name will only be opened or closed by
the Treasurer.
10.3  Payments into Bank Accounts
10.3.1 All monies received shall be paid into the Board’s bank accounts daily or at such
other intervals as may be approved by the Treasurer.
10.3.2 Each employee banking money shall enter a reference to the source of the income
on the bank pay-in slip. The reference should include the establishment, location or
office name and sundry debtor account number where appropriate.
79

Page 232

10.3.3 It is the responsibility of any employee handing over the custody of monies to a
security firm, approved by the Board to deliver such monies to the bank on behalf of
the Board, to ensure that such monies are properly and satisfactorily secured in a
sealed receptacle and the security firm employee displays an authorised identity
card. The seal on such receptacles must not be broken or damaged in any manner
when handed over to the authorised personnel of the security firm and ensure that
the list is updated at regular intervals as approved by the Treasurer.
10.4  Cheque Control
10.4.1 All cheques shall be ordered only on the authority of the Treasurer who will make the
appropriate arrangements for their safe custody.
10.4.2 Any arrangements for controlling and signing of cheques on behalf of the Board will
be made by the Treasurer.
10.4.3 Cheques on the Board’s main bank accounts shall bear the facsimile signature of
the Treasurer or be signed only by the Treasurer or the Head of Finance (Strategy),
South Lanarkshire Council.
11. ASSET REGISTER, TITLE DEEDS AND PROPERTY
11.1 Requirement for Asset Register and Capital Accounting
11.1.1 The Assessor will be required to maintain a register of all assets within the Board in
such form as required by or agreed with the Treasurer. The information maintained
within the Asset Register will be required to support the requirements of Capital
Accounting legislation.
11.1.2 The care, custody and control of assets owned by or used within the office will be
the responsibility of the Assessor who will comply with all instructions as directed by
the Treasurer, in particular with the year end certification procedures.
11.2  Title Deeds
11.2.1 The Legal Adviser shall have the custody of all title deeds held by the Board under
secure arrangements agreed by the Treasurer.
11.3  Register of Heritable Property
11.3.1 The Assessor will maintain a register of all Heritable Property owned or leased by
the Board. The details recorded should, as far as practicable, include the locational
address, description, plan reference, purchase details, particulars and nature of
interest and any rents payable and particulars of tenancies of rents granted. The
register shall be cross-referenced to Title Deed references.
12. INVENTORIES
12.1  Control and Custody of Inventory
12.1.1 Arrangements made by the Assessor for inventory control shall be subject to the
approval of the Treasurer.
80

Page 233

12.1.2 The care, custody and control of furniture, fittings and equipment owned by or used
within the office will be the responsibility of the Assessor who will comply with all
instructions as directed by the Treasurer, in particular with the year end certification
procedures.
12.2.  Recording of Inventory
12.2.1 Such inventories as, in the opinion of the Assessor and the Treasurer, are
necessary, shall be maintained and therein shall be recorded an adequate
description of furniture, fittings and equipment and on official inventory forms.
12.2.2 The extent to which the property of the Board shall be so recorded and the form in
which the inventories shall be kept shall be determined by the Assessor in
consultation with the Treasurer.  Official inventory forms, guidelines and procedures
will be subject to regular update and be agreed by the Treasurer.
12.2.3 The Assessor will be responsible for maintaining an annual check of all items on the
inventory and for taking action in relation to surpluses, deficiencies and/or
discrepancies and noting the inventory accordingly.
12.2.4 All discrepancies will be reported without delay to the Treasurer for further action as
appropriate.
12.2.5 The Assessor shall, at a date determined by the Treasurer, prepare and make
available, if required, inventories of furniture, fittings and equipment as at 31 March
preceding.
12.3  Use of Inventory
12.3.1 The Board’s property will not be removed otherwise than in accordance with the
ordinary course of the Board’s normal business or used elsewhere otherwise than
for the Board’s purposes except in accordance with the specific directions and
approval of the Assessor and in accordance with the Code of Conduct for
Employees.
12.3.2 If inventory is to be removed from the premises in the course of this business then
the insured status of the inventory should be checked with the Lead Authority’s Risk
Management Section and the issue of the item recorded in line with the appropriate
guidelines.
12.4  Surplus Inventory
12.4.1 Subject to Standing Orders, the Scheme of Delegation, all surplus plant, equipment,
furnishings, materials, vehicles, commodities or supplies to be disposed of by the
Assessor shall be advertised for sale which sale shall be affected either by
competitive tender or by public auction unless otherwise approved by the Treasurer
and reported thereon to the Board.
12.4.2 Any method of disposal should demonstrate Value for Money to the satisfaction of
both the Assessor and the Treasurer and comply with South Lanarkshire Council
recycling arrangements.
81

Page 234

13.  INSURANCE
13.1  Responsibility for Insurance
13.1.1 Subject to Standing Orders, the Scheme of Delegation and the general supervision
of the Board and except as authorised by them, the Treasurer shall make
appropriate insurance arrangements for all aspects of the Board’s activities. As
directed by the Treasurer, the negotiation of all insurance claims shall also be
arranged by or for the Board, in consultation with the Assessor, and, where
necessary, in consultation with the Legal Adviser and/or the Head of Personnel
Services or other officers.
13.2  Notification of Risks and Losses
13.2.1 The Assessor shall give prompt notification to the Treasurer of all new or increased
risk, properties or vehicles or significant changes to operations that should be
covered by insurance or of any alterations affecting existing insurances within the
office.
13.3  Notification of Claims
13.3.1 The Assessor shall notify the Treasurer immediately in writing of any loss, liability or
damage or any event likely to lead a claim and, in consultation with the Treasurer
and Legal Adviser, inform the Police where appropriate. Thereafter the Treasurer will
be responsible, where applicable, for advising the Insurance Company concerned
where appropriate.
13.4  Fidelity Guarantee Insurance
13.4.1 All appropriate employees of the Board shall be included in suitable fidelity
guarantee insurance.
13.5  Review of Insurance Cover
13.5.1 The Treasurer shall annually or at such other period as is considered necessary
review all insurance in consultation with the Assessor as appropriate.
13.6  Indemnities
13.6.1 The Assessor will consult with the Treasurer respecting the terms of any indemnity
which the Board is requested to give.
14.  STOCKS AND STORES CONTROL
14.1  Costing Systems and Stores Control
14.1.1 Arrangements made by the Assessor for costing systems and stock and stores
control shall be subject to the approval of the Treasurer.
14.1.2 Stocks and stores shall not be in excess of normal operational requirements except
in special circumstances with the prior approval of the Board.
82

Page 235

14.2  Custody of Stores and Stocktaking
14.2.1 The care, custody and level of stores in the office shall be the responsibility of the
Assessor who will ensure that:- 
(i)  stocktaking is carried out at regular intervals throughout the financial year under
arrangements approved by the Treasurer. 
(ii)  stocktaking is, as far as practicable, carried out by persons other than Stores
Persons. 
(iii)  all obsolete or excess stock or scrap material is identified and disposed of in
accordance with Standing Orders, Financial Regulation (12.4) and the Scheme
of Delegation. 
(iv)  the Treasurer shall, at a date determined and in a form prescribed by the
Treasurer, be furnished with an inventory of stock and stores on hand as at 31
March preceding. 
The Assessor should ensure appropriate systems are in place to control and record
transactions and balances.
14.2.2 Inventories of stock shall be maintained by the service in a form determined by the
Assessor in consultation with the Treasurer.
14.2.3 Duly authorised certificates of stock valuations at 31 March shall be submitted by the
Assessor to the Treasurer as soon as possible after the year end and valued in
accordance with the principles agreed with the Treasurer.
14.3  Write-offs or Surpluses of Stores
14.3.1 No adjustment shall be made to write off stock or stores deficiencies or bring
surpluses into account unless, in consultation with the Assessor, agreed by the
Treasurer who will then determine Board reporting requirements.
14.4  Use of Stock
14.4.1 The Board’s stock shall not be removed otherwise than in accordance with the
ordinary course of the Board’s normal business or used elsewhere otherwise than
for the Board’s purposes except in accordance with the specific directions and
approval of the Assessor and in accordance with the Code of Conduct for
Employees.
15.  ORDERS FOR WORKS, GOODS AND SERVICES
15.1.  Official Orders and Exemptions
15.1.1 Official orders or written acceptances of tenders or offers shall be in a form approved
by the Treasurer and Legal Adviser and shall be approved only by officers
authorised by the Assessor who shall be responsible for official orders, tenders or
offers issued from the Service. All official orders or acceptances of tenders of offers
shall conform to the Scheme of Delegation, the Standing Orders and all statutory
requirements as well as the Financial Regulations of the Board.
83

Page 236

15.1.2 The Assessor or appropriately nominated officers shall issue / approve official orders
for works, goods or services only in accordance with any relevant requirements of
Standing Orders (Nos: 18 E-procurement; 20 Checking of Pre-qualification
documents/Tenders and Reporting; 21 Acceptance of Tenders; 13 Collaborations;
23 Nomination of Sub-Contractors, 8 Negotiated Tendering Procedure and 22
Extensions to Contracts) and the relevant requirements imposed by Statute,
regulation or EU public procurement directives. In the absence of a physically signed
document/form, the authorising signature should be backed up with an authorising
statement sent via email from the authoriser’s account.  If future developments
implement an electronic signature solution this will supersede any previous
requirement for email backup.
15.1.3 Except for petty cash purchases, supplies of Public Utility Services and periodic
payments such as rent and rates or such other exceptions as the Treasurer may
from time to time approve and, subject to the provisions of Standing Orders and the
Scheme of Delegation, all goods, materials or services supplied to or work executed
for the Board shall be ordered or confirmed in writing by means of an official order or
by a formal written acceptance of a tender or offer.
15.1.4 A copy of each official order, tender, offer or formal written acceptance thereof; shall,
if so required, be supplied to the Treasurer. 
15.2  Authorised Signatories / Persons
15.2.1 A current list of authorised signatories for persons authorised to place orders shall
be maintained by the Assessor in a form determined by the Treasurer, together with
the specimen signatures, initials and the approved level of purchasing power of the
persons authorised. 
15.2.2 Persons authorised to purchase by electronic means must have the specific
approval in writing of the Treasurer before being added to the aforesaid list.
Maximum buying power, types of goods and services, and range of suppliers, must
be noted in such an approval.
15.2.3 Some organisations accept orders and services via the Internet. The fact that
Internet access has been granted does not authorise a user to place orders in the
name of the Board. No orders will be placed via the Internet without proper
authorisation through the normal corporate procedures. Failure to comply with this
would be regarded as a breach of the Financial Regulations.
15.2.4 Additions or deletions to the list shall be notified to the Treasurer as they occur
without delay and the currency of the list shall be reviewed annually by the
Assessor. 
15.3  Central Purchasing and Standardisation
15.3.1 Each official order for works, goods and services shall conform to the directions of
the Board with respect to central purchasing and the standardisation of goods,
materials and services.
84

Page 237

Segregation of Duties
15.3.2 Procedures which are to be followed regarding the ordering/receiving of
goods/services and the subsequent approval of invoices for payment should be
arranged to ensure all tasks are completed by separate officers. 
16.  PAYMENT OF INVOICES
Certified Payments 
16.1  Certification by Assessor
16.1.1 It will be the duty of the Assessor to ensure that all goods, materials and services
received following the placing of official orders by the Assessor or an authorised
employee within the Service, are as ordered, in respect of price, quantity and quality.
16.1.2 After issuing an official order, the Assessor will be responsible for examining,
verifying, certifying and coding the related invoices and similarly for any other
payment, vouchers or accounts arising from the Service.
16.1.3 Such certification shall be in manuscript, or in an electronic form approved by the
Treasurer, by or on behalf of the Assessor.
16.1.4 The Assessor will, therefore, arrange for the certification in manuscript by an
employee of the Service that all payment vouchers, supported by invoices, etc.,
comply with the following:- 
(i)  the expenditure is on items or services that it is within the Board’s legal powers
to incur and that provision for that expenditure is included within the Revenue
Estimates (subject to exemptions as detailed at Section 5, Emergency
Expenditure). 
(ii)  the works, goods, materials or services to which the invoice relates have been
received or carried out as the case may be and have been examined and
approved and are in accordance with the official order 
(iii)  the prices, extensions, calculations, trade discounts, other allowances, credits
and taxes are correct 
(iv)  the relevant expenditure has been properly incurred and is within the relevant
estimate provision 
(v)  appropriate entries have been made in inventories, stores records or stock
books as required 
(vi)  the appropriate expenditure code numbers are entered on the document for
payment 
(vii)  the invoice has not previously been passed for payment and is a proper liability
of the Board
16.1.5 Persons authorising invoices for payment should not be the officers who approved
the purchase order or who received the goods/services. (See Section 15.3.2
Segregation of Duties).
85

Page 238

16.2  Cash Discounts
16.2.1 After the receipt of the goods has been properly certified as above, the Assessor, or
other authorised employee intimated to the Treasurer, shall pass all relevant and
necessary details expeditiously to the Treasurer for payment to ensure that any offer
of cash discount for early payment is received and that creditors are timeously paid.
16.3  Advance Payments
16.3.1 Any circumstance, under which It is necessary to pay part or full value of the goods
and services in advance, must be approved by the Treasurer and adhere to the
current procedures of the Board.
16.4  Payment of Invoices
16.4.1 Details of payments required, duly certified, shall be passed without delay to the
Treasurer and the Assessor must ensure that this is carried out with a view to
avoiding exposure to late payment penalties as chargeable under the Late Payment
of Commercial Debt (Scotland) Act 1998.
16.4.2 The Treasurer will instruct whatever examinations with regard to the payment of
accounts are deemed necessary for which purpose the Treasurer, or a nominated
representative, shall be entitled to obtain whatever information and explanations as
may be required.
16.4.3 The Treasurer will, on receipt of authorisation from the Assessor, have full authority
to pay such invoices.
16.4.4 Apart from petty cash and other payments from the imprest accounts, the normal
method of payment of money due from the Board shall be by electronic transfer,
cheque or other instrument such as direct debit drawn on the Board’s bank accounts
by the Treasurer or any person or persons so authorised. A Direct Debit policy has
been created and states that the only bank account where direct debits are
permitted to be drawn from is from the Board’s Expenditure account. The policy also
details the approval process and the responsibilities in setting up direct debits and
that all documentation will be retained by the Treasurer.
16.4.5 The Assessor shall, at a date determined by the Treasurer provide a certified list of
all outstanding expenditure relating to transactions in the preceding financial year,
for which no copy accounts have previously been passed to the Treasurer.
16.5  Duplicate Invoices
16.5.1 Payment shall not be made on duplicate invoices or photocopy invoices unless the
Assessor or other authorised employee certifies in writing that the amounts in
question have not previously been paid.
16.6  Amendments
16.6.1 Any amendments to payment vouchers shall be made in ink and initialled by the
officers making them, stating briefly the reasons for the amendment where this is not
self evident. Alterations must not be made using correcting fluids.
16.6.2 No amendment to an invoice shall be made.
86

Page 239

16.6.3 All invoices or credit notes where alteration or amendments are found necessary
must be returned to the supplier and a replacement invoice or credit note must be
submitted.
16.7  Authorised Signatories
16.7.1 A list of authorised signatories for certifying accounts shall be supplied by the
Assessor to the Treasurer and specimen signatures and initials shall be required
from the persons authorised.
16.7.2 Additions or deletions shall be notified to the Treasurer without delay as they occur
and the currency of the list shall be reviewed annually by the Assessor.
16.7.3 In the case of remote working, any documents requiring authorisation must be
supported by an authorising statement from the Board email account of the
authorising signatory. If future developments implement an electronic signature
solution this will supersede any previous requirement for email backup.
17.  CONTRACTS FOR WORKS AND SERVICES
17.1  Record of Contracts
17.1.1 The Assessor or nominated officer will ensure that a condition of the awarding of a
contract for works or services will be that the contractor is verified with HMRC and
the subcontractors Employment Status is established in line with the Construction
Industry Deduction Scheme (2007) and that no contract for works or services can be
awarded in the absence of such evidence.
17.1.2 The Assessor or an authorised employee within the Service will maintain a record of
all relevant contracts and payments made on contracts. The Treasurer shall have
access to such records and use whatever information is considered necessary.
17.1.3 Where contracts provide for payments to be made by instalments, a contract register
or registers shall be kept to show the state of account on each contract between the
Board and the Contractor together with any other payments and professional fees.
These arrangements must meet with the approval of the Treasurer.
17.2  Variations to Contracts
17.2.1 Subject to the provisions of the Contract in each case every extra or variation shall,
unless otherwise evidenced to the Assessor’s satisfaction, be authorised in writing
by the Assessor or by any other employee nominated by the Assessor in writing for
that purpose. All instructions to contractors on major revenue projects shall be
issued by the responsible employee using the appropriate official variation order
procedure.
17.2.2 Any such extra variation, to the contract, the estimated additional cost of which
exceeds £100,000 or 5% of the total contract figure, whichever is the greater, will be
reported to the Treasurer for approval as soon as practicable prior to the variation
being instructed. Standing Order 22, relating to the extension of contracts also
applies.
87

Page 240

17.3  Interim Payments
17.3.1 Interim payments to contractors shall be certified by the authorised officers
responsible for the control and supervision of work. The Treasurer shall both
approve and be provided with specimen signatures of the authorised signatories by
the Assessor. Any amendment to the list of authorised signatories should be notified
to the Treasurer as they occur and without delay.
17.4  Payment Procedures
17.4.1 Payments to Contractors of the Board shall be made only on a certificate issued by
the Assessor or by another employee nominated by the Assessor in writing for that
purpose. The officers so authorised shall be determined jointly in agreement with the
Treasurer.
17.5  Claims from Contractors
17.5.1 Claims from contractors in respect of matters not clearly within the terms of an
existing contract shall be referred to the Legal Adviser for the consideration of the
Board’s legal liability and, where necessary, to the Treasurer for financial
consideration before a settlement is reached.
17.5.2 The Assessor, if offering works of new construction or works of maintenance to the
Trading Services of the constituent authorities shall do so only in compliance with all
relevant statutory provisions that are in force and in accordance with the relevant
requirements of Standing Orders.
17.6  Delay of Contract
17.6.1 Where completion of a contract is delayed beyond the agreed period or any agreed
extension of time for the contract it shall be the duty of the Assessor to consult the
Treasurer and/or Legal Adviser prior to taking appropriate action in respect of any
claims for liquidate or other damages and to report on the matter where necessary.
17.7  Contractor’s Insurance
17.7.1 The Assessor or his Technical Advisor will ensure that each contractor’s or sub-
contractor’s insurance cover complies with the requirements laid down in the Board’s
Conditions of Contract or as specified by the Treasurer, in consultation with the
Legal Adviser. In particular, insurance cover will require to be exhibited to the
Assessor prior to the contract being awarded.
17.7.2 When sub-contractors are appointed, liability for loss or damage resulting from their
negligence should be transferred to them in terms of the Conditions of Contract.  It is
the responsibility of the Assessor to: ensure that this is done; that procedures exist
for checking the validity and adequacy of sub-contractors’ insurance documents; and
for claims to be processed.  The Board should not be liable to tenants or other third
parties for the negligent acts of contractors.
17.7.3 Copies of all essential insurance policy details must be passed to the Risk
Management section for inclusion on the Register of Contractor’s Insurance.
88

Page 241

17.8 Contract Management Guidelines
17.8.1 Once a contract is awarded, the management and monitoring is crucial to the
success of that contract.
17.8.2 Whilst it is important for both parties to the contract to understand their obligations, it
is vital that mechanisms are put in place for the monitoring of the contract.  This can
be done via regular meetings, monthly progress reports and site visits to the
contractor’s premise.  The type of information required will be dependent of the type
of contract.
17.8.3 It is essential that for all contracts, accurate records are maintained.  After the award
of a contract, a file should be created which will contain all information relating to the
contract.
17.8.4 If a problem occurs, the contractor should be notified as soon as possible to ensure
that any problems do not escalate.  Communication and good working relationships
are also crucial to a successful contract.
17.8.5 Full guidelines on contract management can be found on the Strategic Procurement
intranet site. 
http://intranet.southlanarkshire.gov.uk/info/20378/e-procurement
18. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS AND RECORDS
18.1 Accounting Systems. Procedures and Records
18.1.1 The Treasurer will determine all accounting systems, procedures and records of the
Board and its Services and all accounts and accounting records of the Board shall
be compiled by, or under the direction of, the Treasurer. Where such systems and
records are maintained other than by the Treasurer, the Treasurer shall, before
making any determination, consult the Assessor.
18.2  Principles of Internal Control
18.2.1 It is the duty of the Treasurer to ensure that adequate financial and accounting
systems and records are designed and maintained in accordance with the
recognised principles of internal control to ensure as far as possible:- 
(i) that all income due to the Board is properly recorded and collected. 
(ii) that all expenditure of the Board is properly incurred, authorised and checked. 
(iii)  the safe custody and control of all cash, stocks and other assets of the Board.
18.3  Segregation of Duties
18.3.1 Officers charged with examining and checking the accounts of cash transactions
shall not themselves be engaged in any of these transactions.
89

Page 242

18.3.2 Procedures to be followed regarding the calculation, checking and recording of sums
due by or to the Board, or the provision of information regarding sums due to or from
the Board, are arranged in such a way whereby the work of one person is proven
independently or is complementary to the work of another and these operations are
separated from the duty of collecting or disbursing such sums where such
aggregation of duties is practicable given the staff resources available.
18.4 Accounts and Annual Report
18.4.1 The Accounts and Annual Report of the Board will be compiled by, or under the
direction of the Treasurer.
18.4.2 The Treasurer will advise the Assessor of the timescales and deadlines set in order
to complete the Annual Report by the statutory deadline.
18.4.3 The Assessor will submit to the Treasurer all information necessary to close the
Accounts as detailed in the Guidance Notes and Procedures issued annually.
18.4.4 It is the responsibility of the Assessor to provide the External Auditor with supporting
documentation and any information required in connection with the closure of the
Board’s accounts.
19.  INTERNAL AUDIT
19.1  Responsibility for Internal Audit
19.1.1 A continuous Internal Audit, under the independent control and direction of the
Treasurer, shall be arranged for the purpose of carrying out an examination of the
accounting, financial and other operations and systems of the Board to ensure that
the interests of the Board are protected.
19.1.2 This should be done in accordance with Internal Audit’s published Internal Audit
Charter and in compliance with the Public Sector Internal Audit Standards
19.1.3 Officers engaged in Internal Audit will report directly to the Treasurer. All Internal
Audit reports shall be submitted to the Treasurer, the Assessor and to the External
Auditor.
19.2  Authority of Audit
19.2.1 The Treasurer or an authorised representative shall have authority, on production of
identification, to:- 
(i)  enter at all reasonable times on any Board premises or land 
(ii)  have access to all records, computer files, documents and correspondence
relating to any financial and other transactions of the Board 
(iii)  require and receive such explanations as are necessary concerning any matter
under examination 
(iv)  require any employee of the Board to produce when required, cash, stores or
any other Board property under his/her control
90

Page 243

(v) require any explanation which he/she considers necessary regarding any
contract or transaction 
(vi)  while investigating a contract, request the assistance of a professional person
within the office concerned with such assistance being given promptly 
(vii)  and will make any recommendations to changes in procedures as appropriate.
19.3  Irregularities
19.3.1 Any evidence or reasonable suspicion of an irregularity relating to funds, stores or
other property of the Board, or any suspected irregularity in the exercise of the
functions of the Board including breaches of the Code of Corporate Governance will
be reported immediately by the Assessor to the Treasurer or a nominated employee
or vice versa, in line with the Fraud Response Plan.
19.3.2 Such irregularities will be dealt with by the Treasurer as is considered necessary by
way of investigation, action and report in accordance with the Board’s Anti Fraud
Strategy and Fraud Response Plan, Counter Fraud, Bribery and Corruption
Statement and Strategy and Fraud Response Plan.
19.3.3 The Assessor will make arrangements to ensure that any actual or suspected
irregularities relating to funds, payments, stores, equipment or other Board property,
or any breaches of the Code of Corporate Governance are reported to them
immediately in line with the Fraud Response Plan.
19.3.4 The Treasurer will approve any necessary investigations arising from incidents of
whistle blowing by third parties.
20.  PETTY CASH IMPREST ACCOUNTS
20.1 Provision of Petty Cash Imprest Accounts
20.1.1 An appointed officer of Finance and Corporate Resources of the lead authority (as
appointed by the Treasurer) will, in consultation with the Assessor or an authorised
employee within the Service, advance a sum of money intended to be used for the
purposes of defraying petty cash and other minor expenses.
20.1.2 The Treasurer only will open an imprest bank account in the name of the Board to
be used in the operation of the petty cash imprest account.
20.1.3 The Assessor will supply a list of authorised signatories for the operation of the
imprest bank account.  A minimum of two signatories will be required to withdraw
money or make payment from an imprest bank account.
20.1.4 It shall be the responsibility of the imprest bank account holder to ensure the
account is not overdrawn under any circumstances.  Any charges for being
overdrawn must be borne by the establishment concerned.
20.1.5 Any bank interest earned on imprest accounts will be remitted separately and
immediately to the Treasurer and will not be left in the imprest bank balance.
91

Page 244

20.1.6 Petty cash imprest accounts will be reconciled at least once in each calendar
month, the reconciliation should be signed by the imprest holder and retained for
inspection.
20.1.7 Claims for re-imbursement of a petty cash imprest account should be made where
appropriate, taking into consideration the size of the claim and the expected
demands on the petty cash account.
20.1.8 All claims for re-imbursement should be submitted to the Treasurer.  Re-
imbursement will be made electronically by bank transfer.  No re-imbursements will
be made in cash.
20.1.9 An employee responsible for a petty cash imprest account will, if so requested,
give to the Treasurer a certificate as to the balance of the petty cash imprest
account.
20.1.10 Payments from petty cash imprest accounts are limited to minor items of
expenditure not exceeding £100 per item and to only such other items as the
Treasurer may approve.
20.1.11 Payments from the petty cash imprest accounts will be supported by a receipted
voucher to the satisfaction of the Treasurer.
20.1.12 Petty cash imprest accounts must not be used to pay major expense claims or any
suppliers’ invoices.
20.2 Exclusion of Payments to the Board
20.2.1 No income received on behalf of the Board will be paid into an imprest bank
account or used to replenish an imprest petty cash account but shall be lodged in a
bank or be paid to the Board as provided for in Section 10 hereof (Banking
Arrangements).
20.3 Termination as Imprest Holder
20.3.1 On leaving the employment of the Board or otherwise ceasing to be entitled to hold
a Petty Cash Imprest Account, the employee will account to the Treasurer for the
amount advanced to the employee.  A formal record of this accounting shall be
prepared and retained in the service for inspection.
20.4 Review of Provision of Imprest Accounts
20.4.1 The Treasurer will be entitled to review the use made of Imprest accounts and
reduce or close them as considered appropriate.
21. PAYMENT OF WAGES AND SALARIES
21.1  Information Regarding Appointments, etc
21.1.1 The Assessor shall notify the Treasurer without delay and keep records of all
matters affecting the payment of wages, salaries and other emoluments, in
particular:-
92

Page 245

(i) appointments, promotions, regradings, resignations, dismissals, suspensions,
secondments and transfers 
(ii)  changes in remuneration, other than normal increments and pay awards and
agreements of general application 
(iii) absences from duty for sickness, career break or other reasons 
(iv)  information necessary to maintain records of service for superannuation,
income tax, national insurance and social security purposes.
21.1.2 This information may be provided by the Assessor via the Council’s self-service
system People Connect.
21.2  Implementation of Agreements
21.2.1 The Assessor shall be responsible for the application of all appropriate wages and
salary agreements to employees of the Board.
21.3  Form and Certification of Records
21.3.1 All time records or other pay documents will be in a format prescribed or approved
by the Treasurer and will be certified in manuscript where appropriate, by or on
behalf of the Assessor.  Electronic submission of data must be password protected
and will only be accepted from authorised personnel.
21.3.2 The names of the employees authorised to certify such documents should be sent to
and approved by the Treasurer from the Assessor together with specimen
signatures and initials. Any amendments to the list of authorised signatories should
be notified to the Treasurer as they occur without delay.
21.4  Submission of Timesheets
21.4.1 The Assessor shall adhere to the timetable laid down by the Treasurer for the
submission of timesheets and staff reports.
21.5  Arrangements for Payments
21.5.1 The payment of all salaries, wages, pensions, compensation and other emoluments
to all employees, former employees, elected Members or beneficiaries shall be
made by the Treasurer or under arrangements approved and controlled by the
Treasurer.
21.5.2 All transfers of money from one member of staff to another will be evidenced in the
records of the Services by the signature of the receiving employee.
21.5.3 Electronic transfers of payroll information shall be supported by documentation
certified by an authorised signatory.
93

Page 246

22. TRAVELLING SUBSISTENCE etc. ALLOWANCES
22.1  Arrangements for Claims
22.1.1 The Treasurer will be responsible for making arrangements for the administration,
regulation and payment of claims for expenses of and allowances to Members and
employees of the Board subject always to the statutory provisions from time to time
in force.
22.2  Regulations
22.2.1 The Treasurer, in consultation with the Assessor, will make available the current
Regulations on expenses and allowances to Members and employees of the Board
and to other approved bodies.
22.3  Submission of Employees’ Claims
22.3.1 All claims for payment of car allowances, subsistence allowances, travelling and
incidental expenses must be submitted through People Connect or duly certified in
manuscript on the appropriate official form approved by the Treasurer. 
Reimbursement of mileage expenses will only be made on presentation of a relevant
VAT receipt detailing a fuel purchase.  Reimbursement of other expenses will only
be made on presentation of a relevant receipt, where appropriate.  Claims must be
submitted no later than eight weeks after the end of the month during which
expenses are incurred. 
22.3.2 Anything beyond this will require specific authorisation by both Assessor and
Treasurer or an appointed officer of Finance and Corporate Resources of the lead
authority (as appointed by the Treasurer).
22.3.3 The Assessor must ensure that, as far as practically possible, employees’ claims
applicable to a financial year are submitted by 15 April of the following financial year.
22.4  Payment of Employees’ Claims
22.4.1 All such expenses shall as far as practicable be paid via the payroll system.
22.4.2 Such payments will not be made out of imprest accounts without the express
authority of the Treasurer.
22.5  Certification of Employees’ Claims
22.5.1 The certification by or on behalf of the Assessor will be taken to mean that the
certifying employee is satisfied that the journeys were authorised, the expenditure
was wholly, exclusively and necessarily incurred in the performance of employment,
and that any allowances are properly payable by the Board.
22.5.2 The names of employees authorised to certify such claims not entered on People
Connect shall be sent to the Treasurer by the Assessor together with specimen
signatures and initials. Any amendment to the list of authorised signatories should
be notified to the Treasurer as they occur without delay.
22.5.3 An annual review of such authorisations shall be carried out by the Service to ensure
that the list of names submitted to the Treasurer is complete and up-to-date.
94

Page 247

22.5.4 No employee authorised to certify such claims would certify a personal claim.
Personal claims must be certified by a separate authorised signatory who should be
senior to the employee making the claim.
22.6  Scheme of Members’ Allowances
22.6.1 The payment of Members’ allowances and expenses shall be in accordance with the
Board’s approved Scheme, or any amending legislation and made under delegated
powers of the Treasurer.
22.7  Submissions of Members’ Claims
22.7.1 Payments to Members, including co-opted members of the Board who are entitled to
claim attendance and other allowances, mileage or other expenses approved
through the Local Governance (Scotland) Act 2004 (Remuneration) Regulations
2007, the Local Government (Allowances and Expenses) (Scotland) Regulations
2007 and the Local Governance (Scotland) Act 2004 (Allowances and Expenses)
Regulations 2007, or any amending Regulations shall be made by the Treasurer
upon receipt of the prescribed form duly completed and certified in manuscript.
22.7.2 Reimbursement of mileage expenses will only be made on presentation of a relevant
VAT receipt detailing a fuel purchase.  Reimbursement of other expenses will only
be made on presentation of a relevant receipt, where appropriate.  Members’ claims
should be submitted on a four weekly basis or more frequently if required. 
22.7.3 The payment of Members’ expenses will be in accordance with the Board’s
approved Scheme, or any amending legislation.
22.7.4 As far as is practically possible, Members’ claims applicable to a financial year
should be submitted by 15 April in the following financial year.
23.  SECURITY
23.1  Responsibility for Security
23.1.1 The Assessor shall be responsible for maintaining proper security, custody and
control at all times for all plant, buildings, materials, stores, furniture, equipment,
cash, etc, under the Assessor’s control. The Assessor shall also consult the
Treasurer as appropriate in any case where security is thought to be defective or
where it is considered special security arrangements may be needed.  The Assessor
will apply, as a minimum, standards for property protection as defined by Risk
Management guidance.
23.2  Limits to Cash Holdings
23.2.1 As noted in Section 7.4.1., sums in excess of £500 must be banked within 24 hours
of receipt unless the establishment has an uplift by a security carrier agreed by the
Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall agree with the Assessor the maximum amount of
cash to be held in the premises under the Assessor’s control and the agreed amount
shall not be exceeded except with the written agreement of the Treasurer and
confirmation that appropriate insurance arrangements are in place.
95

Page 248

23.3  Safe Keys
23.3.1 Keys to safes and similar receptacles for cash, stocks or valuable documents or
articles shall be the responsibility of the person(s) given charge of such safes or
similar receptacles at all times and shall be carried on the person(s) of those
responsible. The loss of any such keys shall be reported immediately to the
Treasurer. The Assessor will keep a register of all such key holders.  The Assessor
is tasked with the responsibility and should follow the guidance as detailed in any
Risk Management guidance notes and General Security.
23.3.2 All valuables such as insignia of office or other items of a similar nature which are in
active use shall be deposited with the Treasurer for safe custody.
23.4  Pre-printed/Pre-signed Cheques etc
23.4.1 The Treasurer will be responsible for ensuring that secure arrangements are made
for the preparation and holding of pre-printed/pre-signed cheques, stock certificates,
bonds and other financial documents.
23.5  Security/Retention of Documents
23.5.1 The Assessor shall be responsible for maintaining proper security, custody and
control of all documents within the Office. The retention period for all books, forms
and records related to financial matters shall be determined by the Treasurer in
consultation with the Legal Adviser.
23.5.2 The Assessor will be responsible for ensuring that proper systems exist for
password identification control both in the case of accessing the Board’s computers,
all Board’s IT systems and in the use of personal computers. Nominated Officers will
be responsible for ensuring that passwords are properly secured and regularly
reviewed.
23.5.3 Flexible and remote working increases risks around cyber and information security.
All employees and officers remain bound by and must comply with the policies that
the Board has in place to protect sensitive Board data and information.  Employees
are routinely reminded of their responsibilities to comply with corporate policies and
its incumbent on management to monitor compliance.
23.6  Data Protection Act
23.6.1 The Assessor shall be responsible for the use and security within the Office of all
personal data held by or output from Computer Systems within the office. Personal
data output from such systems must not be used by any other person, office or
organisation in contravention of the authority’s registration under the Data Protection
Act or the Freedom of Information Act.
23.6.2 The Treasurer will be responsible for the use and security within the lead authority
Finance and Corporate Resources’ of all personal data held by or output from
computer Systems.  Personal data output from lead authority Finance and Corporate
Resources’ systems must not be used by any other person, office or organisation
without the prior approval of the Treasurer or in contravention of the Board’s
registration under law relating to the Data Protection Act.
96

Page 249

24.  RISK MANAGEMENT
24.1 It is the responsibility of the Assessor to maintain a register of Key Risks and
associated Risk Control Plans.
24.2 It is the responsibility of the Assessor to ensure that the register of Key Risks and
associated Risk Control Plans are aligned to the Board Service Plans and are
consistent with the approved Risk management methodology and systems.
24.3 The register of Key Risks and associated Risk Control Plans are to be available for
inspection.
25. OBSERVANCE OF FINANCIAL REGULATIONS
25.1 Responsibility of the Assessor
25.1.1 It is the duty of the Assessor to ensure that these Regulations are made known to
the appropriate persons within the Office and to ensure that the Regulations are
adhered to.
25.2 Breach of Regulations
25.2.1 Any Breach or non-compliance with these Regulations must on discovery be
reported immediately or as soon as is practically possible to the Treasurer who will
discuss the matter with the Legal Adviser and the Assessor as may be appropriate in
order to determine the proper action to be taken. 
97

Page 250

98

Page 251

Terms of Reference 
Appeals Panel 
Grievance and Disputes Panel 
Submitted to the meeting of Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board on
Monday 27 June 2022 
Note: If you need this information in another language or format, please contact us to
discuss how we can best meet your needs.   
Phone 0303 123 1015 or email equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
99

Page 252

TERMS OF REFERENCE 
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Appeals Panel 
1 Powers and Responsibilities
1.1 To determine appeals against final written warning and punitive action. 
2 Membership
2.1 Membership of individual panels to be 3 members, comprising the Convener or Depute
Convener and 1 member from each constituent Council to be drawn in rotation from the
membership of the Board. 
2.2 Quorum – 2 
3 Meeting Arrangements and Practice
3.1 To meet as required. 
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board Grievance and Disputes Panel 
1 Powers and Responsibilities
1.1 To determine grievances, either individual or collective, from all employees. 
1.2 To hear representations from trade unions on matters not agreed at officer level by
consultation and negotiation 
2 Membership
2.1 Membership of individual panels to be 3 members, comprising the Convener or Depute
Convener and 1 member from each constituent Council to be drawn in rotation from the
membership of the Board. 
2.2 Quorum 2 
3 Meeting Arrangements and Practice
3.1 To meet as required 
100